Professional Documents
Culture Documents
LONGMANS'
/*"
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
"**-
EDITED
AND
REVISED
BY
GEOKGE
MEMBER 07
THE
J^SMITH,
BOARD THE
OF
M.A.,
DEPARTMENT
Ph.D.
EXAMINERS, CITY
OF
EDUCATION,
OP
NEW
YORK
REVISED
EDITION
NEW
IMPRESSION
LONGMANS,
FOURTH
PRAIRIE
GKEEN,
AVENUE
AVENUE
AND
STREET,
STREET,
CO.
YORK
"
"
30th
25th
NEW
CHICAGO
TOE
LENOX
AND
ITU-DEN
FOUNDATIONS
'
1918
Copyright, LONGMANS,
1901,
by
GREEN,
"
CO.
COPYBIGHT,
1916,
BY
LONGMANS,
GREEN,
"
CO.
All
Rights
Reserved
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
EDITOR'S
PREFACE
Op
the
merits
of
"Longmans'
School
Grammar,"
now
upon
is based, book the present ich r it has from its first appearance
a
be
said
assured
position
most
acceptable
text-book
It
was
for the
effective
teaching
difficult
the
subject.
equipped
scholarship
respect
to
written
by
David
Salmon
not
"
one
best
to
teachers
of
England,
of
only
with
spect
and
the
mastery
educational
which text-book.
theory, is
even
with
practical of
a
sense
requisite
in
the
making
good
clear
His
rk
is
characterized by
wealth
by
of
notably
illustration,
velopment,
statement.
and be
and by
a
inductive
simplicity
"complete"
Without
pretending
well
to
ammar,
treats
it yet
its
goes
beyond
the
bare
and have
essentials,
and
subject
using
a
with
such
directness
reasonableness
at
teachers
intelligent book.
English
methods
recognized
eminently
In
teaching
"Longmans'
every
Grammar,"
been there
as
now
presented,
preserve
ile
effort
has
of
course
made
has
too
to
al
excellences
may
just
properly
mentioned,
be
tever
regarded
at
been
mentary
Grammar,
such
and
the
same
as
time
introduced
for. These
improvements
may
appeared noted
of
new
be
led
improvements
be
under
the
ds
of changes general
in arrangement, of the
says text.
addition
material,
revision
John
Stuart
Mill
that
the
things
we
study
parts
in Grammar, of speech,
"the
distinctions
between
"
the
" "
various
1U
EDITOR'S
PREFACE
etween
the
cases
of
nouns,
the
are
functions
in
of
participles,
'
tenses
of verbs
in
thought,
no
rely
words.' should
not
It
ought
be
plain,
or
therefore,
tha
ammar
as
be
taught
of
the
formally
memory
dogmatically,
to
"
an
enforced
in
as
exercise
applied
the
ti di
nguage
be, of
to
rather, thought,
study
the
teacher
ntinually thus
y
harking
making
back
from
forms
a
underlying of
meanings,
Grammar
taught,
study
"distinctious
a
ought.'
So
this
the
study
becomes of
pupil's
preeminent
written
powers
aining
not
only
in
understanding
but
clear
in the
the
own
oken
utterances
of others, of
ean-cut
correct
reasoning,
and
of
accurate
The
reign and
The
that
Grammar
should
be
set
asid
r loose
untechnical
newer
course
"language sounder in
lessons"
has is that
been
a
short lived
and
doctrine
pretty
orough-going
to
an
Grammar education.
elementary
the
to
sist
that
ought
pupils know
as
they at
receive
least
the
from rudiments
elementary
hools
of
do
them
technical
not
ammar;
while,
for
the
bdys
the
and
girls who
to
contin
into
the
high
taught,
school,
usefulness
reasons
of
thi
udy,
properly
already
mentioned, The
as
coming
must
less
matter to
for question.
make
teacher's
therefore,
the
subject
as
readily
mpreheusible,
and
even
attractive,
possible.
The
oidance
the by
of needless
constant
way
particularity
to
and
the
of technical
puzzles,
approach
ew
of concrete believed,
an
examples, effective
this the
confidently
to
who
sires
impart
the
essentials
of Grammar
intelligently
ccessfully.
G.
and J. S.
PREFACE
TO
THE
REVISED
EDITION
In this edition,
complete
aside
treatment
from
reclassification
topics,
of
and
adjective
the
ore
of several principal
tion addi-
of
line
some
exercises, making
any
the
changes
have
in the
been book
that
along
of
the
terminology
was
used
agree
herever
been York. method
modification
necessary) with
the
no
which
officially As
adopted
has
for
schools
of
the
City
this
involved
and
as
alteration revised
seems
of the
plan
of
the
book,
the
terminology
to
ple
why
and
in general book
acceptation,
there
meet
be
no as
son rea-
this
should
not
satisfactorily,
at
heretofo
needs
York.
of
American
schools
large,
as
well
se
In
these the
on
changes
of
nomenclature of
the
have
als of
in
view
recommendations
Report
of the
th
mittee
Grammatical
Association
Nomenclature
National
cational In
this
(July, 1913).
sentences
edition,
the
in
the
several of teachers.
exercises
been
numbered,
for the
convenience
G.
York,
August,
J* S.
New
1915.
Vll
ii
CONTENTS
CLASSIFICATION
AND
PAGE
INFLECTION"
continued
PAGE
\
CONTENTS
IX
ANALYSIS
OF
PAGE
SENTENCES"
continued
PAGE
Analysis
of
Simple
tences Sen.
Noun
251
259
.
Adjective
Adverbial
265 269
Interrogative
.
tences Sen.
252
Classification
ments Ele278
Imperative Long
Sentences
Simple
.
253
M 253
iscellaneous
tences Sen-
Complex
.
Sentences
280
Miscellaneous
Simple
.
Sentences
256
COMPOUND TENCES
S
...
MPLEX
Clauses
SENTENCES
....
282
.
258
Review
of
Analysis
285
SUPPLEMENT
I. Analysis
by
TO III.
PART Rules
III
Diagrams
289
of
Syntax
on and in
299
Exercises
Rules
on
of
I. Miscellaneous
for
tences SenAnalysis
.
Syntax
rectness Cor-
tions Inflec-
and
Diagramming
295
....
302
APPENDIX
les
for
Spelling,
Capitalization
and
Punctuation
.
311
ITOR'S
I. On
some
NOTES
Points
"
FOR
of
TEACHERS
Grammar
of
317
.
II. On
the
Teaching
Grammar
323
DEX
.327
EXPLANATORY
NOTE
The
attention
work
are
of
those
to to
who fact
use
this
book
sizes
extent,
type
as
basis
type
ss
is called
the
that
to
some
the
of
empl
intended
of the
indicate,
the will
relativ
ortance
matters to
treated.
omit
course.
The
therefore
ide
those
who only
page
a
wish
portions
of the plan
to
book,
in orde
pursue
shorter It in the
The here
is explained
point
out
te
21,
323.
will
suffice
tha
ragraphs by
printed
an
smaller
may,
type,
and
especially
thos
eceded
asterisk, essentials
at
the
teacher's
are
discretion,
in
itted.
The
of the
type,
subject
and
contained
will
th
ragraphs
a
printed
continuous
in large
these
be
found
ovide
exposition
of English
grammar.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
PART
PARTS
OF
I
SPEECH
NOUNS
Exercise
1*
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
of
1.
persons.
2
Jack
is
playing
writing.
with
3. Jones
Tom
and and
Alfred.
Kate
to
are
2.
Mary coming
Brown.
Edith
are
Howard
is
morrow.
4.
Percy
Mr.
talking
have
Miss
Miss
and
Mrs.
Griffiths
just called.
7.
tell
me
6.
King
es
ted
Elizabeth. Can
you
Captain
where
Green
Mayor
rrington
Wellington
Governor
Knox
yesterday.
defeated
Napoleon.
6.
Give
1.
the
Ten Ten
names
of
boys.
girls.
persons persons
2.
3.
4.
Ten Ten
whom about
you
know.
you
whom
have
read.
Exercise
2.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
1.
2.
1 *
Of
persons.
Of places.
"Notes "Notes
for for
See
See
Teachers,"
Teachers,"
p. 323, p. 323,
Note
Note
19.
20.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
1.
Victor
lives
3.
at
Richmond.
Bosworth the
2.
has Delaware.
King
Solomon
for
reigned
Germany.
Jerusalem.
Mr.
sailed 5.
belongs
to
Washington
killed
Moses took
crossed outside
led
the
General
to
Wolfe
Quebec.
Jews along
from
6.
India
Egypt
the
English.
8.
Canaan.
and Latham. Oxford
Mrs
nes
Hyde
Minnie
Regent they
met
Street Miss
Stree 10.
Park.
9.
There
The
tch
live
in
Holland.
6. Give
1.
the
Ten Ten
names
of
in in
2. 3. 4.
country.
Ten Ten
which
you
have
been.
1.
When
I say
Captain
Kidd
sailor;
use
the
when
name
of
one
cular parti
of every
but
I say In the
sailor
same means
I may
Kidd
name
or
any
other
some
as
sailor.
way,
ss
is the
of
are
lady,
truly
names
but
lady
as
any
dy.
and
are,
lady
Captain
Kidd
but
instead
of kinds
of being
names
of particular
ff
sons
are
names
of persons,
sentences
Exercise
3.
"
a.
In
the
following
pick
out
of
1. The
kinds
of
persons. is
master
kind
my
to
his
servants.
aunt,
2. and
three
The
bo
rt
his
sister.
4.
The
3.
I met
sent
uncle,
cousins
day.
was
king
for
his
wise 6. their
men.
5.
girl
teacher.
The is
cess prin
walking 7.
passed
general
with
The
her
maids.
love
That
The
nursing
baby.
scholars
8.
a
The
ntsman The
by.
9.
his
child's
to
father charge.
is
grocer.
ordered
names
soldiers
6. Give
1. 2.
the
Ten
of
of of
shopkeepers;
as, as,
grocer
butcher.
,
Ten Ten
relatives;
workmen;
father.
carpenter.
3.
of
as,
\"
NOUNS
Exercise
4.
"
In
the
1.
following
sentences
pick
out
all
names
Of kinds
of of
persons.
2.
1.
Of
is
kinds
in
was
places.
field;
the
The 2.
shepherd
The
"
the
his
parlor;
has
sister
the
to
is
in
th
tage.
queen
in
The the
king
his
was
his
The
at
counting citizens
sea.
house.
3.
into
lad
country.
was
gone
home.
fled A
5.
The
up
fisherman
6.
policeman
was
walking his
man
the
street.
The
workman
sent to
digging
in
garden.
was over
8.
waiting
The
at
gir
school.
son.
9.
10.
The The
old child
th
tion
for
his
fell
the
cliff.
Exercise
5.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
of
1.
kinds
dog
of animals.
ran
The killed
after
the
sheep
and
cat
lambs.
2.
The
three
chickens.
The
cows are
3.
The
is
playing
Puss
were
wit caught
kittens.
mouse.
4. 6.
grazing.
5.
The
was
thrushes
and
up
worms.
blackbirds
singing.
elephant
The
bird
than and
a swans
picking
8.
can
An
ger
lion.
can
9.
Some
parrots
talk.
10.
Ducks,
se,
swim,
but
hens
cannot.
b. Give
1. 2.
the
Ten
names
of
of
animals
that
live
on
land.
Ten
Ten
of birds.
of fishes.
3.
Sxercise
6.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
of
1.
the
things.
book
The
is
3.
on
the
The
table.
2. is
stone
was
thrown
4.
window.
bottle
Put
some
full
on
of
the has
water.
The
ow
is made
is covered The
The milk
5.
snow.
coal
tree
fire.
6.
The
of
7.
a
The
shed
grow
its leaves.
on
in
on
pan.
9.
wall.
Acorns
oaks
picture
the
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
6. Give
1. 2.
the
Ten Ten Ten Ten Ten Ten
names
of
which
are
things
things
used used
in
at
school.
home.
which
are
3.
4.
5.
flowers.
vegetables.
articles
of
dress.
are
6.
things
which
sold
by
grocer.
2.
In
grammar
all
words
used
as
names
are
calle
ns.1
3.
Snow
is white
or
has
the
a
quality
of whiteness;
shows the
stone
the
quality
an
of hardness; honest
man
just
shows
man
quality of
stice, and
the
are
quality the
names
honesty.
iteness,
hardness,
justice,honesty
therefore
nouns.
of certain
alities, Exercise
and
are
7.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
of qualities.
1.
The
brightness
out
of
the 3.
sun
dazzles
smoothness
the of for
eyes.
2.
The
gives
warmth. 4.
The
The
is
was
the
ice
made
child
slip.
rose
admired
punished
its
for have
beauty his
the
and
etness.
5.
The
driver wisdom. 8.
honor.
cruelty.
Solomon
to trust
chose
me?
7.
Will
you
ness good9.
help
to
His
friendship 10.
The
must
be
kept.
for
You
their
tiger
is noted
courage,
ength,
and
ferocity. ten
6. Give
the
given.
names
of
qualities
not
named
in
the
sen-
ces
just
4.
Walking,
capture,
riding, nod,
and
wink,
shooting
are
the
names
of actions
are
zure,
burglary,
and
motion
als
of actions.
1
The
word French
noun
comes
or
non
from
the
Latin French
nomen,
name,
through
old
noun
(modern
now).
NOUNS
Exercise
8.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
al
of
1.
actions.
is fond
Next will
summer
Tom 3.
of
walking.
we
2/
shall
That
man
teaches
4.
not
learn 5.
swimming.
ing. writMy
ther 6.
teach
me
rowing.
interesting.
Sailing
is
always
e.
Reading
is
7.
obeying 10.
I
Forgetting
are
is
easier
learning.
9.
8.
a
Hearing
and
walk.
different.
for
We
took
brisk
He
great
was
am
sorry
the
12.
los You
the
knife.
11.
me
found
service.
guilty 13.
done
much
caused
uneasiness. ten
6. Give
6.
other
now names
names
of
that
actions.
nouns
We
have
The
seen
may persons
be
or
of
particular
places.
or
The The
names names
names
of
of of
kinds
of
persons,
places,
things.
qualities.
actions.
(4) The
Learn1
6.
Note.
A
"
noun
is
word
name
used
of
as
the
name
of something.
place,
a
It is the
not
the
thing
is
a
noun.
(or
person,
quality,
is not
a
noun,
ction) and
the
the
thing
that itself
Thus
desk
word
desk
i
is.
Exercise
9.
"
Pick
out
all
the
nouns
in
the
followin
tences.
1.
Little
Tom
Tucker
for shall
his
he
supper.
have and
the for
td'eat?
butter.
bread
and
unicorn
the
crown.
Were
1
fighting
for
See
"Notes
Teachers,"
p.
323,
Note
21.
'i
LONGMANS*
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
o
The
dew
a
was
falling
fast;
the "Drink,
stars
began
pretty
to
blink;
I heard
voice;
it said,
creature,
drink/*
4.
Then
These
all through
merry
Islington
play,
gambols
he
came
he
unto
so
did
the
gay.
Until
Of
Wash
Edmonton
5.
There
was
little
a
man,
And
he
had
made
little
of lead,
gun,
And
his
bullets
He
were
lead,
lead;
went
to
saw
the
a
brook, little
the
And And
he
he
shot
it right
through
6-
The
singing
at
can
of
the of
bird
their
is
sweet.
was
7.
The
grief
parents
the
loss be
children
only by
bounds.
mastered
long
goeth
9.
Ar
life
is short.
10.
the
Pride
truth.
tion. destrucweeping
He
my
always heart.
told
12.
little
mercy
uld
13.
of
His
The
quality is
at
a
of
is
15.
a
no
rained.
14.
thing
beauty
speech of
joy
forever.
was
l S
is golden.
16.
The The
the
dinner
makes
grea
cess.
17. 18.
thickness
fellow
this
ink
writing
was
very
fficult.
supposed
his
theft
too
cleve
detection.
19.
There
was
sound
of
And
Her
Belgium's
capital
beauty
and
her
chivalry.
20.
John
was
citizen
Of
renown.
VERBS
VERBS
Exercise
and
x
10.
then
"
In
the
the
following
that
sentences
pick
the
person
out
firstt
or
word
tells what
thin
ed
1.
does.
burns.
fly. 5.
2. Horses
Fire
neigh.
6. Dogs
cry.
3.
Sheep
bleat
Birds
Fishes
play. 12.
swim.
bark.
7.
Lions
8. Fred
Children
learns.
9.
mew.
Babies 13.
16. Monkeys
10.
shine.
hoot.
Tom
works. 14.
Mary
Cats
watches.
Stars Owls
ds.
15.
Mother Rain
17.
Day
ns.
18.
falls.
19.
chatter.
Exercise
that
1.
11.
"
After
each
of
or
the
following
named
Flowers.
nouns
place
tells what
2. 6. 11.
the person
Lightning. Soldiers.
12.
thing
3.
does.
4.
Bees.
2
Baby.
William.
Swallows. Gas.
7.
Percy.
8.
13. ship.
9.
sun.
Rivers. 14.
Clerks.
eagle.
Singers.
16. The
The
The
nd.
The
i5.
The
17.
The
The
master.
19.
mouse.
The
bell.
The
20. baker.
dog.
24.
mower.
21.
The
23.
carpenter.
The
tailor
The
thief.
26.
The
The
27.
The
The
parrot.
28.
The
r.
29.
plowman.
30..
Exercise
or
"
12. things
"
The do;
following
place
Walks.
a noun
words
3
may
be used
to say
what
sons
before each.
Fell. Low.
Blows.
Howls.
Plays.
Whistled.
Rang. Bloom. Dawns.
ieked.
Fight.
Mews.
Sings.
Sail.
Sing. Grows.
Sang.
Bark.
Sleeps.
Barks.
x
w.
s.
Laughed.
Boils.
Soar.
Gallops.
Swim. Flashed.
. 7.
Scratch.
Came.
Some
complete
1
words
sense
"
that
tell what
persons to
or
things
"
do The
may
ke
when
joined
nouns;
Note
as,
fi
See
The
Notes word
noun
for Teachers,"
the is
may
no
p. 317,
1.
2 8
part
of the
Noun.
The
have
the before
it.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
rns;99
"The
that
to
rds
roars."
(See
not
some
Exercise
complete
says,
" "
10.)
sense
Other
when
do
make
one
ined
nouns.
if
"Arthur
loves,
alter
threw," 13.
ask,
a.
"Loves
whom?
sentences
Threw
what?
out
Exercise that
"
In
the
following
pick
rds
1. Tom
tell
of doing.
loves
a
Arthur broke
his
window.
walls.
sister. 4. The
6. 8.
A iron.
The
2.
Walter
threw
sweeps
stone.
room.
servant
the
Masons paint
build
girl
poet
milks
writes
the
cow.
7.
9.
ist Art
pictures.
poems.
The
ith
hammered Cows
the
eat grass.
the
12.
10.
catch
draw 13.
groom.
carts sexton
Cats
horse
The
lled
bell.
14.
The
kicked heard
The
15.
The
cer
sells sugar.
caught
16.
the
The
baby 18.
the
parrot.
17.
the
The
unds
The
a
fox.
bird
forsook
nest
gardener
watered
flowers.
20.
Miss
Wilson
ballad.
b. Fill
a
in
each
blank
in
the
following
incomplete
sentences
th
word
Horses
that tells
K
of
.
doing.
hay.
2.
purse.
1.
The 4.
dog
....
the
.
. . .
thief
The
banker
.*"*.
. .
Edgar
Masters
. .
the
bal
The
Tailors
boy
.... ....
the
coats.
lesson.
6. lady
scholars.
9.
a
8.
wall.
a
The
....
song;
...
The
icklayer
The
....
10. dish.
The
12.
a
servant
....
rose.
....
th
t.
13.
the
The
hunter
....
tiger.
mice.
The
farmer
ground.
15.
Cats
....
Learn 8.
A
or
verb
thing.
from
most
is
word
used
to say
something
to
or
about
son
1
Verb the
the
Latin
verbum,
a
"
word.
"
The
in
verb
a
gets
its
name
from
ng
important
word
the word
sentence.
VERBS
9.
Some
"Be
verbs
quiet,"
do
not
tell of doing
is green,"
or
ces
"Grass
they
a
sen-
expr
doing;
to
but
or
are
verbs,
or
for
thing.
they
used
to
say
ething
10.
about
person
The
different These
been.
were
forms
some
belonging
l
to
verb
verb
are
called
is,
it
rts."
were,
are
parts
we
of "The
the
be:
are
are,
Thus
say,
soldiers
ready;"
children
In
absent."
13
sense
11.
Exercise complete
examples
were
given
to
sense
of verbs
nouns.
that
di
make
when
joined
The
so
parts
the
verb
"The
be
rarely
make
is,"
complete
was,"
when
joined
are,"
I say,
boy
ask,
"Jennie
was, are,
"The
strangers
naturally if I
say,
"Is,
what?"
The
sense
was
is complet
"The
are
boy
is
happy;"
"Jennie
afraid;"
strangers
sailors."
the
a
Note.
"
When,
sense
however,
after
verb
be is used
with
we
the hear
meaning
the
exist
es
complete
noun.
we
Thus
when
expect
words
"God
(meaning
the
was
"God
exists"),
In
do
not
any
word
to be
ish
sentence.
the
same
way
we
say,
"Can
such
things
added 6e?"
me
and
is and
shall
be."
Exercise
14.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
ts
of
1.
the verb
be.
The
Those
a
are
guilty.
4.
2.
The
man
was
soldier
Homer
starlings. horse
Sugar
is sweet.
5.
was
poet.
stars
was
The
is dead. 9.
The Paris horses
7.
is
The
a
sun
bright.
The
beautiful.
11.
city.
too
10. old
to
ington Wash-
general.
were
enter
race.
12.
There And
was
a.
man
in
our
town
he
was
wondrous
2, p.
wise.
See
Note
317.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
6. Fill be.
1. The
in
each
of
the
following
blanks
with
part
of
th
flower
....
pretty.
2.
at
Jackson
....
our
dener.
Ethel
....
3.
The here
boys
....
school
yesterday.
....
last
week.
5.
Shakspere
in
at
poet.
6.
....
Stratford-on-Avon.
in
England.
....
Canada. Old
King
8. Cole
Julius
....
Capsar
a
9.
merry
ol
l.
high.
12.
to
Some
tell
part
of the
verb
The
be is often
two
used
to
help
another
of
doing.
words
together
form
one
b.
Verb
consisting
of
one
word
"
Verb
consisting
of
two
words
1.
2.
The
The The
bird
dew
stars
sings.
bird
dew
stars
is singing.
was were are
fell fast.
shone.
grow
falling fast.
shining. growing
3.
4.
Flowers
Flowers
in
th
garden.
garden.
Exercise
15."
Pick
out
the verbs
in
the
following
carrying
sentences.
The The
dog
carried
basket.
of
The
dog
was
basket.
of
soldier
home.
thinks
his
The
soldier home.
is thinking
The
masons
build
wall.
The
masons
are
building
wall.
Tom
The
studied fishermen
dinner.
his
lesson.
ate
Tom
was
studying
were
his
lesson
their
The
fishermen
eating
their spoke
dinner.
was
The
lecturer
of
his
The
lecturer his
speaking
adventures.
The
adventures. girls
are
girls
expect
their
aunt.
The
expecting
thei
aunt.
VERBS
13.
These
are
some
of the
parts
of the
verb
have:
have
had. Exercise
16.
"
a.
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
bs.
1.
The
girls
baby
have
has
rattle. 4.
2.
The
Each
farmer
scholar
had
has nine
pen.
The
Those
necklaces.
have
horses.
houses
large
men
windows.
have
many
6.
Each
wife
had Frank
n a
sacks.
pony.
7.
9.
Many Little
minds. had
a
8.
pig.
Johnny
Pringle
little
6.
1.
Fill
Each
too
the
following
hand
....
blanks
with
five
parts
fingers.
of
the
2.
verb
The
have*
farmers
....
much 4.
a
rain
last
man
year.
....
3.
a
September
little
....
rty
....
days.
The
little
army.
gun. poor
....
5.
The
g
Mary
....
great
a new
6.
The
men
food
pretty
frock.
....
8.
a
The
books
rs.
9.
The
dog
bushy
tail.
14.
The
verb
verb.
have
is often
used
like the
verb
be in help ing
another
Verb
consisting
of
one
word
Verb
consisting
of
two
words
The
farmer
masters
men.
sold
his
pigs.
to
The The
farmer
masters
has
sold
have
his spoken
pigs.
The
spoke
their
their
men.
The
traveler
lost
his
way.
The
traveler
had
lost his
way.
15.
The
verb
have
is used
word
with
the
Verb
verb
consisting
be.
Verb
consisting
of
one
of
two
words
The
merchant
was
in
London.
The
merchant
has
been
London.
The
servants
were
in
the
The
servants
have
been
in
th
field.
field.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
17.
"
Pick
out
the verbs
in
the
following
has done
sentences.
1.
The
soldier duty.
did
his
The
soldier
his
duty.
2.
The
tailor
coat.
altered
the
The
tailor
has
altered
the
coat
3.
The fox.
dogs
chased
The
dogs
have
chased
fox.
4.
The
lady
uncle.
saw
her
The
lady
had
seen
her
uncle.
5.
The
to
stranger
walked
The
stranger
had
walked
Boston.
Boston.
6*
The
sailors ship.
lost
their
The
sailors
have
lost
thei
ship.
7.
My
father Paris.
was
in
My
father
has
been
in
Paris.
8.
9.
Our
The
cousins horse
were was
here.
Our
The
cousins
horse
have
been been
here. in
in
the
had
th
stable. 10.
11. 12. The
stable.
were
girls
river
ill.
The
girls river
had
has
been
been
ill.
very
The The
is very
was
full. The
full
baby cradle.
in
the
The
baby cradle.
had
been
in
th
16.
The in
verb
helping
mowers
have
and
the
verb
as,
be
are
sometimes
use
ether
another have
verb;
been
"Mary the
has
been
"The had
cutting
hay;"
cher
been
buying
sheep."
Exercise
18.
"
Pick
out
the verbs
in
the
following
farmer
sentences.
1.
The
at
wind
his
corn.
has
been
2.
The
has
been
king
The
3.
been
been
a
playing hedge.
has
marbles.
horse
had
standing 6.
Your
under
father
5.
The
has
you.
been
screaming.
been
setting
talking
ut
7.
The
mole-catchers
have
been
traps.
VERBS
The
men
had been
been
visiting
lor
has
been
the
10.
railway.
The
young
9.
The
men
swimming.
17.
The
verb
to
be is often
some
used
or
in helping thing;
was as,
another
verb
t
was
l what
by
is done
a
person
"The with
groom
a
ked
horse;"
"The
arm
glass is
cracked "The
stone;"
poor
fellow's by
their
broken;"
good
scholars
praised
teacher."
*
In
these, the
as
in be;
other thus,
cases,
the
verb
thief
officer
have has
may
be
used
verb
"The "The
been
caught;"
blamed;"
houses
have
have
been
been
sold;" closed
had
been
The
schools
for the
day."
"
Exercise
19.
"
Pick
out
the verbs
in
the
following
sentences.
a.
1.
was
The
lawn
is
ter
written
by
watered Tom.
by 3. The
the
gardener.
was
2.
The
lion
a
shot
by
The
th
ters. spilled
4.
The
by
The
stung
by
wasp.
were
5.
in
6.
were
Two
foxes
caught
yester
7.
My
boards
are
sawed
by
master.
the
carpenter.
brothers
blamed
by
10.
the
9.
The
books painted
brought
Turner.
by
William.
Those
pictures
were
6.
11.
The
by the gardener. watered bear letter The has been by 13. Tom. written killed. been 14. Five have boys the stung of
The
lawn
has
been
15.
The
trees
had 17.
fire
been The
blown
down.
have
put
16.
The
ef
been
forgiven.
books
been
been
out.
brought
William.
had
18.
been pitched
The
had
day
19.
The
ses
shod by
the
before.
20.
Three
games
been
Tompkins.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
18.
The
same
thought
may
often
be
stated
in two
ways;
us,
Exercise
sentences.
20."
Change
the
form
of
statement
in
the
ing follow
a.
1.
John
hay.
broke
3.
The
the
masons
window.
have girl.
2.
The
a
mowers
are
tting
has
built
5.
The
wall.
4.
The
scratched
The
rat
the
little
eaten
dog
worried
cow
th tossed
t.
6. dog.
has
has
the
a
malt.
7.
his
The
8.
Edgar
given
ball
trees.
to
brother.
The
9.
The
rdeners their
have
corn.
pruned
the
10.
horses
have
en
6.
given
11.
The by
the
boat
sun.
was
broken
The
by
pavements
the
waves-
Light
washed
13.
have
sold
the
rain.
was
14.
Silk
and
cloth
are
merchants.
The
America
was
discovered by 18.
the
by
Columbus.
cine mediwere
prepared
the tiger.
doctor. is made
17.
by
Four
sheep
lled
by
Honey
bees.
19.
Verbs
used
in helping
that
other
verbs
are
called
with
auxiliary1 the
rbs.
Remember
auxiliaries
as one
together
prin cipa
verb
are
regarded
1
verb.
aid
or
From
the
Latin
auxilium,
help.
VERBS
20.
Shall, should,
as,
rbs;
"I1
shall
in helping
"We
come
x
other
shal
turn
next
stay
sun."
week;"
at
2
will "The
soon;"
"
ould
the
home
if it rained;"
flowers
would
wither
21.
as
With
these,
be
and
have also be
(either
used;
Be
and
as
auxiliary
verbs
principal
and
verbs)
as
may
thus,
have
Be
have
auxiliary
verbs
as
principal
verbs
I shall
be working
to-morrow.
I shall
be
in be
New late.
York.
The
horse
will
be
sold
at
the
We
should
fair. We shall
have
left London
have
toWe night.
shall
have
treat
then.
The
girl doll
by
will that
found
her
The
boy
would
have
prize
time.
Exercise
1.
21.
"
Pick
out
the verbs
a
in
the
2.
following
We shall
sun
sentences.
a.
Betty I
will
write
eat
letter.
apple.
read will
tha rise
ok.
3.
5.
should shall
two
the
4.
next
mowers
The week.
ve.
We
sell
begin farms.
French
6.
should
The
lord land-
will
7.
The
finish
nset.
8.
like
The this
messenger
will 10.
Th.e been
bring glass
to
"
the
parcel. break.
12. The
9.
Fred
uld
6.
book..
would
11..
We been
shall
with
Paris.
mother
ll
have
daughter.
We The should
girls will
13.
have
will
The
children
late.
would
15.
ve
been
have
early.
a.
been
have
some
all
prize.
skipping-
pes.
17.
be then.
/ and
are
we
This
gardener
if you
have be there.
fine
some
cherries.
18.
ould
glad
would
shall have
19.
now.
She
would
ppy
1
20.
We
days
ey
*
See
other and words like nouns with used "Notes for Teachers,"
of the
same
kind
wiU
be
dealt
with
late
verbs. p. 317,
Note
3.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
22.
It often
the
happens
that
when follow
verb
consists
of two
words
'
words
do not
one
another
immediately.
us,
Sentence
Verb
bird dew
is not
was
singing.
is
singing,
already
is sadly
falling. thinking of
his
was
falling,
soldier
home.
is thinking.
The
fisherman
leg.
has
lately
broken
his
has
broken.
The
The
merchants
just returned.
morning
have been
have
boys
playing
The horses
foot-ball. had
in
vain
been
sought.
had
been
sought.
Exercise
We
22.1
"
Pick
out
the verbs
again.
in the
2.
following
name
sentences.
1.
shall
soon
meet
Our
is
no
more
ard
there.
3.
The
come
foe
was
sullenly
firing.
4.
The
will
us.
was
certainly
6.
again.
were
5.
John
has
often
written
The
girls
then
playing
The
indoors.
7.
The
ter
seriously
injured.
jolly Jack
seen
8.
rider
soon
has
be
very
quickly
turned.
The
sea
9.
Every
will
coming
The
back.
is
clearly
12. Her
from
here.
11.
late
story
much
was
believed.
13.
nearly
The
storm
friend
were
has
of
been
14.
from
me.
The
birds
singing.
was
The
work
finished.
15.
softly
captain
sighing.
is fiercely
men.
raging.
The be
17.
prisoner
The
was
is greatly
ved
The
by
his
truant
18.
will
21.
not
cruelly 20.
not
treated.
sun
punished.
boots
were
The stolen.
was
ightly
only
shining.'
22.
are
now
ve
just
25.
heard
news.
23. sailors
The have
pupils
ying
their
lessons.
The
The
been
lose
joyousl
her
ncing.
servant
would
certainly
p. 323, Note
place
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
22.
INFINITIVES
We
shall
ever
probably called
the here.
news/
sail
on
Wednesday.
The The mother
27.
was
Brown
very
ha
much
dly
28. 29.
ased
The
with
lad
wet.
will
ere
long
go
home.
weather
has
lately
been
23.
When
question
is asked,
the
words
forming
verb
often
separated.
Question
Thus,
Verb
Has
John
found
doing
cows
knife?
lessons?
has
found.
Is
William
the
is doing.
have
Have
milked?
been
milked.
Exercise
1. Is here?
23.
"
Pick
out
the verbs.
the trees?
4.
roses
the
gardener 3.
Were
pruning
2. Have
Has the
the
men
baker
the 5.
pigs
sold?
those
been
ging Had
potatoes? the
gentleman Is the poetry?
Shall
be
cut
to-day?
the the
lost
water
his
hat?
7.
9.
Was
thie
ght?
8.
their
boiling?
Has
Have
gir
rned Would
10.
be
the
the
window 12.
Has 14.
been the
crew
broken?
the
ship
wrecked?
servant
been
the
ed?
13.
15.
Should Will
the
hear?
Did
do
k?
friends
call
to-day?
Infinitives
24. In
at
the
once,"
sentences,
"I
like
to to
or
skate"
skate
assert
was
or
"They and
to be
wished
paid
paid
the
expressions
are
verbs,1
not
say
for
anyone
or
they
do
not
or
tell
anyone
anything.
They
express
skated
paid.
They
it.
show
action
doing
are
without
stating
asserting
Such
bal
1
2
expressions
again
called
8.
infinitives.2
In
each
of
th
Head
From
paragraph
Latin
in,
the
meaning
as
not,
and
are,
finitum,
to
bounded
or
limited
infinitive.
is not
in
a
limited,
general
verbs
definite
assertion,
but
esses
action
way.
llowing
expressed
sentences
there
is only
not
one
assertion,
and
that
by
the
verb,
Verb
by
the
infinitive.
Infinitive
is going
intends
hoped
Annie
to
to to to
play give
meet
a
tune.
The
lesson.
boy
child
his
lost.
sister.
seemed
be
25.
All the
by
to.
infinitives
But
in the
make,
sentences
see,
just
by
given
are
preced
some
after
hear,
let, dare,
to.
and
her
verbs,
the
infinitive
Verb
is rarely
preceded
Infinitive
Thus,
The
teacher
made
helped
the
me
climb
come
the ill at
tree.
once.
Edward
colonel The
will
dog
he
soldier
the
go open
home.
lady
boy
the
door.
Exercise
24.
"
Pick
out
the
verbs
and
the
infinitives in
ollowing
a..
sentences.
1.
The trying
listen. traveler
mother
to
promised
the
to
return.
2.
The
man hunts-
is
to
catch 4. The
horse. is
3.
going
that
The
to way.
father write
a
told
hi
clerk
to
letter
sower
The
meant
sow.
return
mowers
6.
to
nt
forth
to
7.
intends
a
The
to
have
home. knight
to
begun 9.
cut
th
y.
8.
to
Robert
receive 11.
to
walk
Mary
had
ped
prize. horse
10.
The
studied(to
out.
please
king.
The
try.
oys
wished speak?
the
13.
get
12.
Several
chairman
ask
Mr.
to
Mr.
Evans
see
Jones
14.
museum.
Professor
invited
girls the
isit
15.
let his
The
roar.
Were
the
pleased
nest.
them?
b. dog
16.
Tom
cousin
people
see
17.
Jack
made
19.
is
bark.
the
thunder
18.
felt
the
house
man
shake.
eard
20.
The
sick
bade
them
send
INFINITIVES
doctor.
father fear
Nobody Richard
dog.
25.
dared
leap
keep
across
the
wild
river
His
the
promise.
23.
the
No
need
his
current.
24.
The
you
The horse
king helped
baby
watched
us
knight
against
ack
enemy.
stand
walk?
26.
Will
let
the
try
to
26.
We
the
says
have
seen
that,
whether
the
or
it
that
a
tells makes-
of
doin*
the
assertion
being,
or
verb
is always
to
word
about
something
may
person
or
thing.
of
doing
say
(1) (2)
What and
person
or
thing
does.
(See
Exercises
13.)
is
to
a
What
person
or
thing.
(Se
paragraph
The be
%done 17
and
Exercise
19.)
verb
may
l
to
say
something
paragraphs
or
about
II, things
12,
person
thing.
that
(See
a
17.)
(See
person
exists.
paragraph
11,
note.)
Exercise
the
1.
25.
"
In
the
following
sentences
pick
out
the verb
infinitives.
dog
The
barks.
clock The
sews.
2.
The
horse 5.
The
rps.
mews.
4.
The
ticks. teacher
gallops. knife
3.
cuts.
The 6.
bir
The
7.
tailor 12.
writes.
sea
moans.
8.
The
pigs
11.
feed.
The
10.
tree
The
The
rive
The
roars.
waves.
13.
The
butterfly
rests.
lion Violets
bloom
in spring.
James.
16. 18.
The
gas
burns
rang
brightly. the
fellow arrived
21.
to
struck
Mary William
corn.
bell
from miller
Rome.
20. the
conquered
22.
The
land.
ran
The father.
"Notes
ground
Horses
littl
her
1
23.
draw
317,
the
Note
plow.
4.
See
for Teachers,"
p.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
24.
Ash
is
tough.
25.
Oak
is
hard.
26.
The
Walking Cambrian
were
althful.
27.
are
Sleep
in
is
refreshing.
28.
Romans
untains
Wales.
The
29.
The
are
good
ad-makers.
was
30.
quite
in
boat.
very
31. old.
The
tter
fresh.
church
was
33.
on
There the
are
is table.
cat
in
There the
the
garden.
were
34.
There
was
sh
35.
on
twenty
people
present.
There
sheep
hill.
37.
a
The
fisherman
from
has
her his
son.
new
net.
38.
have
The
woman
ha
letter
is
39.
Cows
cloven
hoofs.
Jack 42.
having
dinner.
three
sons.
41.
The
*
farmer
had
forty
gs.
The
king
had
43.
The
was
old
man
was
sitting
The
carpet
roses
under
were
tree.
44.
The
use the
The
burning.
wind.
mower
45.
The
being
this
scattered
morning.
was
46.
was
was
a
beaten 48.
was
bitten
by
The
snake.
corn
England ground
by
nquered
by 50.
were
William.
The
eaten
cows
49.
have
th
ller.
been
52.
called
That fish by
home.
is
51.
caught
The
eeses
by
flowers
mice.
were
with
hook.
53.
The
gathered
Ellen.
54.
That
carving
is
much
admired.
had newly
was
55.
The
lady
was
arly
stunned. has
56.
risen. nearly
Snow 58.
always The
fallen. almost
Nelly
gone.
57.
The
just
is horse.
The
moon
Amelia
the
were
reading. week
has
60.
quickly
often
iven
61.
The
news?
lls
merrily the
ringing. been
sent
63.
Has
Bob
heard
Have
goods
told
going play
home?
65.
Fred
were
his
to
to
keep
the
knife. Ethel
66.
has
was
The
ople
lecture. 68.
The
67.
been
arning
return
to at
the
messenger wants
tol
a
once.
69.
has
to
The
to
find
boy
go
fox
This
meet
lesson his
be
The
71.
The
dared
home.
father.
72.
let the
girl
VERBS
73.
The
lion Were
the unicorn and fighting for the beat the unicorn the
crown;
The
lion All
round and
town.
74.
Jack
To
up
the
water.
hill
fetch
pail
of
75.
wise
to
sea
men
of
a
Gotham
in had
bowl;
bowl
been
have
stronger
story
would
been
longer.
Words
Used
Both
As
Nouns both
and
As
Verbs
27.
Some
what
one
words
may
be words
nouns
and
given
verbs.
case
To
ide
of these
is in any
consider
it is used.
(1) If it is the
(2) If it
verb.
says
name
of anything about
or
it is
to any
noun.
something
person
or
thing
Exercise
a
26.
noun
"
Say
or
a
whether and
talk
each
give
about
of
the
words
printed
lics is
1.
verb,
the
reason.
There
talk
was
some
the
bite.
businesse
4.
The bark. well.
2. of The
Some
some
ple
too
much.
3.
their
Dogs
bite. The
bark
s
a
is
worse
than
ride.
5.
Dogs
ride
6.
gir
pleasant
7.
girls
8.
The
walk
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
very
enjoyable.
irons
9.
Old
11.
men
walk
sailor
slowly.
was
10.
in
The
undress
Mr.
14.
the has
shirt.
too
on
The irons
put
irons
Wills
A
many
in
the 15,
fire.
13. like
Bird
y.
fly
is
the
window.
We
work. Harry
Good
the
boys
nouns. a rose.
work
hard. 19.
17.
Cruel
Names drivers
are
nouns.
18.
es
whip
rose
20.
22.
The
Tom
iver
has
a
new
whip.
21.
Tom
set
ucked
23.
a
The of
teacher
the
24.
The
pil
worked
of
set
exercises. Put
25. butter
They
high
cli
search
eggs.
26.
the
in
the
scale.
Exercise
27. using
"
Put
as
a
each
noun
of
in
the the
following
firstsentence
words
into
as a
tw
ntences,
it
and
ve
Right.
Salt.
Milk.
Blind.
Steel. Shoe.
Beat. Hate.
Steep.
Cover.
Hit
nch.
Crowd.
Drink.
Dream.
eep.
Judge.
Doubt.
d.
Report.
Act. Place.
Part.
Stroke.
Retreat.
Hurt.
Guard.
Sup.
Fear. Hope. Prey.
Change. Murder.
one.
Tread.
Plant.
Look. Wish.
rk.
Spy
Blame.
nce.
Fire.
Ruin. Watch.
Sail.
Paper.
Lean.
Butter.
rdon.
Cheat.
Pain.
Welcome.
Praise
Subject
28. 29.
and
Predicate thought
sentence
is the
statement
of
in words.
The
sentence
name
"Mary
of the
writes"
person
consists whom
we
of two
are
parts:
(1)
Mary,
The
of
speaking
and
What Every
part
we
(2)
30.
say
about
Mary
"
sentence,
however
the
person
long,
or
such
parts.
The
denoting
spoken
about
lled
What
the
subject.
we
say
about
the
the
person
or
thing
denoted
by
th
ubject
is called
predicate.
SUBJECT
AND
PREDICATE
31.
can
As
say
the
verb
is the
part
a
of speech
person
by
or
means
of which
something
must
about be
is
a
thing,
it follows
In
many
there
verb
a*
in the
predicate.
tences
the
verb
alone;
the
but
usually
there
other
32.
words
When
predicate
to
besides
the that ask,
verb.
you
wish the
find
subject
will be
of
sentence,
wa al
or
look
first for
verb;
Then
the
or
whole
of
the
predicate.
the
answer
"Who?"
the
"What?
Thus,
ore
the
John
verb;
runs.
will be
subject.
Which The
is the
verb?
is John,
"
Runs.
predicate
runs?
"
runs.
Who
Therefore Fire
the
burns.
subject
is John.
Which The
What
is the predicate
burns?
the
Fire.
Therefore
subject
"
is
fire.
out
Exercise
28.
a.
Pick
thus
the
subjects and
10.
Predicate
th
dicates
of
the sentences
given
in Exercise
Sentence
Svbject
William
Birds
simgs.
fly.
William Birds
sings.
fly.
Sheep Henry
bleat. is reading.
Sheep
Henry
bleat.
reading.
_is
6.
1.
Treat
Rain
4.
similarly
is falling.
the
following
2.
sentences. has
Rain
fallen. posted.
3.
5.
Stars
The
ar
ning.
The 6.
letters
have
are
been
grazing.
lion
were
killed. 8.
Cattle
7.
were
Soldiers
set.
ching.
School
is closed.
9.
Traps
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
29.
"
Place
pred icat
1. Fly.
Are
Mew.
2.
Chatter. 8.
11.
3.
Grunt. 9.
12. Is
4.
Has
Ran.
5.
Hum.
7.
Crow.
Was
Is
writing. falling.
been
digging.
bleating.
coming.
Additional
predicates:
30.
"
Exercise
12.
Exercise
the
sentences
"
Pick
out
thus
the
subjects and
14, 19,
the 'predicate
20.
Predicate
given
in Exercises
13,
and
Sentence
Subject
loves
broke
loves broke
lawn
his
the
sister. window.
Arthur John
his
the
sister,
window,
is
watered
by
The
lawn
is
watered gardener.
by
th
gardener.
33.
A
a
sentence
that
makes
sentence.
statement
or
assertion
"John
lled
declarative
makes
a
The
sentence
ming,"
34. is
statement.
The
sentence
"Is
a
John
coming?"
or
asks
question.
called,
therefore,
questioning
interrogative1
senten
Notice
the
difference
pairs.
between
the
two
sentences
in
eac
the
following
From
the
Latin
inter,
and
rogare,
to
ask.
SUBJECT
AND
PREDICATE
Exercise
31.
"
a.
Turn
given
into
"
interrogative
28,
sentences
th
larative
sentences
in
Exercise
6, and
the
ing. follow
I.
Baby
4:
woke.
2.
Uncle
5.
has
come.
crow.
3.
School
6.
The
has
un.
climb.
grows.
came.
Cocks
Fishes
cats
ght.
7. 10.
8.
swim.
9.
Adders
ng.
b.
Turn
the
following
interrogative
sentences
into
tive declara-
sentences.
II.
Is
Harry
sliding?
send?
14.
snow
12.
Has
aunt
called?
wait?
Do
13.
15.
Is
Did
Brown
Will
father 17.
scholars
day
aking?
Did
16. Jane
Did
fall?
horses
learn?
neigh?
hear?
19.
Should
35.
In
order
to
find
the
turn
subject
it into
and
a
the
predicate
of
an
errogative
sentence,
declarative
sentence;
us,
Question
Statement Verb
"
"
Is
"
Fred
expected?
is expected.
Fred
expected. Fred.
is
"
Who
is expected?
"
Fred.
Subject
Exercise
sentences
32.
in
"
Pick
out
the
6,
Exercise
31,
1.
Are
you
attending?
2.
hear?
Had
3.
night
Was begun?
eeping?
Has
4.
Shall
come?
be
pleased?
Is
5.
spring
7.
Will
mother
returning? sing?
8.
10.
Was
san
knitting?
started?
9.
Mr.
Robinson
Has
ank
36.
In
telling
his
or
asking
we
person
say,
to
do
thing,
we
do
no
ten
mention
come."
name;
mean,
or
for
come,"
instance, "Do
"Come,"
you
come,"
We
"You
the
you
is left out,
understood.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Sometimes
is thou
or
in
ye.
poetry
and
in
old
English
the
understood
rd
sentence
expressing
*
command We
sentence state
or
request
is calle and
imperative
sentence.
an
the
subject
th
edicate
of
imperative
thus,
Sentence
Come.
You
is put
in
brackets
to
show
that
it is understood.
Exercise
33.
"
State
the
subjects
and
the
predicates
of
llowing
1.
imperative
sentences.
Go.
at
2.
once.
Listen.
3.
Remember
Obey
me.
4.
Run ready.
thou
quickly. 8.
Halt'
6.
ye
this.
waters.
7.
10.
of
Be
Do
every
lp.
9.
Come
Come
to
the
likewise.
all.
12.
Come
thou
Fount
blessing.
37.
If
"
we
say,
What
an
tall
man
he
is!"
we
or
really
an
make
statement,
but
sentence
an
it is
emphatic
with
sentence.
or
statement, strong
tion. exclama-
A called
is
uttered
feeling
an
or
emphasis
exclamatory fact
But
exclamatory
or
senten
in
declarative
interrogative "How
imperative.
rose
us, really
the
exclamatory
"
sentence
red
this
is!
declarative;
Hurry
up!"
is imperative;
and
sentences
"Are
crazy!"
an
is interrogative. mark.
Exclamatory
en
th
exclamation
Exercise
34.
"
Write
out
the
subjects and
23, 25,
the 26.
predicates
e sentences
1
found
the
in Exercises
imperare
and
From
Latin
(p.p. imperatus),
to
command.
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
27
PERSONAL
38. It would speaking
PRONOUNS
to repeat
or
be tiresome of any
to
noun
again
and
not
again sound
person
"
thing.
bought when
It would
a
l,
for instance,
the
to
say
Edward
sister; the
to
book;.
Edward
gave
book
to
Edward's
sister,
Edward
the
Edward's
much
sister
say
thanked
Edward."
bought
her,
a
uld
sound it to gave
better
sister;
"Edward
gave
book;
his
whten
he
it to
she
thanked
.'9
Similarly,
Instead
of saying
learned
Maggie's
We
say
Maggie
has
Maggie
has
learned
her
son les
lesson. John
horse
saw
the
was
horse;
the
the horse's
John
saw
the
horse;
it
was
in
in
its stable.
stable.
Mrs. Evans
saw
the
dren. chilwere
Mrs. They
Evans
were
saw
the
children. garden;
The
children
the
in
the
in
the
garden;
children's
promised
some
their them
father
some
had fireworks.
promised
had
children
Exercise
nouns,
*
35.
and
"
Pick
out
the
noun
words
each
he in
their
to
which
is used.
looks park.
master
are
used
instead
say
for
new
what
1.
Jack
has
Tom;
watch;
met
often
at
it.
2.
Ethel
seen
she
him
the
3.
when,
Those
he
dogs
well
them.
trained;
4. from
they
obey
spoke
speaks
were
Mr.
Smith
the
boys
their but
was
as
they
turning
their
that the
playground
pony
was
with
bats.
Edward
hers.*
work.
5.
The
ildren it at
may
said
was
theirs,
that done
sai
his, play
while
Jenny they
said
have
"it
6.
The
ds
when
their
7.
The
LONGMANS'.
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
vant
has
reapers
was
gone
for
bread;
not
she their
will
be
back
they the
with
it
soon.
The
it
did
like
dinner;
complained
because
badly them
cooked.
9.
Fred
read
stories
found
interesting.
Exercise
1.
36.
"
Put
has
other
broken ball.
now.
words
for the
nouns
where
2.
possible
The
William
lost
the
William's
slate. has
boys
ve
boy's
pretty
3.
Jane 4.
dressed
has
Jane's
gone
doll
doll
looks
Francis
home
Francis.
cause The
heard
that
Francis's
the
wanted
the
mended
watch
watchmaker
und
needed hand;
spring. pencils
are
6.
James
three
in will
James's
let when the
the
James's. in
The
mother's
children bed
the
play is
th
rden
time; call
was
the
children's
8.
ready
fell
th
ther
will
the
children.
When
jug
th
g's
handle
Mr.
broken.
9.
Mr.
Freeman's
brother
ke
Freeman.
39,
say,
If Mr.
"Mr.
Wells Wells
Mr.
Brown
he
would
Wells's
umbrella;
overcoat
an
Brown
is looking
Mr. Wells Brown's
for
Mr.
Brown's
Mr.
find "I
am
Wells
pes
that
and
my
and
Mr.
Brown
will
would for
soon
Mr.
lls's
Mr.
things." and
you
are our
He
say
your
ing look
for
overcoat,
we
looking
umbrella;
hope
that
shall
soon
find
things."
Similarly,
Instead
of
saying
Mr.
Wells
would
say
There
is
Mr. Brown
Wells's; hand
There it to
is mine;
me?
will
you
hand
wilLMr.
to
it
Mr.
Wells?
is Mr.
Brown's;
And
now
here
let
And
us
here
go.
is
yours;
now
Mr.
go.
Wells
and
Mr.
Brown
1
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
p.
323,
Note
23.
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
40.
The
person
speaking
me.
does
not
use
his
own
name,
bu
I, my,
says
we,
mine,
our,
When
us.
speaking
of himself
and
others,
ours,
Instead
says
of the
you,
name
of the
yours.
person
to whom
he
was
is speaking,
also
your,
Formerly
speaking
say
ye
used
to
merly,
too,
the
person
used
sometimes
thy,
sa
s certain
the
person
people
sometimes
to.
now)
thou,
thine,
the
spoken
Exercise
37.^
Pick
out
or
the words
used
instead
spoken
of
to.
the
names
the persons
1. I
am
speaking
going
to
of
the persons
2. Have
school.
my
you
seen
your
brother
like
me
day?
3.
I. met
sister
in
the
town.
4.
I
gave
my
book;
ask
do
yours
see
you
like
yours?
you
a
5.
My
mother
to
give
our
ball.
soon.
6.
The We
apple
had
us
is
a
mine.
We
our
shall
parents
8.
to
your
lette
pony.
uncle.
9.
near
Our
us.
aunt
is
going do
Nathan
ye ye
send
Tom
lives begin
art
11.
week.
When 13.
Except
holidays said
unto ye
ones,
begin?
Ours
next
man."
David,
shall will
ou
the
14. How
repent,
ewise
perish.
15. 16.
book
long,
shouldst
simple
thou I
saw
simplicity?
Why
is thine.
die
thee
before
there.
th
e?
17.
The
18.
41.
"
In
James the
speaking
hurt
of James,
James;"
Mary,
"Mary
or
the
dog,
we
do
no
hurt
"James
Mary;"
"The
dog
dog."
We
"
say
instead dog
of
hurt
himself;
ry
hurt
herself;
we use
"The
hurt
names
itself."
or
nouns
Similarly,
instead
the
words
self, thyself,ourselves,
Exercise
.
yourself, yourselves,
out
themselves.1 instead
names
38.
"
Pick
the words
used
of
1.
The
boy
a
got
new
himself
dress.
for
ready
for
The
p.
school.
2. made
5.
The
gi
them-
ght
herself
1
3.
children
317,
Note
See
"Notes
Teachers,"
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
lves
treat.
late. 6. did
in in
not
4.
The
We
enjoyed
monkey
saw
ourselves. itself 8.
The in
5.
the
gave
myself
glass. dressed
have himself.
7.
The
ate
break best
itself. clothes. A
selves themmore
their
9.
You
ith
yourself.
10.
selfish
person
42.
are
The
words
we
have
been
picking
There
out
are
in these
exercise
called which
personal
we
pronouns.
other
kinds
onouns,
shall
learn
about
later.
Learn
43.
pronoun
is
word
used
instead
of
noun.2
Exercise
39.
"
Pick
i
out
the pronouns.
he
was
1.
Mr.
Trask
2.
present.
some
called
Yesterday 3. algebra.
fell
and
brought
you
letter
from
so
ur
cousin. him
set
us
a
Griffith's
has has
knee.
birthday,
our
nt
The
teacher
heard
spelling
apron.
4. grazed
Ellen
mended 6.
Have
her
The
us.
horse
and
its
Our
you
parents
ve
7. 9.
about
We
deceive
ourselves.
us,
8.
we
warmed
urself?
If you himself.
prick
11.
do
Henry
says
not
bleed?
that
he
10. could
Philip
lked
said that
their
no
lp
being
late.
12.
Mary
she dinner
has
finished
the
not.
he
wing.
My
13.
son,
The
children entice
had
in
thou
garden.
if sinners
15. Suppose;
Your
thee,
consent
my
doll
you
your
break
it whole
her
head,
crying
Could Till
by
are
and
nose
red?
16.
child,
are
and
thou
lamb,
name;
We
called
lamb,
by God
his
Little
1
bless
instead
p.
thee.
Latin
pro,
meaning
for
for,
of.
317,
See
"Notes
Teachers,"
Note
6.
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
17.
"I
wish,
He
my
old
to
Aunt her
one
Dorking,"
day,
summer
began
you
"That
wouldn't
nest upon
sit all
the in
In
your
hay."
And And
Though So
so
Tom
with
the
awoke
our
and
bags
was
we
rose
our
the
dark
to
got
and
brushes Tom
was
work;
morning
their
tears,
cold,
they
happy
fear harm.
now.
and
.
warm;
if all do
have
duty
need
to
not
If you
prepare
shed
them
You
The
'Twas
all do
first
on
know
ever
this
mantle;
put
I remember it on;
time
a
Caesar
summer's
overcame
evening
the
weep
you,
in Nervii.
when
his
tent,
That
day
souls,
he
Kind Our
Here
what,
vesture
you
but
ye
behold here,
traitors.
Caesar's
wounded?
as
Look
you
see,
is himself,
marr'd,
with
Exercise
40-
"
Put
pronouns
instead
of
nouns
where
sible.
a.
1.
The
man
cut
the the
man's
finger.
2.
The
watch
men
lady
sed
the
lady's
watch;
lady
had
left
the
a
the
poor
lady's Jones
table.
might
3.
Mr.
Jones the
poor
invited
men
that
give
the
a
dinner.
5.
4.
thief
The
chman
thief
heard behind
horse.
coachman
tree.
called.
The
the
The
hi
6.
When
gentleman Normans 8.
The
men.
mounted
got
th
to
tleman's
of the
7.
Normans
th
hill the
at
halted.
of
the
general 9.
not
men's
placed Harold
general commanded
ranks,
the
head
that
general's
men
Harold's
the
men
men
should
saw
quit
the
when
the
enemies
ing
down
after
hill, the
forgot
Harold's
command
and
hed 6.
enemies.
x
10.
now.
Alfred
11.
met
mother will
sentences
with
see
Edward's Alfred's
t
1
Alfred
and
Alfred
is speaking
to Edward
in all the
of this group.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ward's
cut
fathers
in the
park. 13.
12.
Alfred
heard
must
new
that be
Edward
Edward's
long
finger.
Edward Alfred's
Alfred
very
tire
is
ter
walk.
14.
knife
very
arp.
Edward
with Edward
lend
Edward's
bat.
grammar? Did
Alfred Edward
Alfred
when
Alfred's
fell?
17.
Edward
rt
Exercise
41.
"
Pick
out
the
pronouns
and
the
verbs
in
llowing
Note. "be":
of of the
"
"
sentences.
The
am,
following
wilt
"
are
some
more
parts
(see
par.
are
10) of t
some more
rb
be, art,
"
toast,
wert.
The
following
have of
ts
verb
"
have
hast,
four
poetry
Jiadst, wilt
parts
(see
"
par.
"
13).
rarely
These
ts
have
and
the
last
in
given in
be
are
use
modern
English,
except
and
addressing
God
in prayers.
1.
am
thy
father's
ghost. time
2. I shall
Thou
wast
the 4.
man.
If thou in
the
the
wilt
town
be
here
I
in
be
ready.
5.
If
thou
rt
should
I I
be
"
there
from
Whence
hadst
Thou
ou
book?
fellow.
thou 11.
6. 8.
wilt
had
am
it
7.
9.
letter I
foolish
sorry
thee.
a
shall home
rly,
but
be
wast
late.
young
10.
had
from
-day.
Thou
thou
then.
a
12.
shall
have
olding,
and
wilt
have
prize.
ADJECTIVES
44.
or
In
sort
the
"
sentence
John
is
good
boy,"
good
shows
th
nd
of boy.
42.
"
Exercise
person
1.
or
a.
Pick
out
the
words
which
show
the
kind
thing.
tall 2.
Tom
man
The
struck
has
a
his
head
slate.
cow
in
entering
The
the
lo
rriage.
a
large black
3.
was
friends
a
went
long
walk.
4.
loves
The
sweet
in
fiel
Little the
Edwin
garden.
flowers.
green
corn
6.
Ripe
grew
old
7.
kind
The father
is waving
some
gentle
eeze.
8.
The
bought
hot
sun
new
clothes the
good
children.
9.
The
will
ripen
sour
ADJECTIVES
it.
10.
Fred
made
fell
big
into wise
blots the
on
the
clean
page.
11.
The
en
bucket would
not
deep
well.
12.
The
foolish
follow
advice.
b. Put kind
other
Boy.
before
teach
of
the
following
that
nouns
word
showing
of
person
or
thing,
is, showing
size,
color,
shape,
quality.
Man.
Road. Clouds.
Pen.
Toy.
Knife.
Pig.
Fire. Father.
Slate.
Point.
Cat.
d.
Grass.
Writer.
Rose.
Ink.
Hands.
Butter. Lake.
Girl
dier.
Merchant.
lling.
Bull.
Walk.
Scene.
Sea.
Cliff.
Tree.
Exercise
or
43.
things
A
"
Pick
are
out
the
words
which
show
how
many
sons
a.
spoken
one
of.
mouth,
owns
1.
man
has
landlord 3.
two
eyes,
and
and
thirty-two
each
th.
ten
2.
The
rooms.
seven
six
houses, nine
house 4.
James
5.
bought
The
caught The
ten
grocer
mice.
Thirty pounds
days
of
sugar
September.
one
sells
fourteen
dollar
years.
cents.,
7.
one
Elizabeth
furlong.
reigned
forty-five
Forty 6.
rods There
make
were
9.
few
11.
cherries
have 13.
mansions.
no
on
the
tree.
10.
The
Have
any
apples?
apples.
12.
soldier
water.
wounded
In the city
in
both
are
legs.
Most
dogs 15.
were
like
There
the
are
many
several
ps
in
the
to
harbor. Rome.
16. 18.
the
Some
Few
men
men
digging.
out.
17.
19.
are
Al
ds
no
lead
ventured 20.
Both
There
horses
in
like
stable.
doors
can
closed. it
Most
boys balls
baseball; lost.
some
boys
play
well
Several
were
Exercise
1. The
44.
"
Pick
had Give
out
the words
sense.
which
There
show
was
how
much.
corn
man
little
me
2. bread. but
much
Egypt.
money
3.
some
4.
less
Mr.
Jones
5.
ha
than
Mr.
Brown,
learning.
The
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ief
made 7.
no
noise.
was
6.
The
mason
could in the
speed.
not
find 8.
I
an
rtar.
some
There
little More
water
well.
have
st
paper.
9.
haste,
less
Exercise
or
45.
"
Pick
a
out
the words
which
show
of what
rank
der,
1.
place
in
series.
sixth second day
the
Edward
first
is the girl
in the
boy
in
class.
the 2.
fifth
class; father
his
sist
the
the
Our 3.
returned
twenty-fifth month
verse
of
year.
January.
December
text
is
elfth ninth
the
to
of of
4.
The
preacher's of the
was
the 5.
eighth
The
chapter
first
every
Epistle
Corinthians. be
shot.
general
last
ordered time
I shall
tenth
you.
6.
This
is the
ask
45.
Some
or
words
are
used
as
with "This
nouns
man,"
to
point
"That
out
woman,"
what
rson
thing
is meant,
"Those
hese
books,"
46.
slates,"
out
"Yonder
house."
Exercise
"
Pick
the
words
which
say
what
person
thing.
1.
Will
were
you
give
me
on
hoop
pegs.
for
this
knife?
2.
man
Those
ts
hanging
cottage. grew
on
3.
The
old
live
yonder
4.
those
dog
bit this
little girl.
horse will
5.
These
ples
man.
6.
Yonder
ducks
belongs be sold.
is
7.
These
hens
and
those
46.
word
which
an
shows
what
kind
of person
or
thing
ant
is called
47.
adjective.1
shows how
many
word
which
an
persons
or
things
ar
ant
is called
A
adjective.
shows
an
48.
word
which
how
much
of
anything
we
ar
eaking
1
of is called
the Latin
comes name
adjective.
put
near
near, or
From
adjectus,
from
from
added
to to
[adjectus is
throw,
to
the
p.
adjicere, which
gets
adf
and
near
jacere,
or
put].
noun.
Th
jective
its
being
put
added
the
ADJECTIVES
49.
we
word
are
which
points
out
what
an
particular
person
ng
speaking
of is called
the
adjective.
say
to what
noun
Exercise belongs.
47.
"
Pick
out
adjectivesand
1.
Two
legs
one
sat
upon
three
legs
With
leg
in
his
lap.
2.
Old
To
Mother
get
Hubbard
poor
went
a
to
the
cupboard
her
dog
bone.
3.
Little
Polly
Flinders
the
Sat
Warming
Her
among
her mother
pretty
came
her
And For
spanked
her
her
spoiling
them
nice
4.
She
gave
some
broth
Without
any
bread. Bombay
sunshiny
5.
There
was was
fat
man
one
of
Who
smoking,
day.
6.
All
work
and
Jack in
a
no
play
Makes
dull
boy.
7.
Down
A
green
and
shady
bed
modest
violet
grew.
one
8.
Two
Began
little kittens
to
stormy
night,
to
quarrel
and
then
fight.
the
9.
"I
will
have
won't
that have
mouse/'
that
mouse,"
said
elder
the
son;
"You 10. No
said
knew;
little
one.
mate,
no
comrade
on
a
Lucy
moor.
She 11.
dwelt
wide
Mark
yon
old
mansion
frowning
through
the
trees.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
50.
The
adjectives
an
or
and
the,
are
often
calle
ticles.1
An
or
is used
when
we
we are
do
not
speak
of any
a
particular
e;
the
is used have
"I
an
when
speaking
of
particular
have
gave
a
one.
us,
"I
apple"
the
(some
apple
apple);
which Tom
"I
box"
some
box);
the
have
me;"
"
ve
box
which
I bought."
51.
An
adjective
it belongs.
does
not
always
come
before
the
noun
which
(a) The
by
are
a
adjective
part
is verb child
sometimes
be;
was has
as,
separated "Grass
happy;"
is
from
green;"
th
of
the
lets "Vio-
blue;11
"The
"The
wet"
day
will
fine;"
11.)
"The
weather
been
(Read
again
r.
(6) The
in
the My An
adjective
poetry,
sometimes
even
comes
after
sentence
the
noun,
pecially
of
when
the
contains
verb
father,
be;
as,
weary
with
as a
watching,
came
asleep. by.
iceberg
tall
steeple
thee
clothing
of delight,
woolly,
clothing, that
e'er
bright.
could
rare
structure
understand of a hand
fingers
With
its branching
fine
and
....
Exercise
each
a.
48.
"
Pick
out
the
adjectives
say
to
which
belongs.
The
was
are
1.
river Roses
broad red
5.
for
or
and
white.
deep.
4.
were
2. The
The
sun
was
ight. dark
3.
day dear.
7.
is
col
and
1
dreary.
"Notes
The
oranges
317,
6.
The
See
Teachers,"
p.
Note
ADJECTIVES
'3
has
been
will
be
pretty.
7.
9.
The
sea
is
was
rough. loud.
8.
10.
Your
her
were
glad.
The
noise
The
ds
young.
6.
11.
We
sat
within
windows
the
farmhouse
old,
o'er
Whose
looking
the
bay
Gave
An
to
the
sea-breeze,
entrance,
eyes, very
damp night
blue,
and day.
cold,
easy
and
12.
Shining
Opened Yellow
Hanging
very
wide;
very
curls,
stiff,
side
cheeks,
by
very
side;
Chubby
Lips
pink,
red
as
holly;
No
ears
and
only
That's
Polly's
eyes,
13.
Merry
Hair
very
crimped
cherry forth and
ways to
long;
Two
little
Sending
Very
plump
song;
rather
short,
Grand Fond
of
Dolly;
of fun,
games,
full
That's
Dolly's
Polly.
14.
There
dwelt
the
was
Beside
and
bold,
15.
The The
His
wfcy
wind
and
tresses
a
was
cold,
minstrel
old;
gray
withered
to
cheek
Seemed
have
are
better
are
day.
long,
16*
The
The
days
north
cold,
nights
wind with
to
was
sings bosom
humble
corn
doleful
red, shed.
as
song.
17.
Little Welcome
bird
my
18.
0, And
green
the
were
I rode
on
on
my
way,
bright
the
dews
the
blossoms
of
May*
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
52.
An
is used
adjective
instead
"He
may
belong
a
to
as,
pronoun,
am are
since
pro-
of
noun;
"I
happy;97
"Thou "You
young;"
is unwise;" kind;"
"
"We
glad;"
are
te;"
"They
will be 49.
"
Unhappy
me!"
and
say
to
Exercise
Pick
out
the
adjectives
what
noun 1.
each
He
was
belongs.
2.
clever.
We
shall
5.
be
He
late. will
once
3.
You 6.
are
eedy. wild.
young
4.
Thou
wast
was
unkind.
pretty.
be
was
rich.
7.
She
and
8.
my
She
blooming
I left
was me
fair.
so
9.
he
When
was
mother
11.
died
It
very
ng.
10. and
And
chill.
14.
quiet.
ipping
strange.
12.
You
find
them
me
ill. be
13.
honest.
They
15.
think
We
strong.
believe 16.
to
The
made flames
her
Firm
and
calm,
he
watched
spread.
53.
as
A
an
word
which
is generally
as,
noun
may
sometimes
"A
ed
adjective;
church 50.
"
"The
morning
sun;"
silv
p;"
"The
spire."
out
Exercise
Pick
the
adjectivesand
say
to what
noun
ch
belongs.
"
1.
a
The
grocer
was
named
herring
guest
Jones.
2.
We
slee
on
3.
The
fishery
he
is carried
his.breast.
rmouth.
The
wedding
a
beat
5. The
ergyman in the
preached lighthouse
8.
The
funeral
sermon.
6.
the
Three
wives
sa
tower.
7.
once
Close
street
door. full
moon now
that
a
was
round
and
Is
silver
boat.
Exercise
nouns or
61.
"
a.
Say
whether
the
words
printed
in
itali
adjectives.
a
1.
The
He
was
base the
man.
2.
4.
Show
The
me
thp
was
second
base 5.
cook
was a
melted
fat.
6.
cook
fat.
savage
The
vage
cannibal.
The
tiger
is
beast.
ADJECTIVES
The
mistress 9.
Iron
ve.
common.
will be is common.
11.
cross.
8. 10.
There The
was
a
was
cross
on
th
A the
a
last
is used
13. wing. chain.
by
.sheep shoemaker.
a
the
last
was
boy
from
in
class.
goose's
I like
quill
pen.
14.
The
ll
15.
Steel
is
made
from
n.
16.
That
is
steel
b.
as a
Put
noun
each
of
in
the
following
words
into
as
two
an
sentences,
usin
the
first sentence
and
adjective in
ond.
Fast.
Spring.
Tin.
Deep. Plane.
Cotton.
Oak.
Fat.
Brass.
Copper.
Straw. Blind.
Silver
Bread.
Hollow.
c.
Stone. Plain.
Sage.
Mahogany.
d.
Slate.
Dinner. Silk.
Linen.
ht.
Salt.
Cloth.
Sound.
Exercise
62.
"
a.
Say
whether
the
words
printed
in
itali
adjectivesor
1.
Pharaoh
against
verbs.
dreamt
lean of
an
of
seven
kine.
the
2.
Lazy is The
men
posts.
3.
The shirts
top
table
5.
smooth.
Laundresses
going
to
smooth thin
is his
not
with
iron. farmer
to
away.
farmer
not
turnips. clean;
to
6.
tell
your
The
is
it.
thin
The
silver
Jane time
way
was
clean
8.
You
idle;
long
it is wrong for
a
idle
9.
long.
to
The
11.
traveler
drink.
the
10.
The
seemed likely
The
rers
were
weary;
lecturer
weary
them.
6. Put
as
a
each in
of
the
following
words
into
as
two
an
sentences,
using
verb
the
first sentence
arid
adjective
in
ond.
Warm. Blind.
Better. Lame.
Dry.
Wet. Smart.
Lower.
Secure.
Steep.
Light.
Steel.
Clear.
Loose.
Salt
Hollow,
ght.
mble.
Left.
Level. Roast.
Mimic-.
en.
Shut. Sound.
Second.
Separate.
Free.
Sham.
Slow.
er.
Sour.
Steady.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
54.
When
Henry;
"
"
we
say
Henry
we
is
speak
tall,"
the
word
houses"
"tall"
scribes
and
when
of "brick
we
are men,"
th
jective
when and
men;
brick"
we
describes
"these
not
men,"
the
houses
or
thinking
the
they
say
"two
words
ese
two
do
picture
or
describe,
tell
men
us
but
limit
th
men,
that
is, they
do
not
any
are
quality
of the of.
or
simply
tell what
tell,
as
particular
we
spoken
the
or
Adjectives
or
have the
seen,
kind,
things they
number,
the
quantity
of
persons
or
ns
(or
pronouns)
persons
represent;
or
else
meant.
ou
at
particular
things
are
Learn
55.
An
to
adjective
or
is
to
word
that
used
with
the
noun
noun
(or a pro no
denotes.
describe
limit
which
Naming
56.
the
Parts
into
of
Speech
Found
in
Sentences
are
The
classes
which verbs,
In
to
words
are
divided and
up
calle
rts
of
four
speech.
Nouns,
classes.
pronouns,
to must
a
adjectiv
our
of
these
a
order
we
make
notice
minds
idea
ich
class
word
what
belongs work
what Thus,
presses
and
it does
in
sentence.
in th
ntence
John
broke
his
new
slate.1
Therefore
is
it
hn
word
used
something John
as
name.
noun,
oke
asserts
about
John
(or
tells
verb.
what
did).
of
stands describes is
a
instead
the used
John's.
pronoun,
slate.
as
an
adjective
noun.
ate
word
the
name
of
something.
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
p.
323,
Note
24.
NAMING
PARTS
OF
SPEECH
That
window
has
blind.
Therefore
it
at
says
which word
window, used
as
an
adjective
noun.
ndow
is
the
name
of
something,
asserts
something with
name
about
noun
the
window,
verb.
is used is the
the of
blind. the
man
an
adjective
noun.
ind
what
window
blind?
has.
Is this poor
Therefore
it
helps
says
to
ask
something
man.
about
the
man.
a an
verb.
which what
adjective
noun.
says
kind
used
sort
savages
of
as
a
man. name.
an
a
adjective
is
word
what
Some
ind
says
of
man.
an
adjective
blind
their 'prisoners.
Therefore
it
me
says
how
many
savages.
as a
an
a
adjective
noun,
ages
is
word
used
something
what
name.
nd
asserts
about
they of
as
the
savages.
verb.
(or tells
stands
is
a
do),
noun
ir
instead
word used
the
a
savages.
a a
pronoun,
noun.
soners
name.
Exercise
53.
"
Say
what
part
of
speech
each
word
is in
llowing
1.
sentences.
The
fat
cook
walks.
great
sold
the 4.
fat.
My
new
2.
Our
pen
walks has
were
The
baby
been
farmer
pleasant. broken.
is
had
his
patience.
6.
The
thin been
going
turnips.
7.
me a
Mary
has
visiting
The
us
her
uncle.
bought
a
fine
doll.
aunt
9.
gave
pretty
a
bird
pony.
ging
Frank
sweet
song.-
10.
Our
he
black lamb
hit
his
finger;
hurt
it.
12.
That
has
its mother.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Participles
57.
In
paragraph
24
(p"ge 17)
are
we
learned
verbs,
us
that
infinitives
they
ough
derived
or
from
state
verbs,
anything.
not
because
consider
are
assert
Let
now
verbal
pressions
they
of
are
another
kind, from
which
verbs.
also
not
verbs,
ough
In
derived
the
sentence
The
"
man
was
wearing
black
hat,
wearing
A
is,
as
we
"
know,
verb.
hat
But
in
the
"
sentence
man
wearing
black
passed to
by,
verb
is passed. but
it also
us
Wearing does
what
belongs
of
man
like of hat.
an a
ad je
something
the
man
the
to
work the
verb
cause
it shows
is doing
Similarly,
in the
The
hat
sentence
worn
by
the
man
was
black,
is the hut
a
like
was
the
also
verb,
does
while
worn
belongs
and
something
of the
work
verb.
In
each
sentences
there
is only
one
as
statement
sertion,
cannot
only
serve as
verb.
Such
words
wearing
an
verbs. and
a
worn
As
an
the
words
wearing
thus
are
partake called
they
of the
nature
adjective
and
of and
verb,
they
participles.1
are
58.
Infinitives
are
participles, verbals.
out
since
derived
om
verbs,
Exercise
called
"
64.
Pick
the
participles
each
share
or
in
the
followi
tences,
1
and
4he
tell from
Latin but
what
verb
to
to
participle
or
is derived.
From from
particip-are,
partake.
like
Participles
verbs,
they
belong
nouns
pronouns,
adjective
PARTICIPLES
1.
saw
an
old
on
man
working shore
to
in
a
his
garden.
roar.
2.
The
es
dashing
weary,
the
make
ceaseless
3.
ing
sat
you
a
down
rest.
summer,
4.
Feeling I
am was
ill, he
your
left
early
Tom.
Wishing
The
stone, upon years,
pleasant
friend
off.
back
the
of the
book,
has
being stood
broken,
for
torn
7. Built
A
house
centuries.
8. old
house
ilt
the
sands
cannot
stand.
away.
9. 10.
was
The
man, us
bent
th
slowly
caught
hobbled
an
He
found
fishing
One
fish,
hour
before,
still alive.
59.
Participles kind of
are
often
or
used thing;
as
simple
as,
the
person
friend,"
printed
When
are
book."
so
used
to
they
stand
They
"ome
directly
before
from
other and
their
nouns,
used
the
describe.
that
differ
from
adjectives
have
meanings
ly
in
fact
they
verbs
derived
from
those
of verbs.
out
Exercise
66.
"
Pick verbs
is
the
are
participles
derived.
the
used
as
adjectiv
2.
tellfrom
1.
now
what
paper
they
This
a
white
3.
was
as
driven
not
snow.
That
forgotten 4.
The
story.
We
could
face
the
freezing
nd. The
speaker
received
eyes.
with
ringing
spun
cheers.
is very
ne.
sunken
seen
6.
The of
silk
the
picture
the
sworn
reading
girl
What
the
two
striking
likeness! 10.
The
9.
first the
This
is the passed
11. 12.
testimony
witness.
boat
next.
the
The
winning
were
seconds
to
before
graven
Jews
tempers
rbidden
to
make
shorn
images.
God
use
the
over
nd
the
lamb. chairs
13.
are
It
is
of
no
crying wood.
out
as
ilt
milk.
14.
These
"
made
of bent
Exercise
the
66.
In
the
following
the
sentences
pick
the
adje
participles,
noun
or
and
participles
each
used
adjective
2.
tell to what
1.
pronoun had
the
belongs.
broken hill. wing.
The
sun
poor
was now
butterfly behind
The
ting
distant
3.
The
water,
ubbling
tired
soon
from
beneath
4. of
the
rock,
was
welcome
the air, the
sight
balloon
to
travelers.
out
Rising
5. from
rapidly
into
sight.
to
Discouraged
those
and knew
it does,
ashamed him.
on a
imself,
a
he
tried
hide
house,
who
as
6.
well
ill.
7.
situated is This
standing,
annoying
small
most
occurrence.
8.
My dog,
At
last,
horoughly
every
disgusted,
movement,
rose
to
go.
me
9.
watching
followed
flapping
0.
The
bat all of
came us
right
aking
up.
ADVERBS
60.
In
the
sentence
"William
shows
the words
"
arrived
when
erb
is arrived, Exercise
and
"
yesterday Pick
out
57.
used
verbs
to
show
hen.
1.
The
agent
called
Brown
again.
was
2.
We
our
lived
in
the
country
hen.
3. will
Mr.
come
formerly
neighbor.
went
4.
My
ister
presently.
5.
was
The
children
to'school afterwards.
mmediately.
Day
The will
6.
break sailed
The
The
soon.
fire
extinguished
carriage has
come
8.
The
already.
was
ship
11.
yesterday.
soldier he
never
10.
That
friend
12.
always often
saw
aithful.
returned.
comes
now.
im
formerly,
but
us;
ometimes
visits
seldom he is coming
13.
Mr.
Watts
to-morrow.
61.
In
the
sentence
"The
boy boy
words
stood stood.
used
here,"
stood
is the
erb,
and
here
shows
"
where
out
the
the
Exercise
68.
Pick
with
verbs
to show
here.
1.
My
for
there.
2.
They
her
looked
nowhere.
everywhere
but
found
3.
5.
The The
orse
is yonder.
egiment The
marched sailor
went
The
looked
look
behind.
before
was
and 9.
after. Dun-
8.
There
he
safe.
ADVERBS
comes
here
to-night.
10.
come
Ye
shall
not
go
hence
except
youngest
brother
hither.
62.
In
the
sentence
"The
river
was
swiftly,"
the
running running.
is the
verb,
and
swiftly
river
Exercise
59.
"
Pick
out
the words
used
with
verbs
to
show
.
1.
The
The
dog
barks
was
loudly. badly
boy
2.
The
birds
4.
are
flying
fire
rapidly.
soldier 5.
wounded. held
his
The
is burning
ghtly. write
The
hand
thus.
6.
The
The
storm
child
was
well.
7.
9.
soundly.
Rain
Mary
heavily.
8.
ing
furiously. slept
beautifully. soldiers
carefully.
the
10.
fought 13.
noise
home.
The
tired
veler
The
gallantly.
The
doctor
us
dressed
14.
was
hurt
Our
uncle
ated The
kindly.
We
heard thinking
his
distinctly.
16.
Tom
wanderer
sadly
of
industriously blamed
studying
lessons.
17.
My
brother
unjustly.
few
there "He it."
63.
"
Some called
words
are
used
" "
with
verbs
the
to
show king
"I
why;
He
purposely; shall
Wherefore
ordered
ask
you
death;"
you
be
rewarded
therefor;"
said In
the
64.
sentence
"Your
teacher greatly
was
greatly
how
pleased,
much
pleased
was
is the
verb,
and
shows
the
cher
65.
pleased.
the
sentence
In
"I
thrice
presented
thrice
shows
him
kingly
many
,"
is the
verb,
and
how
es
Exercise
much
1.
This
Pick
many
was
out
the words
used
with
verbs
to
show
how
child
times.
little
man
hurt, almost
that
child recovered.
was
hurt
h.
2.
The
sick
has
3.
We
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
scarcely
see
in
this
5.
twilight. The
boys
was
4.
The
merchant
was
xceedingly
enjoyed
less
themselves
with
with
horoughly.
than
customer
pleased pleased
the hat
th
loth
alico.
7.
dress
met
inished.
8.
was
least was silk;, she is quite finished and him in High twice
th
Street.
is nearly 9. Our
indness
repaid
a
fourfold.
66.
Sometimes
speaker
will
will
word
is used
with
verb
to
show
"
how
ully
the
believes
come.
what
the
The
The
verl? tells;
speaker speaker speaker
thus,
certainly
not
come.
believes
firmly.
disbelieves.
is doubtful.
will
perhaps
come.
The
61.
"
Pick
out
the words
the
the
used
with
ow
speaker
surely
believes
know
statement. truth. 2.
true.
She
must
Her
story
was
ndeed
am
strange,
but
it is
undoubtedly
correct.
3.
I
he
say
tha
unquestionably
4.
Truly
knows.
Truly
your
he
not.
can
6.
tell
Thou
you.
shalt
8.
He
surely
die.
7*
ably Prob-
certainly clever.
will
no
be
able
to
9.
The
boy
is undeniably
10.
will
correct
it, assuredly.
67.
A
how,
word
why,
which
is used
much,
with
or
verb
many
to
show
when,
where,
how
how
times,
is calle
adverb.1
68.
to
word
show
which how
is used
the
with
verb
or
with the
ment state
fully
speaker
believes
statement
is called
69.
an
adverb.
which show
Adverbs
how
much
other
or
how
many
as
times, well
The
as
used
1
with
Latin
the
adjectives
ad,
to.
and
with
adverbs
equals
twerb.
wit
Ad-verb
and the
therefore
relati
between
ad-verb
the
noun.
verb
is
much
like
that
between
ad-jective and
ADVERBS
bs;
indeed,
or
some
of them,
thus,
as
"very,"
are
used
only
with
ectives
adverbs;
Tom
is
a a a
brave
very
Tom Tom
is is
thoroughly
boy.
The
story
is quite
is hardly
The
story
Adverb
Adverb
speaks
loudly.
too
very
loudly
too
very
speaks speaks
speaks
loudly. loudly.
enough.
loudly
enough
70.
Adverbs
sometimes
1. 2.
showing used
strong, my
when, with
I I
am
am
where,
how,
or
how
certainly,
also
adjectives;
now
sore
thus,
Once
After
decidedly
everywhere.
weak.
fall
3.
4.
Her I
saw
face
is sweetly
calm.
men.
perhaps
six
Exercise
62.
"
Pick
out
the adverbs
used
(a)
with
adjectives.
other
is
an
(6) with
a.
adverbs.
very
1.
Jane
has
to
clever
girl.
dog.
2.
I 4.
felt
He
sadly
seemed
for
a
weary.
Tom
exceedingly
work.
large
fully
rather
entive
his
5.
sun was
The
friends terribly
is
went
walk.
6.
the
The
7.
Nearly than
al
s
Too
like
water.
8.
spoil
very
Lead
the
much
cork.
many
man
cooks
broth.
sense.
you
corn
so
glad?
The 13.
had
How
little
it
not
12.
14. The
The
is
must
quite
e.
beautiful
is!
fellow careful.
be
erly
bad.
15.
You
are
sufficiently
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
6.
18.
20.
know
him child
very
slightly.
much
more
19.
James
left
now.
rather
21.
te.
too
The
is
to
happy
to
much
clearly.
too
pleased
22. We
you
be
able
very
express
my
pleasure
ite
felt
much
obliged.
much
more
23.
You
ite The
quickly;
class
now
should
not
write
so
slowly. We
should
heard
sing
news.
loudly.
25.
have far
ly
just
to
the much
me
26.
conceited
soon.
The
boy
to
is
take
to
zy
work,
and waked
too
advice.
You
have
too
28.
How
loudly
you
lk! 71.
Yes,
yea,
ay,
no,
and
or
nay,
though
are
never
used
with
pressed
verbs,
adjectives
adverbs,
generally
calle
verbs.1
72.
Some
adverbs
are
used
to
ask
questions.
These
ar
lled
interrogative
adverbs.
Interrogative
will
you
you you
Examples
1. 2. When
of
Where
How How Why Wherein
Adverbs
did
did sick
3.
4.
is the he
stay
child?
at
5. 6.
did
home?
wrong?
have*
I done it be
7. 73.
or
Wherewith
shall
or
salted?
Since
adverbs
change
they
are
modify
with,
the
we
meanings
may
of th make
ords
statements
used
th
llowing
definition. Learn
74.
An
adverb
is
word
used
to
modify
or
verb
(or
rbal
*
2), an
"Notes have
adjective, another
for
adverb,
318,
statement.
See
We
Teachers," learned
p.
Note
8.
already
to include
under
this
term
participles
an
finitives.
(See
par.
58.)
ADVERBS
49
Exercise
they
1.
63.
"
a.
Pick
out
the
adverbs,
and
state
what
ds
modify.
rose
Up
we
old
him
away.
Barbara
Frietchie
3.
then.
not, my
2.
and
chase
ly
thy Let
root
laid
fears
us
down.
4.
will The
willingly
springs,
gladly.
go
hence.
6.
upward,
come
and
strikes
you
downward.
shall
7.
know
Never The air
He
more.
will
certainly
again.
ye
Hereafter
you
9.
The
poor
have
always.
10.
despair.
is piercingly
Everywhere
11.
The
workmen
paid
weekly. imprisoned by
of he it
trees.
12.
cold.
the
13.
lanes 16.
be I
here
They
unjustly.
15.
The
14. ball
Your then
are
never
dered
fell sister
he
yonder.
cannot
ught First
The
before.
17.
and
yet.
consented
was
would 20.
not
consent.
unusually is probably
cold.
That
advice
22.
That
ly
He
disappointed.
I
am
foolish.
strong
23.
very
now
much
better;
mother fine.
very
was
to
be
quite
soon.
24.
The
ribly
very
unhappy.
much
25.
The
to
day
your
once
was
extremely how
26.
obliged
may
father;
too
kind
27.
You
do
that
often.
28.
Rain, Come
The
man
rain, again in
go
away.
another the
too
moon
soon.
day.
29.
Came
But
we we
down
30.
steadfastly
bitterly
gazed
thought
on
the the
I
face
morrow.
that
was
dead,
And I
of
31.
do
remember there I
am.
well
where
should
be,
And
6.
Make
sentences
containing
Hither.
the
following adverbs.
Often.
Before.
Here.
There.
Lately.
Once.
Very.
Soon.
Truly.
Seldom.
Certainly.
Little.
Scarcely.
Thrice.
Much.
Surely.
Quickly.
vely.
Softly.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
64.
"
Say
what
part
of speech
each
word
is in
llowing
sentences;
thus.
Day
will break
soon.
I
is
Therefore
it
ay
word
what
used
the
as
name,
noun,
ll
break
tells
day day
will
do,
break. 2.
quite Thou That
verb, adverb.
on
shows
1.
when
come
the
will
an
My
sister
faithful.
will
presently. he
was
friend
safe.
was
lways
3.
There
4.
Too
any
cooks
spoil
was
the
very
broth. little
Little
5.
hurt. white
shalt
surely has
very
an
di
This
child
large
7.
Tom
e c
dog.
8.
lily smells
sweet.
PREPOSITIONS
75.
1.
I I I I
see
see see see see
the the
book
book
in
on
the
the
desk.
2.
desk.
the the
3. 4.
the
the the the
under
desk.
desk.
desk.
beside behind
near
5.
6.
I
I
the the
see
desk.
Here
shows
76.
each the
Mr. Mr. Mr. Mr.
of the
words
in,
on,
under,
beside, behind,
an
ar
relation
Brown Brown
Brown
between
has
some
book
in
and
the
desk.
1.
Spain. Germany.
Europe.
2.
has
has has
through
across
over
3. 4.
Brown
India.
Here
the between
words
the
in, through,
traveling
and
over
show
the
r l
and
Spain,
Germany,
Europe,
nd
India.
77.
1.
Sheffield
Oxford
The
is famous
is proud
for cutlery.
of
its university.
to
2. 3.
fruit
is pleasant
the
eye.
Here
the
word
for
shows
the
relation
between
famou
PREPOSITIONS
51
cutlery;
of
shows
the
relation
between
proud
and
versity;
78. In
and
the
to shows
the
relation
between
pleasant
and
eye.
first set
a a an
of examples
noun
each
a noun
word
;
showing the
the
tion rela
stands
between between
and
in
second third
set
se
stands
verb
and
noun;
a
in
nds word
between before
adjective
a
noun, a
and
a
noun.
or
an
Thus,
whether
it be
verb,
adjective,
be
the
d
79.
following
Words
as,
it is
noun.
showing
relation
may
also
followed
by
ouns;
1.
The His I
was
man
behind arrived
me
is asleep.
with
2. 3.
father
sorry
him.
for them.
examples
showing
80.
or
Here
are
further
of words
the
standing between
before
pronouns,
persons
and named by
a
relation else
or
th
ngs
or
and
noun,
something
a
(this something
an
being
1
.
expressed
Whittington
The
postman
verb,
adjective).
of London.
became Is
with
ran
Lord
the
at
Mayor
2.
at
door.
noon.
3. 4. 5. 6.
I shall
The
be
you
beggar.
The The
John
fell
bridge.
was
7. 8.
by
his
side.
He
is good
football.
Exercise
66.
"
Pick
relation
the
out
as
the in
words
placed
"
before
nouns
nouns
1.
to show
the examples
2.
just
children
tree
was
given.
stayed
Mother
during
4.
is in
the
house.
The
The
ghton
holidays.
was
moon.
3.
absent 6.
you.
was
struck
htning.
The
over
pupil
the
without
The dish
leave.
ran
5.
The
jumped
spoon.
away
with walked
7.
field.
Look
behind
8.
The
horse
nd
the
9.
The
band
playing
opposite
th
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAE
ndow.
the
10.
mountain
my
was
Germany
is wishes.
is beyond
the
ocean.
11.
He will
The
not
top
above 13.
I
the
ainst He
mill
ac
flowers The
empty
for
owner
you.
unsuccessful
in
the
business.
door with
15.
an
is
standing 16.
Are
near
sack
hand. the
you
fond
went.
of
oranges?
17.
Over
th
ll to
poorhouse
she in the
near
18.
And
churchyard
them
cottage my
Dwell
with
mother.
Learn
81.
preposition
to
is
word
placed
before
the
noun or
(or
in
ronoun)
show
the is
relation
between by
some
person
thing
med
and
what
denoted
other
word
th
ntence.2
82.
The
noun
or
pronoun
placed
the the
(usually)
after
prepositi
is called
the
objectof
out
preposition.
Exercise
65.
66.
"
Pick
objects of
the
prepositions
ercise
Exercise
Pick
67.
out
"
a.
Pick
words
out
to
the prepositions
which
the
and
their
the
objec
the by
.6.
are
objects of
prepositions
related
was
the prepositions.3
an
1.
There
went
a
owl
the
lived
in
an
oak.
A
up
2.
Old
Mother
bbard
on
to
cupboard.
3.
little
cock-sparrow
tree.
4.
Jack
and
Jill went
placed
ponere,
the
hill.
the
5.
Latin
Here
xThe
word and
means
something
before, from
to
prae
fore,
2
posit-us,
placed
(p.p. of
p.
place).
9.
to
See
To
"Notes
for
Teachers,"
318,
a
Note
find
or
these Does
words
what?
in
it is often before
a
good
way
ask
its
question,
suc
What?
the
preposition
and
is its
object;
thus,
first sentence, in
an
is
preposition
and
In
oak
object.
Ask
"Did
at
oak?"
Answer,
lived.
shows
the
relation
between
lived.
PREPOSITIONS
go
round
the
bush.
France.
6. 7.
He
made
ran
them
dance down
leather?
of
Scotland
8.
Tom
crying
street.
are
made
the 11. shall We
without village.
have
stay
We
walked stands
along
among
toward
trees.
The
rch
hington Adown
Christmas,
rode
sat
and
men.
Easter.
armdd
upon
13.
Two With
legs
one
three his
lap.
legs
leg of
in
your
14.
The
spirit
start
fathers
every
wave.
Shall
15.
The
from
that him land,
flame
round
sea,
on
lit the
o'er
battled
the
wreck
Shone
16.
dead.
our
On
we a
had
spot.
colors,
sir,
To
keep
without
as
17.
They
As
sleep others
the
well
beneath
turf.
the
purple
tide
18.
Up
airy
the
Down
glen,
We
daren't
For fear
a-hunting
of
little
white
men.
19.
Old
Does
John,
laugh
with
away
hair,
care,
Sitting
Among
under
the may
the
oak,
old
folk.
83.
Some
words
thus,
be
used
either
as
adverbs
or
positions;
As
adverbs
As
prepositions
Jack
Mary The
fell down.
Jack
in.
was
fej
down
the
hill.
walked
servant
Mary
walked
servant
in
was
the
garden.
standing
The
standing
behind.
behind
me. on
Come
on.
Come
deck.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAB
84.
Note:1
when
(1) That
some
such
word
the
the the the the
a
is used
examples
verb verb
as
an
adverb
.
it always
difies
verb.2
down in behind
on
In
just given
fell;
walked;
was
modifies modifies
modifies
modifies
verb verb
standing;
come.
(2) That
has
a
when
noun
such
or a
word
is used
as
ways
pronoun
following
ex a
just
given
down in is followed is followed
is followed
by by
by
the
the the the
noun noun
hill;
garden;
me;
behind
on
pronoun
noun
is followed
by
deck.
(3)
one
That
part
an
adverb
can
generally
to
be
moved
by
itse
om
of the
only
sentence
another,
but
preposition Thus
be
say,
moved
with
He
its
object
to to
following
it.
1
.
often
comes
comes
London.
London.
2. 3.
4.
He
He
often
to
comes
comes
London
to
often.
London.
Often
we
he
if
we
move
to
1.
must
to
move
London
comes
with
it;
thus,
He
To
London he
comes
often.
comes.
2.
London often
often
to
3.
He
a.
London.
Exercise
68.
an
"
Say
or a
of
each
word
printed
in
itali
ether
1.
it is
The
adverb
preposition.
in.
2.
child
Tom
peeped
lagged
The The
25.
or
child
garden
was
in
is
th
ld.
1
3.
behind.
p.
4.
Note
behind
See
The
as
"Notes
for Teachers,"
324,
adverbs prepositions.
which
go
with
adjectives
other
adverbs
are
no
CONJUNCTIONS
house.
above.
not
to
5.
The
spire
He the
is above
me
the
to
house.
walk
on.
6.
The
He and
spir
nts
7.
on
told
grass.
8.
up
tol
walk
up
9.
We
went
across.
and
The
down
the
We
down.
The the
boatman
ed
The
12.
boatman 14..
went
harbor.
road.
ship
glides Three
Puss
along.
They
went
a
along
to
the
15.
mice passed
into and
hole
spin;
in.
by
puss
on
looked
the
16.
Three
children
a
summer's
sliding
ice
Upon
As
day,
all fell in;
ran
it fell out
they
The
rest
they ships
away.
17.
I
On
saw
three Christmas
come
sailing
the
by
day
in
morning.
a
b.
Use
and
each then
of
as
the
a
following words
in
sentence
firstas
verb
preposition.
By.
Behind.
Off.
Through.
Along.
Before.
Round. Beyond.
Beside.
out.
On.
Beneath.
Up. Above.
Since.
Near.
After.
ross.
Under.
CONJUNCTIONS
85. Certain words
words;
and
man
are
used
to
join
(1) Other
John
The Poor
bs,
William.
or
the
woman.
but
honest.
as,
(2)
Groups
In
of words;
house
or on
the
sea
and shore.
as,
in
the
garden.
On
(3)
Statements;
Pierre
is French is clever
and
but
Karl
her
is German.
is
a
Annie
brother
dunce.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Such
words
as
and,
or,
but,
being
used
to
join,
are
calle
onjunctions.1
Learn
86.
conjunction
to
is
word
or
used
to
join
word
or
group
words
87.
another
word
seen
group
of words.
may
We
or
have
a
that
conjunctions
to
a
join
Thus,
words
but in
rds,
group
a
of
group
words
group
to
a
of words; word.
the
also
join
"He
of
was
words
he
was
th
ntence,
left because
"he
tired,"
to
"because"
word
go,"
joi
group
of words "John
tired",
that
the
"left."
the
the
sentence
said
group
he of
would
tion conjunc
go"
"that" word
joins
the
words
"he
would
"said."2
Examples
of Conjunctions
Joining
Statements
to
Words
Con-junction,
"to
joining together;
a
from
the
Latin
con,
together,
"joining"
that
(from junct-us,
(see
p.p.
otjung
417)
We
find
in
Part
II
some
adverbs
used
to
par.
an
pronouns
(see
other
par.
230)
at
are
likewise
same
join,
but
those
part
speech
322,
do
Note
work
the
time
(see "Notes
for Teachers,"
16).
CONJUNCTIONS
Exercise
1.
69.
child
will
"
Pick
was
out
the
conjunctions.
sleepy.
The
tired
you
a
and visit.
2.
man
The
was
brother contented 5.
You
sister
pay
3.
The
tea
gh boy
the
may
poor.
4.
the
Will class
you
have
or
coffee? 6. is
.true
The
rd
in
is
clever
but
careless.
story
wil
prize
not
if you believe
deserve it.
it.
7.
The
was
though because
for
8.
Tom Mr.
disliked
h I 11.
saw
bad 10.
tempered.
You
9.
will
never are
I know
Jones
unless
callqd,
you
man
succeed
wrong.
try.
certain
he
was
that deaf.
you
12.
The
did
not
hear,
Exercise
1. You Tell Here
70.
are
"
urith
....
conjunctions.
a
piece haste
of
cake
....
bottle
to
of
wine.
would
Edward
make
....
you
*.
.
. .
wanted
their ill
...
be
early.
wants
father
.
m.
4. pale.
she
must
be
she
looks
5. it.
_
dog
licked
the
its
master
he
... ....
i
had
ten
6.
Close
will
....
window punished it is
seven
carefully
you
you
ak
Do
it.
you
7.
You
be
work
harder.
known
o'clock?
88.
Conjunctions
1. 2.
sometimes
both
has
our
go
in pairs;
and
or
as,
We
The He
expect
uncle
our
aunt.
butcher has
neither
go
either
nor
beef
veal.
come
mutton.
3.
4.
pork
you
I shall
whether
out
nor
or
not.
Exercise
1.
71.
"
Pick
the
his
conjunctions.
sister
was nor
Neither
2. The
man
James
can
at
school
this
The
same
morning.
neither
read
or
write.
4.
3.
The
was
fellow
be rider in
care
either
deaf
horse.
stupid.
shot
led
and mind.
whether
5.
You
The
must
king
weak
obey it.
or
both
body
I
6.
you
either
or
go
do
like
it
dislike
or
8.
The
ldier
did
his
duty,
whether
it
was
pleasant
unpleasant.
58
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
89.
Wfcen
statement
statement,
is
joined by
statement
conjunction to
before
word
in another
comes
the
conjunction
is often placed
the
First Statement
First
Second
Statement
First
Exercise
second
1.
2.
72.
"
Rearrange
the
following
the
sentences,
placing
those statements
As the weather horse the the
beforewhich
was
conjunction comes.
did
not
go
wet
the
children
out
Because
Although
3.
the
wind
we
boy
away
is
sorry
master old its unkind fair the ship did not sail. was him. 5. That will forgive
was
man's
i shot 4. Sinc I
have
taken
you
this
sow
old
you
daughter
expect
is
to
most
reap.
true.
6.
do
not
cannot
7.
Though
CONJUNCTIONS
has
As
put
often
you
are
on
been
told
you
of
his
faults
to out.
he
does
not
reform. 9.
trying
the
deserve
go
succeed.
Unless
coal
fire it will
Exercise
73.
"
Pick
out
the
conjunctions,
and
tell what
the
in.
1.
One
are
man
wers
cut go
three
not
men
listened.
dead. 4.
that
2.
The
yet
3.
Your
you
The
horse
ld
not
come
farther
you
it 5.
was
tired.
see
brother
are
if 6.
him.
We
unwi
Who
tell whether
nor
Jack
parents.
is coming?
7.
ran or
ther Nei-
this
man
sinned
he missed 10. I
his
8.
William it
He
to
th
tion be
or
but
there.
on
the
train.
whether
ye
9.
his
on
siste
forget
11.
happened
ye
come
Tuesday
Friday.
12.
Except
not
repent
shall
to
all
wise like
perish.
Troy
was
Love
sleep
lest
thou
poverty.
taken
for hot
though
they
nor
Hector
defended
obtain
it.
mercy.
14.
Blessed
It
the
merciful
too
shall
too
15.
Hear
ha
neither
cold
thou
to-day.
mayst
16. be
counsel
receive
instruction
that
wise.
17.
Little
And
But For
Bo-Peep
fell fast
she awoke
were
asleep,
them
dreamt
when
heard
she
bleating, it
a
she
found
joke,
still they
them left
a-fleeting,
but it made
her
18.
She
found
For
indeed, their
how
heart
bleed,
they
tails behind
them.
19.
I do Or
But
not
know
you
old
you
are
whether
you may at
can
twinkle
long
And
For
play I have
nor
hide
and wit
20.
neither
utterance,
nor
nor
words
the
power
nor
worth,
of speech
v
Action To
stir
men's
blood.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
74.
"
Say
Jane
what
cried
part
because
of speech
she
each
word
is;
thus
fell down.
Therefore
it
ne
is the
tells
name
of
person.
a a
noun,
ied
what
she
did. "she
verb,
cause
joins the
"
statement,
fell/'
to
the
verb
cried."
for
stands
tells
.
the
she
noun
Jane.
a a an
pronoun,
ll
what
did.
fell.
verb,
wn
shows
Now
how
she
adverb.
1.
there
came
both
mist cold.
princes,
to
and,
snow
And 2.
The
But
it grew
trees
soon are
wondrous Indian
turn
they'll
ghosts.
3.
4.
The
The But
boy boat
I
nor
returned,
came
for
his
to
father the
wanted
him.
closer
ship,
nor
neither]
spoke
stirred.
nest
5.
Two
robin-redbreasts
a
built
tree.
their
Within
hollow
6.
Then And
we
we
kissed
spoke
the
in
little
maiden
better
cheer.
INTERJECTIONS
90.
to
say
Certain
show
"
words different
!"
which
have
no
very
clear
Thus
sorrow
meaning
to
ar
ed
kinds
"Huzza!";
of feelings.
to
show
we
Hurrah
show
to
say
h!"
"Well-a-day!"; "Ho!"
part
call
attention similar
sentences
"Hello!"
These
structure
and
words
ally
of
the
of
the
ich
occur.
REVIEW
61
Exercise
1.
Alas!
76.
he
"
Pick
is
out
the words
dead. is
Hey!
our
a
which
2.
too
show
some
feeling
tell
Tut,
me
already
it
Tush!
true.
never
t.
3. is
Well-a-day!
all
nonsense.
but
4.
tutL for
5. 7.
Hurrah!
come
6.
0! 8.
coner's
was
voice. well
side
Bravo!
done.
11.
9. Oh!
waiting.
Fie!
what
soldier,
beautiful
afraid!
12.
10.
Ah!
cowards.
I
am
flowers.
poor
Heigh-
tired
14.
of
13.
Alas!
Yorick!
Hush! We
hush!
smell
a
mee-ow!
rat
mee-ow!
by.
keep for
close
15.
Alack!
I'll give
and thee
say
I must
money
the thy
fair!
mare.
Oh,"
Money
ho!
you
so?
makes
a
the field
mare
to
go.
Hurrah,
war!
hurrah!
single
has
turned
the
chance
Hurrah,
hurrah!
for
Ivry
and
Henry
of
Navarre!
Learn
91.
An
interjection
some
is
word
thrown
into
sentence
express
feeling.
REVIEW
Learn
again the
to
name
92.
93.
a
A A
noun
is
is
or
word
a
used
as
of something.
verb
word
used
say
something
to
or
ut
1
person
the
to
thing.
from inter-jectus(p.p. of inter-jicere),
inter, between,
From
Latin
throw.
jaceref
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
94.
sentence
is the
statement
of
thought
in words.
95.
Every
sentence
has
subject and
or a
predicate.
96.
The
predicate
the
is
verb,
verb
and
other
words,
ed
in making
97.
or
statement.
subject
spoken
is the
word
or
words
denoting
the
son per
about.
is
98.
subject
predicate.
found
by
asking
Who?
or
What?
fore
99.
or
declarative
assertion.
sentence
is
one
that
makes
ment state
100.
An
interrogative
sentence
is
one
that
asks
estion.
101.
An
or
imperative
an
sentence
is
one
that
expresses
mmand
Any
entreaty.
three
of these feeling
or
kinds
of sentences become
an
may,
if uttered
wit
rong
emphasis,
exclamatory
sentence.
102.
pronoun
is
word
used
instead
of
noun.
103.
to
An
adjective is
or
word
that
used which
with the
noun noun
(or a pro no
denotes.
describe
to
limit
104.
Infinitives
they
are
and
participles from
verbs.
are
called
verbals,
cause
derived
105.
an
An
adverb
is
word
used
adverb,
to modify
or
verb
(ora verba
adjective,
A
to
another
statement.
106.
preposition
show
the
is
word
placed between
before
the
noun,
or
or
onoun,
relation
person
thin
REVIEW
63
ed
and
what
is
denoted
by
some
other
word
in
the
ence.
107.
conjunction
to
is
word
or
used
group
to
join
word
or
of words
An
some
another
word
of words.
108.
interjection is
feeling.
word
thrown
into
sentence
to
ress
Exercise
76.
"
Say
what
part
of speech
each
word
printed
in
lics is.
1.
Farmers 3. in
a
Stay
till
the
2.
Look
The
in the king
miller
the
es
beautiful
pay
6.
Place
The
candle
taxes
the the
table.
people.
The
people
8.
small. the ring.
The The
Mary
pay
is
10.
storm.
The
weather
is
the
fine.
weather
pretty
12.
There
Ring
bell.
the
14.
is 16.
fly
is
gave
on
dow.
Swallows
runs
fly
very
far. The
Bob
fast
three boy
22.
y.
17.
Bob
The
fast.
cheers
can
18.
his
soldiers
ers.
19.
father
21.
comes
20.
The
little hurt.
the
man
Who
a
waves.
calm
sea?
calm. still.
er
storm
can
are
calm.
23.
25.
day
waves
was are
24.
still the
26.
waves
27.
snow
Whiskey
man.
is made 29.
There
in
is
still.
snow
The
children
mountain.
water
the
30.
flocks.
The
mountain
air is keen.
give
water
31.
to
herds Sheptheir
their
All
32.
Shepherds
him.
to
cks.
33.
the
people
praise
34.
All
the
people
him
praise.
35.
John door.
The
on.
tried 38.
better
himself.
is shut.
36.
39.
41.
to
came
John
Tom He
on
better.
37.
Shut-the 40.
to
The
door
ged
me
behind.
not
walk
garden 42.
came
me.
is behind
He
the
me
house.
not
told
first;
walk
grass.
43.
came
William
James brother
stay
after
stay
William
come.
after
46.
My
45.
My
cannot
l you
brother
cannot
till Sunday.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
77.
"
Say
what
part
of speech
each
word
is in
llowing
sentences;
The
thus,
wedding-guest he heard
For
the loud
Therefore
it is
points
out
wedding-guest.
an
adjectiv
(an
see
a an
article
par.
50)
noun.
adverb.
verb.
pronoun.
a a
noun.
conjunction.
pronoun.
verb.
an
adjectiv (article),
adjective,
ud
shows is the
the
name
kind
of
of
a
bassoon,
musical
an
ssoon
1.
lost
are
my
poor
little
3.
The
now
doll.
kitten
wants
on
2.
The
days
upon go
are
cold
nights My
long. white
corn
sleeps
to*
the
out.
hearth.
little
was
kitten
as
5.
Oh
een
the
rode
moon.
my
way.
6.
were
The
clouds
scudding
across
the
rose
7.
We
crowded
then.
cabin.
coffin
8.
Up
old his
Three
Barbara breast.
Frietchie
9. sadly they
eless
enclosed
10. mice,
Slowly
see
and how
id
him
down.
11.
blind
run*
EEVIEW
The
Now I pray For
The
dew
see
was
falling
mounted
put
fast,
once
the
stars
began
to
blink.
him
again.
port,
thee
a
into
yonder
I fear
hurricane,
is failing,
are
warm
sun
the
bleak the
wind
The
bare Dr.
boughs
sighing,
to
pale
16.
he
Johnson
Mrs.
pretended
despise
great
not
actors
and
treated
on
Siddons his
see,
with
politeness.
17.
find
a
She
led
her.
him,
and "You
servant
could
readily
the
chair
18.
go
no
Madam," be
"t
said
doctor,
"where-
you
seats
can
got.'
19.
A
a
Cambridge
book. if the
use
student
sent
to my
another
books
come
student
out," to
my
row
"but
may
20.
"I
never
lend
sai
rooms
gentleman
chooses
21.
to
them
to
there." other
my
A
to
few
days
a
after"
the of
book-
sent
the
student
bellows
to
come
borrow
was
pair
bellows. "but
may
"I
never
lend
out,"
the
rooms
answer,
the
gentleman
chooses
to
my
he
use
there,"
part CLASSIFICATION
NOUNS
Proper AND
n
INFLECTION
Nouns
2.
Work
109.
again
A word
Exercises
1 and
is the
which
thing,
when
name a
of
proper
or
a
1
particular
noun.
person,
imal,
A
a
place,
proper
or
is called
written
noun
printed
should
always
ve
capital
letter.
Exercise
1.
78.
"
Pick
out
the proper
was
nouns.
King
was
Arthur's
the
town
sword god
of
chief
in
the
called Romans.
4. We
Excalibur.
3.
get
2.
J p
Melbourne
from
largest
Australia. 5.
My
gold
forn Cali
Mary's
and is
Victoria.
dog
The
is called
farmer the
Spot,
has
a
and
horse
called
Snowy.
The
ship
was
6.
calle
iler.
7.
named Northern
over
Thunderer.
8.
The
Star
the
Sailed
Bound
bar,
to
the
Baltic
Sea. landed
to
near
9.
William
won
sailed
battle
from
at
ings Hast
Senlac, 10.
Captain
London, landed
an
nquered
England. Virginia.
the
Smith
mestown,
1
From
noun
French
own
propre,
name
from of
a
the thing.
Latin
proprius,
one's
own.
oper
is the
66
COMMON
NOUNS
67
Common
Work
110. again
Nouns1
6.
person
or same
*
"
Exercises
that
3, 4, 5, and
name
A
to
a
word
a
is the
persons
of each
things
thing kind
belon
class
2
of
noun.
or
of
the
led
common
Exercise
1.
79.
"
Pick
out
the
common
nouns.
Once,
he the
a
when
Rubens
a
the
convent.
famous
artist The
was
Spain,
over
visited buildings.
2.
monks
him
chapel
3.
Above 4.
"Who
the
altar
in
saw
beautiful
he asked.
he that
were
painted
answered
that
masterpiece?"
brother,"
the
abbot.
"let
me
"Then
is
I may
too
great
painter,"
so."
said
Rubens;
words
him
tell him
much for
7.
poor
Such
man;
s
from took
a
such
judge
the
at
he
few
forward
and
fell dead
on our
Rubens' feet
we
feet.
8.
Our
With
To
drew;
caps
hands,
necks and
and
ears
drawn
low,
from'snow,
We
the
solid
whiteness
through.
'
Collective
111.
to
Nouns
not
We
groups
a
may
give
persons
an
a
a
names or a
only
to
persons
a
or
things
of
men
of
things.
Thus
a
group
be
crowd, be
army,
jury,
a
congress.
group
mals
may
herd,
score,
a a
troop,
flock.
the
group
names
of things of groups
be
dozen,
lot.
are
Being
collections,
Exercise
1.
these
nouns
called
collective
nouns.
nouns.
80.
"
Pick
had
out
great
many
the collective
flocks
Abraham
was
and
herds.
2.
When
th
y
1
defeated
regiments
p.
suffered
10.
severely,
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
318,
Note
Common
belonging
(from
to
the
more
Latin
than
communis,
one.
shared
by
several,
common)
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
some
companies
a
were
almost
to up
destroyed.
the
3.
matter.
Congress
4. each police
pointed
committee
was
consider
of of twelve
The
wish
nation
made
a
tribes 5.
often
and The
at
war.
trib
made
the
up
of
number
families.
were
per dis
mob.
the the
was a
6.
The
clans guilty.
7.
herd
The
ry
found
o'er
prisoner
lea.
great
8.
The
of
lowing
the
streets.
crew
winds
owly
There
9.
Several
in
deserted.
11. Tom his
crowd The
a
the
the
The
fifth
class.
12.
was
shepherd
member
of
is watching
the council.
flock
postmaster
Abstract
Nouns
8.
Work
112.
again
This
Exercises
paper
7 and
is smooth
and and
white; whiteness.
in other The
the
words
ness smooth-
the
qualities whiteness
of smoothness
cannot
we
can
and
our
own
be think
separated
of them
from
as
paper,
bu
minds
running from
the
something
apart.
cannot
Again,
is
an
action,
but
the
running
our own
parated
can
runner. as
It is only
apart.
in
minds
tha
think slavery
of it
is
a
something
or
So
state
condition
can
that
cannot
be separated
as
om
the
slave,
but
that
be
thought
of
something
art.
This
drawing
has
away
our
minds from
the
the
quality which
from does
th
ing
which
it, the
thing
the
condition
x
from
thing
which
is in it, is called
s a
113.
word
an
used
as
the
noun.
name
of
quality,
action,
ate
is called
114.
abstract
about helps
peace,
Thinking
greatly
nouns, as
the
us
way
in
know
which
them.
are
abstract
nouns some
formed
to
(But
derived
stract other
1
color,
joy,
not
from
part dbs,
of speech.)
away
Latin
from,
and
tract-us,
drawn
(p.p. of
trah-ere,
raw).
ABSTRACT
NOUNS
(1) An
adjective
therefore
as,
is
the
part
of
nouns
speech
are
which
shows from
lity,
many
abstract
formed
jectives;
(2) A
verb
many
is the abstract
part
nouns
of
speech
are
which
tells from
of
action,
as,
refore
formed
verbs;
(3) Abstract
nouns
are
also
formed
from
common
nouns;
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
1.
Long.
81"
"
a.
Form
abstract
nouns
from
The
following adjectives.
Regular.
Wide. Just.
Round.
True.
Bright.
Dear.
Righteous.
Curious. Blue.
Foolish. Rapid.
ld.
Strong.
upid. 2.
Occupy.
Prudent.
Simple.
Pure.
The
following
Relieve.
verbs.
Believe.
Deceive. Sing.
Elect.
Erase.
Prove.
vise.
Please.
Invert.
Conceal.
3.
Knave.
The
following
nouns.
Rogue. Regent.
Slave.
Duke.
parts
Boy.
Master.
Man.
Friend. Primate.
nouns
Child.
ent.
Infant,
are
b.
From
what
of
speech
the abstract
give
Exercise
Exercise
1.
7 derived
82.
room
"
Pick
out
the abstract
feet
nouns.
The
most
is twenty
in
length.
was
2.
Lazy
of he
a
people
ke
trouble.
as
3.
was
The
no
prisoner proof
serious
was
ime,
but
there The
scene
of
liberty.
of is
4.
driver
gave
behaved
us
with
5.
The
auty
the
a
much
pleasure.
6.
weeping
litt would
arning
my
dangerous
thing.
The
7.
of
little
mercy
heart.
was
8.
darkness
quality
over
is
not
strained. is
the
There
all.
10.
Honesty
bes
own
licy.
11.
The
sun
gives
covers
warmth.
a
12.
Virtue
of
is its
14.
ward.
13.
is better
Charity
than
multitude
sins.
dom Wis
strength.
thing
of
15.
A
Its
beauty
is
joy for
it will
ever;
never
loveliness into
increases;
Pass
nothingness.
out
Exercise
say
83.
"
Pick
the
nouns
in
the
following
sen ten
of each
whether
reason
it is proper,
common,
collective,
stract,
and
give the
for
your
opinion.
NUMBER
1.
The
of
a
jury brought
Judge
crime;
may
in
verdict
And War I
of
say
guilty,
to
no
much
to
th
prise
Blake.
2.
this
assembly,
is
the
cry
Crimean
"Peace,
had
justification
there
no
Gentlemen
4.
Mr.
peace!"
enter
upon
but
is
ce.
President,
shall
encomium
Massachusetts. Yes,
He
honor
puts
calls.
With
by;
strength
like
steel,
the
vision
Let An And
dusky
Indians lad
whine
must
and die.
kneel:
of Asshur broke
are
loud
temple
unsmote
in their
of
wail,
And
And Hath
in
the
Baal; by
the
of
the
snow
Gentile,
in
the
grave
wave.
like
glance
of the
sword, Lord.
Over
Flag
Frietchie's
and union
Additional
sentences."
Exercise
9.
Number
115.
Notice
the
difference
the
in form
between
noun
each
noun
first column
and
corresponding
in
the
second
lumn.
It will be
seen
thatthe
forms of.
of these
The
nouns
change
wit
number
of
things
spoken
form
used
when
72
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
are
speaking
1
of
one
thing
the
"
single
when
2
thing
we
"
is
called
speaking
th
singular
number;
one
form
the
used
plural
is
as,
are
ore
than
116.
is called
plural
number.
most
The
s
number
singular;
now
commonly
formed
by
adding
to
the
Exercise
Cat.
84.
Desk.
"
a.
Give
the plural
Picture. Garden.
_
of
Board.
Tree.
Bottle.
House.
Fire.
Horse. Letter. Fig.
Metal.
Rug.
Poker.
Wall.
"
Gate.
Basket.
Door.
Window. Bud.
Hoop. Eye.
Flower. Egg.
Rose. Crow.
Grocer. Bird.
Beast. Frame.
Rock.
Marble.
Hand.
Ring.
Friend.
Servant.
nouns
6. Give
twenty
s
other
which
form
their plurals
by
th
ddition
117.
of
The by
number
es
was
once
most
commonly
is still
ormed
nouns
adding in
to
x,
the
ch,
singular.
Es
as,
added
ending
s,
z,
and
sh;
Exercise
Moss.
86.
"
Give
the plural
of
Miss. Latch.
single, from than
one,
Mass.
Pass.
Guess.
Batch.
Glass.
Leech.
one
Class.
Breach.
by
one.
mnibus.
1
1
Patch.
from from
Peach.
the Latin
Singular
Plural
singular^*,
singuli, from
the
Latin
jduralris, more
plus
(genitiv
har-is), more.
NUMBER
ch.
Hitch.
Watch.
Dish.
Hutch. Mesh,
Brooch.
Blush.
Tax.
Coach.
Buzz.
Bench.
h.
Wish.
"118.1
When
the
a
the
plural
vowel
number by is
ends adding
s;
in
following
y
vowel,2 follow
i and
if the
changing
does
plural
formed
by
th
nto
adding
Exercise
Ally.
86.
Alley.
"
Give
the plural
Baby.
of
Berry.
Essay.
Abbey.
Donkey. Toy.
Beauty. Dairy.
Chim
Jockey
Ferry,
Body.
Day.
Copy.
Journey.
Monkey.
Eddy.
key.
Gipsy.
Lily.
Ruby.
Puppyt
ny.
"119.
Poppy.
Reply.
in
as
Joy.
nouns
ending
in
ves,
or
fe
change
into
the
a
ends
half, halves;
s
knife,
knives;
as
great
simply
add
to
the
singular,
ree
efs.
Exercise
Calf.
87.
Wife.
"
Give
Shelf. Scarf.
the plural
Elf.
of
Leaf. Loaf.
Hoof.
Thief.
Staff
Dwarf.
e.
Chief.
Roof.
arf.
*120.
nouns
ending
most
cases
in
add
in
the
plural
an which
add be
1
In
custom
alone
decides
all
added.
"Notes
See
That
for Teachers,"
e,
p. 323,
Note
21
(last sentence).
is,
a,
i,
o,
or
u.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
The
following
Flamingo. Volcano.
add
es:
Bravo.
Motto.
Buffalo. Negro.
Calico.
Potato.
Cargo.
o.
Hero.
mat To-
The
following
add
s:
Canto.
Tyro.
Rondo.
Solo.
Folio.
Domino.
Portfolio.
avo.
121.
es
Quarto.
A
or
Grotto.
Oratorio.
few
s,
nouns
-form
their
ways
plural
once more
numbers,
common
not
ing
but
in
other
than
122.
Collective
as,
as,
nouns
(see Exercise
crew,
80)
may
be
Singular;
army,
,
score
,
group.
,
Plural;
*123.
armies
nouns
as,
crews
scores
,
groups.
Some
have
the
same
form
grouse;
for
singular and,
plural;
deer,
sheep, pair;
have
swine,
as,
fish,2
dozen
afte
merals,
*124.
score,
dozen,
nouns
"ten
eggs."
as,
Some
riches,
wages,
no
singular;
alms,
banns,
llows,
scissors, premises,
the
shears,
snuffers,
victuals.
spectacles,
trousers,
s,
1
odds,
Brothers
vespers,
is
the
now
When
word
for brother (in a family). plural it signifies individuals kinds. or fishes is used regular
NUMBER
*125.
or
Some
always
means,
words,
used politics,
nouns
though
as
plural
in
as,
form,
news,
are
summons,
gen era
singulars;
asses,
*126.
mathematics,
billiards,
etc.
Some
as,
have brethren;
two
plurals,
peas,
pease
with
different
nings; dice
brothers,
(collective
shots,
s,
(for
gaming);
indexes,
indices;
sho
ollective).
Exercise
1.
88.
hatter
"
a.
Say
what
is the number
2.
of
are
each
noun.
The
sold
of
4.
nine
caps.
There
thirty
days
the
month
September.
Foxes
3. have
Quick
and
believers the
need birds
ad air
holes,
days
north clouds A
are
cold,
the
a
nights doleful
across
are
long,
wind
are
sings scudding
is
on
song.
6.
The
the
moon,
misty wind
light in the
the
sea;
The
And
shrouds is flying
has free.
wintry
tune,
the
foam
b. Give
Board.
the plural
Horse.
of
German. Valley.
Leaf.
Gas.
Lady.
Half.
Grass.
Army.
Ditch.
Daisy.
Hoof.
Hiss Baby.
ch.
Bush.
Tax.
key.
Hero.
Chimney.
Motto.
Wife.
Clif
o.
Canto.
Grotto.
Englishman.
Foot.
Deer.
c.
Sheep.
Give
the singular
Spoons.
Topazes.
of
Mats.
Cups.
Meadows.
Brooches.
Gates.
Watches.
Elves.
Boxes.
hes.
Foxes.
Alleys.
Loaves. Mos-
ies.
Journeys.
Dwarfs.
Gipsies.
Buffaloes. Teeth.
Shelves.
fs.
Cargoes.
Mice.
Oratorios.
Brethren.
tos.
Geese.
Fish.
Children.
ne.
*127.
Shears.
*
Bellows.
is
taken keeps
Note
Trousers.
Oats.
change
from
When
language,
"Notes
noun
without its
21, and
eign
1
it
generally
p. 323,
foreign
p. 324,
plural
Note
26.
fo
See
for Teachers,"
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
time,
but
after
English
the
it
word
often latter Examples
comes
to
be
plural
looked
in
the
upon
roughly
forms
are
its
English dogmas,
Examples
encomiums.
of
the
cherubs,
geniuses, that
gmas,
of
nouns
still
have
eign
plurals
are:
larva
(pi. larva),
memorandum
radius,
(pi. radii
memoranda), (pi. phenomena), (pi. axes), basis (pi. bases nomenon axis (pi. genera), beau (pi. beaux), cherub (pi. crises), genus sis
mulus
(pi.
stimuli),
(pi.
i. cherubim).
Monsieur,
in
the
singular
is Mrs.
not
or
of
used
Messieurs in
is
(usually
Mr. used
written
is
srs. the
English),
So
Mesdames
English.
generally
used
singular. while
Miss
in
th
gular,
is used
in
the
plural.
Gender
128.
All
beings
may
be
divided
male
into
sex.
sex.
three
classes:
female
animal
(3) Things
Exercise 89.
"
life. here
animal
Say
of
the
each
is
of
Man.
the male
sex,
of
of female
the beings
sex, or
named
whether
without
life.
Father.
Woman.
Mother.
Horse.
Mare.
Pen.
Boy.
Girl.
Tree.
Book.
Uncle.
Milk.
dow.
Brother. Meadow.
Sister.
Bull.
Aunt.
n.
Cow.
He-
t.
She-goat.
Duck.
Lion.
Man-servant.
Pond. Lioness.
Maid-servant. Goose.
Desert.
Stable.
ke.
Gander.
Den.
Table.
Iron
ne.
129.
All
to
nouns
may
be
divided
into
into which
three
classes
correspond
the
three
are
classes
all beings
may
ided.
They
(1)
(3)
Names
of beings of beings
of the
male
sex. sex.
(2) Names
Names
of the without
female
of things
animal
life.
GENDER
130.
of
In
names
the
English
forms
a
of the
gender.1 male
present
time
each
of
thes
sses
Names
2
of beings
of the
sex
are
nouns
of the
masculine
gender.
Names
3
of beings
of the
female
sex
are
nouns
of the
feminine
animal
life
are
nouns
of
th
er4
gender.
4
131.
There
are
some
nouns
which
or
do
not
as,
tell
us
whether
,
being
named
bird.
is
male
female;
are
parent
to
relative
common
end,
cousin,
Such
nouns
said
be
of
der.
Exercise
90.
"
a.
Give
the gender
mother, in
a
of
each
noun.
1.
The
man
left
father,
to
brothers,
far
sisters, 2.
and
other
come
relatives,
out to
travel
land.
Boys
and
ls
play.
As
the
husband
is, the
wife
is;
thou
art
mated
with
clown, And
the
grossness
of
his
nature
shall
have
weight
to
drag
thee
down.
So
The
we
made
oars
the
women
with
and
their
yet
children again,
ship
go;
ply
inch
back
by
again,
Whilst,
inch,
the
men.
drowning
sank
low,
Still under
1 *
steadfast
for Teachers,"
See
"Notes
p.
324,
Note
27.
Masculine
from
the
Latin
masculinus,
lengthened
from
mascidus,
.
8
Feminine
from
the
Latin
femininus,
womanly,
from
femina,
Neuter
is
pure
Latin
nor
neither
no
masculine
neither.
Neuter
gender
origin
the
word
femal
connection
with
the
word
male.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
0
To
woman!
temper
lovely
man;
woman! had we
we
Nature
been brutes
made
you you.
without heaven,
There's
Amazing
in
you
all that
believe
and
love.
of
brightness,
purity,
truth,
Eternal
Eye.v
joy, and
Doctor.
Niece.
everlasting
Master. Farm.
Mistress.
Fowl.
House.
Animal. Guardian.
Teacher.
phew.
Carpenter.
Attendant.
gar.
Spice.
Root-
Nurse.
Servant.
Mustard.
by.
Plant.
Hand.
nouns:"
Colt.
Ox.
Songstress.
amstress.
Ar,m.
Heart.
Additional
b. Give
I.
Exercise
80.
pronouns.
Thee.
Its. Me.
the genders
We.
His. Theirs.
of the following
She.
Them. It. Hers. Her.
Thou.
My.
Thy
ine.
He.
Our.
You
ey.
132.
Him.
Notice
carefully feminines:
1
the
following
masculines
and
rresponding
It should the
be
remarked
noun
the
two
words
of the
are
from
differen
noun. name
ts
feminine
feminine
of
masculine
is the
her,
is not
father; father
of the
male,
mother
is the
corresponding
noun
4
female. lion.
On
er
the
noun
lioness
is the
feminine
GENDER
133.
It
will
the
be
seen
name
(1) That
different
of
from
the the
noun
female
name
is of
the
sometimes
male.
an
enti
word
the
(2) That
masculine
feminine
a
is
sometimes
formed
from
by
a or noun
termination.
(3) That
of
common
gender
is sometimes
or
made feminine
uline
feminine
by
having
masculine
placed
134.
before
it.
I.
Examples
of different words
for
masculine
and
inine.
*135.
II.
Examples
of feminines
way
formed
the
by
terminations.
from be
The
only
living
of only
forming
way
feminine would
the
culine
(that
is by
which
as,
used
with
words)
addition
of -ess;
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Sometimes
to
a
the
feminine
noun
is made
of the
by
the
addition
noun;
as,
of
ess
somewhat
altered
form
masculine
*136.
Some
nouns
have
-ess
the
termination
as,
-er
or
-or
in
masculine,
and
in the
feminine;
*187.
few
masculines
are
formed
from
the
feminine;
Feminine
Masculine
bride
widow
bride-groom
widow-er
NOMINATIVE
CASE
81
*138.
Foreign
or
old
English
terminations
are
found
few
words;
as,
*189.
HI.
Examples
common noun.
of
masculine
or
feminine
word
ed
before
Masculine
Feminine
he-bear he-goat
man-servant
she-bear
she-goat
woman-servant
or
servan maid-
Exercise
Bachelor.
91.
"
Give
the
feminities
Earl.
corresponding
Duke.
Marquis.
Hunter.
to
Buck.
Steer. Count.
Friar. Emperor.
t.
Sire.
Wizard.
Elector.
degroom.
Widower.
Executor.
Sultan.
Nominative
Case
32.
Read
140.
again
pars.
means
28,
30,
and
use
Case
to
the
in
of
noun
or
pronoun
with
ect
other The
words
the
sentence.
141.
to
subject
in the
Latin
of
verb,
when
case.1
noun
or
pronoun,
aid
From
be
nominative
the
case
nominatus,
case
p.p.
of
nominare,
to
name.
names
The
native which
is the
of
the
subject, and
the
subject
tha
the
predicate
tells.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
are
92. in
"
What
nouns
or
pronouns
in the followi
ntences
a.
the nominative
is
warm.
case?
2.
I
1.
The
d"y
to-day.
broke
be
the there.
chair. 5. You
3.
The
may
is
blue
4.
We house
shall
was
ke
the
book.
6.
The
burned. down
7.
houses. ill.
Winds
ar
metimes
destructive.
the
8. 10.
They
blow has
9.
He
Sh
brought
tb
milk.
Latin.
John
been
11.
was
ying 6.
Are too? Do
learn
Is
you
12.
the
book
new? 15.
for
13.
Is
this
is
flower
he?
fragrant? 16.
May
sweet?
going?
Are
grow
How
strong
17.
figs
they
on
me?
18.
Are she
nouns,
these
apples now?
as
trees?
20.
Is
walking
142.
a
Adjectives
is
a noun
are
used
some
with
and does
the
the the
subje
work
verb
(or
word
which
which
noun),
may
adjectives (or
be
words
the
do
noun.
work Thus,
of
tive adje
noun
used
work"
with
may,
subject
the
senten
"Boys
by
additions
to
the
subject
ys,
become
These boys boys boys good
are
work. work.
work.
Good
My The
boys
of the village
with
work.
as
143.
Adverbs
is
used
a
verbs,
adverbs
arid
the
predicate
which
ways
(or contains)
of
verb, be
(or words
part
work the
adverbs)
may
made
of the
predicate.
to
us,
sentence
"Boys
work"
may,
by
additions
th
rb,
become
Boys Boys work work
work work
diligently.
in
to
school.
please their
in
Boys
Boys
teacher. school
to
diligently
please
their
teacher.
144.
As though
the
words
the
used
work
with
of
the
subject
are
noun
or
nou pro
doing
adjectives,
not
always
NOMINATIVE
CASE
jectives, it
words
are
is convenient
with
to
call
them
modifiers;; doing
the
and
work
to
used
not
the
verb,
though it is
erbs,
also
145.
always
adverbs,
convenient
cal
modifiers.
"
The
the
subject
complete
noun
(or pronoun)
simply
with
the
its modifiers
called
subject, or
subject
of
th
ence.
146.
The
is
verb called
with the
the
parts
of the
sentence
or
going simply
with
verb
complete
predicate,
th
icate
Exercise
of the
sentence.
"
93.
In
the
following
and
sentences
pick
out
th
ject
noun
(or pronoun)
thus,
its
modifiers, and
the verb
and
modifiers;
Sentence
My
sister
arrived
yesterday.
The
on
book
the
is lying
table.
of
went
The
soldiers
London
to
a.
Brentford.
4.
Tom's
was
brother
looking
will
off
come
to-morrow.
5.
The
at
careless
girl
her
book.
6. in
my
She
was
once
ded.
corn
7.
Pretty
was
grow
garden.
The
great
8.
The
en
the
trees
sun.
are
9.
bell
ing
I
am
slowly. going
Is
you
10.
to
The
shaking
in
the
wind.
Chicago little
child
next
week.
b.
12.
to
the
sleeping?
14.
13.
the
Did
your
yesterday? 15.
Have
you
Was
garden
gate
now?
been
waiting
long?
16.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ose
new
houses
been
let
already?
17.
Has
your
garden
en
thoroughly
weeded?
carefully.
me
c.
18.
Listen
for
19.
Attend
21.
to
your
teacher.
at
once.
Wait
down-stairs.
Go
to
bed
Speak
softly.
23.
Run
to
school.
147.
Parsing
a
means
telling
its relation
the
to
facts the
about
other
the
form
in
an
ass
of
word,
and
words
ntence.
In
parsing kind
why of
noun
that
it
is
in
the
nominative and
Thus
case,
sa
at
noun
is,
of
what
number
case.
gender
the
it
noun
it in
a
is
in
the 4
nominative
of
noun,
other
sentence
common
Exercise singular
of
93
would number,
be
parsed:
other,
masculine
come.
nder,
nominative
case
case,
subject
the
verb
will
upon to
a
The
to
of
noun
"
(or pronoun)
usually
to
a
depends
verb
or
its
tio rel
or
other
words
verbal
the
preposition.
of
Stating
The
word
"
this
syntax
relation
of other
nouns
is called
part
giving of
speech
tax syn
the
noun.
any
is t
lation
of the
to
the
words and
case.
in
the
sentence.
Exercise
93
94.
are
Parse
the
the pronouns
in Exer cise
that
in
the nominative
Repeat
148.
Thus,
of
be
be.
verb
the
case,
same
case
after
man,"
it
as
before
is in
sentence,
am
the
man
subject
case.
as
of
am;
is
therefore
also
the
predicate
case
nominative
after
am.
Exercise
1.
95.
"
Give
said
was
the
unto
a
of
the words
"Thon old
printed
art
in
the
itali
man"
Nathan
"ing
David,
merry
Old
a
soul.
of the
3.
The
Hudson
be?
iful
,Cole
rwer.
4.
I'm
to
be
queen
May.
5.
Th
NOMINATIVE
CASE
will
be
useful
7.
thou
I
present.
6.
I
We shall
have
be
been
a
friends
some
fo
years.
hope
that traitor
severe
scholar thou
8.
Art
that A
man
angel? he
was.
9.
Art
he
that
uld
come?
10.
149.
a
Sometimes
pronoun
to
noun
more
is placed
after
who the
to
or
another
noun
er
show
clearly
"Brown
what
grocer"
is meant;
"I
"William
The
noun
the
noun
Conqueror"
so
your
her"
other
150.
as
placed
pronoun.
is said
be
in
apposition
or
to the
Nouns
the
noun
or
or
pronouns pronoun
in
apposition
modify;
have
as,
the
same
they
"Hob
th
wman
is returning;"
"I,
George
Washington,
President
the
In
United
States,
issue
this
proclamation."
is in the
the of
first
is
case
sentence
Hob and
nominative is
therefore
case,
bject
In
returning, also.
sentence
plowman
in
th
minative
the
second
the
is
in
the
nominative
case,
bject
are,
of
verb
issue,
and
with
George
J, both
Washington
in the
and
ident Pres-
by
apposition
nominative
also.
Exercise
96.
"
Parse
the
Emperor
nouns
in
apposition.
sent
1.
Napoleon
the
the
was came
to
St.
Helena. 3. Tom,
Bruin,
comes.
William
the piper's
Conqueror
from
the
morn.
Normandy.
4. Tom,
Itft^
son,
the
stole
herald
a
of
pig.
queen
5.
The
hunters
great
killed
bear.
6. the
This My
Highest
of^tate,
his
leg/"
Juno
Frank,
jockey,
broke
8.
gentleman,
very
the hath
prince's
got
near
ally,
hurt.
friend,
his
mortal
9.
But
He,
our
our
gracious
Master,
remembers
kind
we
as
jy*?t,
Knowing
frame,
are'-ast.
86
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
151.
noun
When
or
person
to
or
addressed,
"O
the
pronoun
as,
used
to
to ye
be
in the
nominative
address;1
"Come sting?"
97.
"
children;"
death
where
is thy
Exercise
Parse
the
nouns
and
pronouns
which
are
the nominative
1. fair O
Romeo,
of address.
wherefore
I I
pray
am
art
thou 3.
to
Romeo? O
grave,
me
2.
where
In
truth,
Montague,
too
you, ye
fond.
sire,
are
on
is th
victory? 5. O night
ye^proud
4.
let
have
strong.
the
honor.
and
darkness,
wondrous
thy
6.
Exult,
patricians.
7.
Put
strength,
to
Zion!
152.
noun
(or pronoun)
being
case
is said
be in the
nominative
absolute
when, its
as,
followed is not
sea
by
participle
any
we
expressed
word
for
a
understood,
the "He
peak
sentence;
"The
we
other
went
sail;
being above
Exercise
1.
tired,
peak" 98.
"
sat
"The
mountains
rose,
(that
Pick
is, peak
being
above
peak).
out
the nominative
ready,
was we
absolute.
started. 3. The
4.
Everything
been the
being
there
2.
storm
Napojieo
having
having
abated,
country,
defeated, ships
was
peace. to
ventured
made
William
were sorrow.
sail. king. 5. 6.
man
James
baby lay
leaving
being
th
The
the
children
with
very
quiet.
Bruce
down, his
face the
heavy
anger. went
7.
king
The
listened, victorious,
red
wit
8.
forth
The
to
noun
returning
citizen
meet
him.
may
153.
be
used
merely
"William!
a
as
an
exclamation, does
"Goodness!
how
"
tired I am;"
a noun
what
he know
about
Other
"Mercy!
1
it?
Such
is called
nominative
never
of exclamation. of.the
examples:
what
"Hartlepool!
shall I do?"
of address
I "Ink!
heard
place!"
what
do I want
to
with
the
ink?"
The
in Greek
nominative Latin. or
in English
corresponds
vocative
OBJECTIVE
CASE
Objective
Case
Exercise tells what
to what
Read
154.
again When
the
par.
7, and verb
work
in
a
again
sentence
13.
the
person
or
ng
does,
action
sentence
often
shows
person
thing
Thus,
what
in the
sentence
"Mary
obeys
he
ther/'
she
Mary
does,
and
mother lost
his
shows
obeys;
Tom
and did
in the
sentence,
"Tom
what
slate,
t tells what
155.
an
and
slate shows
the
name
he
lost.
In
such
sentence,
to
of the
person
or
thing
action
the
is done
is called
the
object
of the
verb
tha
resses
action.
Examples
Sentence
of Objects
Parents
love
obey
children.
parents.
Children
Cats catch
fear
mice.
cats.
Mice By
noticing
can
these be
sentences
it asking
will
"
be
seen
"
that
"
th
ject
always
found
by
Whom?
or
What?
ter the
verb.
Exercise
as
99.
par.
"
Take
155.
apart
or
analyze
the
following
senten
in
1.
Soldiers
the
fight
battles.
4.
2.
Tom
missed
Fred.
3.
5.
minding had
baby.
Job
showed
patience.
meekness.
faith.
6.
Moses
possessed
7. 9.
Ravens Romulus
Elijah.
Rome.
8.
obtained
invaded
wisdom.
Britain.
nded
156.
As
the
object,
the
like
the
subject,
noun),
is
noun
(or some
which
does
work
of
adjectives'(or words
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ch with
'
do
the
work
of
adjectives)
Thus
to
may
be
used
"Boys
the
may,
subject.
by
learn
the
sentence
it with learn
ju
so le
additions
their home
the
object,
become
1.
2.
Boys
Boys
lessons. lessons.
learn
learn learn
3.
4.
Boys
difficultlessons.
lessons their
noun
Boys
Boys
about
verbs.
5.
learn
difficult home
lessons
about
verbs.
157.
The
the
object
complete
100.
"
called
with
its modifiers
Exercise
thus9
Take
analyze
the
following
senten
OBJECTIVE
CASE
I.
The
servant
tons tunes
dusted
of
water
every
on
room
carefully.
fire.
Nellie
our
2.
The
emen
threw
several
at
the 4.
saw
3.. Tom's
met
parrot
young
stles
correctly. 5. We
her
sin
the
station.
park. A
neighbor's
stole the
the
three
ldren
horse. The
in
the
6.
Some
thief caught
ripe
farmer's
7.
clever
policeman
the
artful 9.
thief
heavy
grows
rains
beat
crops
barley 10.
down.
The
dener
fine
heads
of potatoes.
The
tall
poppies
ted
their
gay
proudly.
Exercise^
or
101.
"
In
the
following
sentences
supply
objec
without
We 3.
is have
The
modifiers.
lost
woodman
....
1.
our
2.
....
The 4.
dog
The making
has
kille
felled
5. The
....
old
....
gar den
watering is
cook 7. James
The
.
is
William The
The
expecting sailor
took
dislikes
....
....
brave
saved
....
9.
....
sun
gives
....
children
158.
Every that
predicate
has
an
subject,
If the gives
but
it is not
"
every
dicate
"What?"
no
contains
object.
the
question
no
Whom?"
the
asked
after
verb
answer
ver
object.
102.
"
Exercise
1.
Pick
reading
The
out
the verbs
a
which
2.
have
The
objects.
window
4.
William
broken.
a
is
story.
was
ha
3.
child 5.
sleeping.
fire
the is
arm.
The
cook
de The
nice
pudding.
was
The
burning
brightly.
The
cap.
soldier
her
wounded 8.
the I
am
in
7.
my
girl* ha
nd
her
father.
at
looking
10. been
The Mr.
torn.
for
9.
in
Sh
friend
new
fair. had
Jones
12.
lives
The
Lenox.
Jane's
a
dress
carpenter
de We
wheelbarrow. should
love
our
13.
wind
15.
my
is
I
blowing
have
no
fiercely
enemies.
paper
writing 17.
er.
16. is owned
No by
writing
Mr.
is in
18.
possession. Elkins
No
Elkins.
Mr.
possesses
d.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
159.
no
The
same
verb another;
may
have
an
object
in
one
sentence
object
in
thus,
James
Is
No
is writing.
answer;
writing
what?
therefore
a
no
object.
James
Is
A
is writing letter;
letter.
writing
what?
an
^therefore
object, letter.
"
Exercise
1. 2. Tom The
was
103.
"
Pick
out
the sentences
Crusoe." against
which
contain
Tom
object
is reading rain
was
"Robinson beating
his
is reading.
the
window.
The
ver
beating
waves
horse.
on
The
broke
the
shore.
The
poor
man
broke
.3.
arm.
4.
Wasps
Doctors freely.
sting
some
people.
Wasps their
sting.
The
5.
formerly
bled
patients.
wound
d 6.
Mary
is playing
with
her
doll.
Mary
is playing
th
no.
7.
The
wet
ground
is
drying.
The
sun
is
drying
th
ground.
8.
The
fire
was
burning
brightly.
The
fire
was
burning
carpet.
9.
That
clock
strikes
the
hours.
That
clock
strikes
dly.
10.
a
The
workmen
are
digging.
The
workmen
are
gin dig
ditch.
160.
The
case.1
object
noun
or
pronoun
is
said
to
be
in
th
jective
In
parsing
case,
say
that of
the. the
noun
or
the
pronoun
is in
th
jective
Exercise
object
104.
"
verb.
nouns
Parse
103.
for
the
in
the
objective case
11.
rcises
99,
1
13,
See
and
"Notes
Teachers,"
p.
319,
Note
OBJECTIVE
CASE
Read
161.
again
pars.
79
to 82.
Prepositions
The
as
case
well is
as
verbs
govern
the
objecti
"Whom?"
objective
after
found
by
thus,
father.
Her
asking
"What?"
the
Ellen
preposition;
is with
her
Preposition,
the
with.
case,
With
whom? of the
father.
with.
a
Father
objective
Every
the
object
preposition
162.
preposition
must
always with
have
noun
or
nou pro
in
the
objective
the
mean
case
going
it, such
we
word speak
being
led
"the
The
object of
we
preposition. the
(When
Of the
have
man."
simply
object,"
object
as,
object
may
a
verb.)
modifiers
of
preposition
shoe of
of
"This
is the
large
163.
preposition what
with
a
its
object (and
the
modifiers,
y)
In
forms
is called
65 and 67
prepositional
phrase.
Exercises
pick
an
out
the prepositional
phrases.
164.
Many
verbs
on
express
concerns
action another
which,
person
as,
besides
or
th
ject
may
a
acted be
knife."
the
directly,
to
thing
said
be
acted
on
indirectly;
"Alfred
len
Here
action
on
of Fred.
lending
bears
directly
on
the
knife
indirectly
165.
as we
name
of the
person
or
thing
acted
on
directly
learned,
name
called of the
the
object
or
(or
the
direct
on
ob je
and
person
thing
acted
rect indi
is called
1
the
are
indirect
object.1
will
put
m
Those
who
to
learning
Latin
see
that
the
the
object
case,
English
and the
responds
the
direct
object
to
accusative
th
irect
as,
object
*'
corresponds
the
indirect
object
dat."
put
in
dativ
e;
Pater
hbrum
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Examples
Sentence
of
Indirect
Objects
Direct
Object
Indirect
Obje
teacher
gave
promised
his Mr. sister
Low
a
him
an
prize.
a an a
prize
him his
Mr.
ank
apple.
apple
question
sister
Low
asked 166.
question.
Each
of
these
the
sentences
can
be
thus,
written
with
eposition
teacher prize.
gave
before
indirect
him
a
object;
The
promised
teacher
promised
priz
[to] him.
his sister
an
ank
apple.
Frank
gave
an
apple
[to] h
sister.
asked
Mr.
Low
question.
She
asked
Low.
question
[of] Mr
It will thus
be
seen
can
that
the
object"
it)
verb.
case
(with th
In
eposition
which
phrase
be
and
a
placed modifier
is practically
epositional
that the the
parsing,
indirect
object
is in the
objective
in
governed
call
understood
and
a
analyzing,
th
direct
object
and
"
modifier
of the
verb.1
Exercise b. Pick
105.
out
a.
Pick
out
the
(direct)objects,
and supply
the
the
indirect
objects
prepositions
understood.
1. His the My
a
uncle
money
left
3.
sent
me
him
The
a
thousand
lent 5. The
dollars. his
man
2.
a
Offe
master
horse.
mother
letter.
them
a
teacher
gave
hi
ys
lesson*
he
he
taught
them
French.
7. The
myself
11.
6. The
They
did
that
promised
her
holiday.
"
doctor
a
crushed
9.
finger. I had
8.
child
a
gar
The
penny.
bought truth.
pair
of
boots.
child beautiful
*See
told
us
the
The
man
gardener
owes
sold
his
me
roses.
12.
for
That
p.
grocer
"Notes
Teachers,"
322,
Note
17.
OBJECTIVE
CASE
93
dollars;
he
has
us
just
his
me
paid
him
one
dollar. I
will
13.
show
The
you
leman
to
parse.
offered 15.
carriage.
that book.
14.
Get
167.
noun
in apposition
case
with
in
the
noun
or
pronoun
case.
that
the
is also
met
the
objective
children
(See
live
"I
Hob
plowman;11
"The
"I
love
in
don,
Mr.
capital
of England;"
their
le,
168.
and
measurement
are
often
in
or
the
objective, case,
"Tom
1 1
without
as,
being "We
governed lived
ten
by
years
any
expressed
preposition; walked
in
nce;"
twenty
nouns
miles;11
answer
"The
cloth
res
six yards.
Such
long?
adverbial How
questions,
How
far?
How
How
much?
often?
and
therefore
Exercise
space, The
called
106.
or
"
adverbial Pick
out
objectives.
the adverbial the
objectives (nouns
2. My
e,
1.
measurement,
was
in
objectivecase).
running
old
man
hare
.
caught
weeks.
measures
/after
o7
mile,y
lived
end
stayed
4.
a
two
The
fifty
ninety
s.
The
field
an
acres.
5.
The
snail
that
wled
yard
7.
I
hour. waited
a
6.
The
lawyers
day. The
a
smiled 8.
Seven
ernoon.
We
saw
whole
days,
nights 10.
sprang
a
the
curse.
9.
away
potatoes
weigh
11. horse
The
soldier back
two
went
or
week
12.
ago.
The
three the
cow
paces.
The
th
hundred
dollars;
is worth
thirty
case
dollars.
169.
Since
the
verb
be
takes
the
same
after
king
as
for be-
it
(see
par.
friend
case.
and
in
the
lowing
sentences
I knew
the
to
objective
my
be
friend.
to
They
Note.
III;
"
Canute
be
case
their
will
king.
be
Other
see
of
ihe
objective
considered
Index.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise that
1.
are
107.
"
In
the
following
and
to
a
sentences
pick
reason.
out
uns
in the
night
case, objective
give the
my
That
you
took
you,
me
be
brother.
years
2.
That
strange
conduct reading
4.
for of
man
forty of
France,
old. victim
3.
ave
been
Louis, chair
King
was
the
he
Revolution.
a man
The
broken hundred
never
by
Judge
son, Thom-
who
weighs
at least
a
two
pounds.
5.
Why much,
you
advise
a
him, 6.
Have
fellow
you
seen
who
take
my
has
to
studied
a
be
lawyer?
Do
you
him
son
be
better
scholar Brown?
han Do
I?
you
7.
John,
boy?
Mrs.
want
him
to
be'lyour
errand
Possessive
170.
name
Case
lost
In
the
sentence possessor
"William
John's
knife,"
the
John
name
s the
of the
knife is
f the
thing
possessed
how
the
name
(or owned).
of the
possessor
Notice
is written
in th
ollowing
examples.
Singular
Plural
1.
bird's
man's
wings.
hat.
The
birds7
men's
wings. hats.
2.
The Moses'
For
The
3.
4.
life. sake.
goodness'
noun
171.
(or pronoun)
something
to
which
is used
to
so
as
to
or
show
its form
that
belongs
in the
the
person
case.1
thin
enoted
172.
by
The
it is said
be
case
an
possessive
a
possessive
of
noun
in the
singular
s;
as,
number
is formed
by
"The
noun
adding
man's
apostrophe
(') and
"The
ird's
a.
wing,"
If
the
hat."
the
singular
the
in
the
"Notes
s
number
is
Note
already sometimes
11.
ends
hissing
sound
1See
of
possessive
p.
le
for Teachers,"
319,
POSSESSIVE
CASE
as
in
"Moses1
"For
cause,"
law,"
goodness'
plays,"
"Socrates'
sake,"
tions,"
conscience'
justice'
b. The is
to
"For
Jesus'
the
a
love."
putting
some
in
extent
or
leaving of
out
taste.
of
the But
the
in
a
s,
such
matter
as
rule
even
is
better
the
noun
to
add
already
"
both
the ends
book,"
"the
ress's
most
orders."
people,
Moses's
the
sound
disagreeable
has plays
because
perhaps
name
already
The
two
ing
sounds;
"The
law of
of
Moses,"
pides,"
forms.
"The
questions
Socrates"
would
be
th
er
173.
When by
the
noun
an
in the
apostrophe
the
as,
plural
ends
as,
in
the
possessive
wings," in
s
hown
adding
only;
noun
"Birds'
not
ys'
games."
When
s
does
end
an
strophe
and
are
added;
"Men's
gloves,"
"Children's
ks."
174.
The
or
'case,
names
of
things
of
as
not
living
are
(unless
rarely
put
they
are
sonified
thought
the
living)
case
in
th
sessive
say
objective
"A leg."
with leg,"
may
of
but
say
being
leg
used.
of
"A
not
man's
leg,"
horse's
"The "The
le,"
"A
table's pride."
We
moon's
e,"
"The
city's
175.
The
noun
which
the Thus,
possessive
"I going
am
case
modifies
to
at
sometimes
"understood."
a
going
to
stay
stay
wn's
for
week," Peter's"
means
"I
am means
Brown's
se."
"St.
usually
"St.
Peter's
Church."
176.
In
the
same no
way,
after
as,
pronoun
in the
is my
possessive
there
is often
noun;
"This
book;
where
yours?"
Note
that
have
the
no
possessive
apostrophe.
pronouns
ours,
yours,
hers,
it
theirs,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
and
1. The say
108. what
"
a.
Pick
each
out
the with
nouns
or
in
the
possessive
noun
goes
modifies.
We
are
gle's
watched
clean.
the 4. The
lice The
found
the
thieves' shops
.
plunder
were
hidden
in
the
cellar.
butchers'
tails
xes'
together. 8.
Mrs.
7.
The
Samson
hay
tied
for
his
n's
food.
Williams's
The
was
dog
is
lost.
were
9.
Moses'
ave
ladies'
wonderful.
at
a
dresses
12.
beautiful.
We
buy
13.
sugar
grocer's
and
paper
stationer's.
Thomas
re
disobeyed
was
Henry
for
conscience'
sake.
14. whisper
The of
ult
full
of
men's
bones.
15.
In
The
people place
ran
od gger
Polonius'
death.
16.
Peter's Dean
this
Cassius'
a
through. 18.
Swift
17.
was
wife's
of
mother
lay
ver.
St.
This
Patrick's.
20.
dog
is
collie,
while
b. Pick
noun
out
the pronouns
in
the
possessive
case
and
say
at
each
I have
modifies.
found
my
21.
cap.
22.
Hast lessons,
thou
seen
thy has
iend?
23.
Tom
hers.
our
has
learned
The
his bird
but
nest.
were
Jane 25.
learned found
they is yours?
24.
is
in
its
We
ve
cause
had
26.
The
father.
crying is mine;
bat
ere
c.
Write
the possessive
Aristides.
case
singular
of
Ulysses.1
Mr.
Moses.
Francis.
-"Eneas.
chards.
Goodness.
Justice.
case
Dickens/ and
Charles.
d.
Write
the possessive
Babyf
Negro.' Woman.
singular
i
plural
Monkey.
of
Wife.'
Month*
Boy.
Lady.
Jockey.
Hero.
Gypsy.
Man.'
hiefT.
Chief.
Child.
Goose.
Horse.
other.
Mistress.
POSSESSIVE
CASE
97
6.
Change
The
the
spirit
following
of
your
so
as
to
use
the possessive
29. 31.
The
case.
28.
The
your
fathers'.
life
voice*
of
of
man.-
minds 32.
The
of
daughters.
of
The
the
customs
the
Turks.'
33.
For
the
The
sake
plays
conscience!-*
34. 36.
The
The
of
of of
Cassius/
the
35.
37. 39.
Shakspere/"
of
boys?
The The
fleet
the the
horse.5
sun.
38.
40.
Othello^
of
ness bright-
of
177.
The
dwelling
Mr.
Jones.
In
such
expressions
Bandy
as
"Stafford
law
and
Brown'
"
"Booth,
anoj. Long's
in
italics
only
are
are
office,"
the
it
is
plain
case,
all
the
nouns
's
in
the
possessive
in each
gh
in
the
the
is
attached
"Here
to
last
series.
sentence,
Worcester's,
of
Webster's
must
and
month's
dictionaries,"
the possession
not,
each
is
as
the
nouns we
have
the
three
because
separate;
speak example
of
ferent
law
dictionaries, office.
The
in
the
second
above,
one
178.
possessive
case
is frequently
used
in
expressions
Here
this, in
"Where
the
is that
book
form
say
of
seems
Mr.
to
Brown's?"
possessive
In
be
the
is
object
in
the
of
position.
case,
parsing,
with
Mr.
a
Brown's
possess
forming examples
of
phrase
modifying
book.
Other
of
this
idiom:
That
hat
of Harry's of Mrs.
those
is too
old
to
wear.
That
baby
Wilkinson's
is sick
again.
much
I heard
lectures
of
Emerson's
with
pleasure.
179.
noun
may
seen
be
my
in the
boy and
is
"Have
you
possessive Harry's
modified
's
case
by
apposition,
Here
hat
hat?" by
boyf
object
Harry.
of
the
case,
verb,
which only
to
is i
possessive
though is in
the
is
attached
case
th
Harry's boy.
the
possessive
by
appositio
with
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GBAMMAR
Place
180. In
a
of
Subject
or
and
Object the
stating
declarative
the
put
sentence
subject
after
when
nerally
placed
words
to
before
are
verb
out
and
the
object
usual
th
rb,
but has
men
often
on
of their Thus
he
places Carlyle
ress
be
laid and
than
them.
no
when draws
says,
wo
the
I honor
men
third/'
said,
more
attention
men
object
if he
"I
honor
two
and
ird."
181.
In
their
on
poetry
the
subject
as,
and
"Now
the
object
fades
are
often glimmering
put
of
usual
the
places; sight;"
the
ndscape
"Your
glorious
"standard
launch
ain."
Exercise
pronoun.
1.
109.
"
a.
Picktout
the
verb
and
the
subject
noun
Up
the the
rose
old
Barbara
wind.
4. the Up
Frietchie
3.
flew
There the
then. stood
2.
Steadily
forms
ows
northeast
throne. into
proud
all.
ound
the
windows There
her
came
5.
a
Down
road.
up
6.
arose
burst
brethren.
under
7.
the
Then
seven
Out
hardy
men.
wight.
there
9.
the
Adown
th
en
rode
nostril 11.
armfcd
all wide.
lay
steed
with
Within Sate
windowed
niche
of that
high
hall
Brunswick's
on
fated
heart
chieftain.
were
12.
But
the
British
of
the
lost
host.
The
terrors
charging
b. Pick
13.
His
out
warm
verb,
complete
the
subject, and
wolf shall 15. A
complete
14.
.
object.
morning
blood
they
l"p* kingly
The
The
ast
with No
joy
18.
brought.
I
crown
he
labors
.
wore.
comfort Thou
could
find:
17.
task
ant
its
ha
gun.
thy
worldly
she
set.
hast
His
done.
corse
J9.
In
he
ram-
tic
window
the
staff
20.
to
the-
ts
we
hurried.
eyes,
21.
indeed,
24.
And
you
there
have;
spears
little
23.
he
girl "I
of
found.
oak,"
Patient captains
"Hearts
swept
cried. One
Ten
within
his
The
sp.
25.
new-made it warmed.
mound, 27.
saw
close
by.
you
26.
ry
Alpine
hills
.6spy.
His
irons
still from
ne'er
road
may
28.
Thee
haughty
tyrants
shall
e.
29.
little boy
a
Many
of fed.
bread
30.
And He
to
the
vengeful
sword
plunged
in
Gelert's damp
side.
and
31.
The No
pavement
cold
smiling
courtiers
tread.
Review
Learn
op
Nouns
again the
182.
A
A
noun
is
word
used
is the
as
name
of something.
183.
proper
noun or
name
of
some
particular
son, per-
animal,
184.
or
place,
common
thing. is
to
noun
a
a
word
class
that
is the
name
or
of each
things
rson
same
thing
belonging
of persons
kind. A
is
one
185.
collective
or
noun
that
is used
or
as
the
name
collection
186.
group
of persons,
noun or
animals,
a
things.
An
an
abstract
action,
is
state.
word
used
as
the
name
of
ality,
187.
Nouns
have
two
ural;
one,
the
the
singular
number
we
numbers is used
are
"
the
when
singular
we
more are
and
the
speaking
one.
plural
when
speaking
of
than
188.
Nouns
have
three
genders
"
the
masculine,
the
eminine,
A
noun
gender
is the
name
of
creature
f the
A
male
noun
in the
sex.
feminine
gender
is the
name
of
creature
f the
A
female
noun
in
no
the
neuter
gender
is the
name
of something
hat
has
life.
which
may
sex
A
or
noun
be
the
name
of of
creature
of the
male
ex
of the
female
is said
to be
common
gender.
cases
"
189.
Nouns
the
(and pronouns)
the the
have
three
the
native, nomi-
objective, and
every
possessive.
noun
190.
In
sentence
(or pronoun)
case.
used
as
he
subject
191.
of the
noun
verb
is in the
nominative
A
to
(or pronoun)
addressed
is in
denoting
the
person
case
or
thing
poken
a
or
nominative
and
alled
nominative
of address.
192.
noun
(or pronoun)
nominative
used absolute.
as an
independently
with
articiple 193.
is in the A
noun
used
merely
exclamation
is called
ominative
194.
a
of exclamation.
The
noun
(or pronoun)
which
is used
as
the
object
verb
195.
is in the
The is
noun
objective case.
(or pronoun)
the
which
case.
is the
object
of
reposition
.
in
objective
an
196.
Some
irect
object.
understood
Nouns
indirect
object
as
welias
object
usually
is really
to,
the
object of
me
preposition,
of time,
though
not
are
for, or of.
are
or
~^"\
in the
197.
space,
and
measurement
bjective case,
governed
by
any
verb
expressed
reposition.
They
called
adverbial
objectives.
REVIEW
OF
NOUNS
101
198.
noun
(or pronoun)
to
or
used
to
show
the
by
its form
or
that
ething
belongs
by
A
to
is modified
case.
by
person
thing
oted
199.
it, is in the
noun
possessive
(or pronoun)
more
placed
what
after
another
noun
(o
to
noun)
the
show
clearly
noun
is meant
is said preceding,
be
apposition
same
with
case
the
(or pronoun)
and
in
with
it.
the
200.
The
verb
be
takes
same
case
after and
it
as
before
Exercise
108
110.
and
"
Parse
all
the
nouns
prepositions
thus,
rcise
in the
following
8
sentences
in
fully;
James
found
proper,
his sister7
gloves
the stable.
es
Noun,
singular
case,
number,
masculine
gender,
nominative
Noun,
common,
subject
singular
modifying plural
of found. feminine
gender,
ter's
number,
possessive
Noun,
common,
case,
gloves'.
ves
number,
of the
neuter
gender,
objective
Preposition,
stable Noun,
case,
object
the
verb
found.
its
showing
relation
between
objec
and
common,
the
verb
found.1
number, of the
neuter
ble
singular
case,
gender,
in.
objective
1.
Now
object
lion
watching
preposition* 2.
the
hungry
are
roars.
Merrily
4.
are
rose
th
mate,
on
k.
3.
Shepherds
Lucy
their
flocks.
No
comrade 6. of
knew.
5.
my
Old
Betty's
was
joints
of silk.
th
k.
That
hat
of
sister's
are
7. 8.
Those Where
walked
les
neighbor 9. this
for Harry,
Thompson's
My
excellent.
sister
Anne?
Alfred
Farmer
and
have
ee
miles cared
son,
morning. by
his
Mrs.
Jones's
11.
me
crops
ar
ng
Henry. 12.
This
my
est
Bring
what
that
you
,is fishing
Tom.
my
13.
George,
14.
1
rascal,
why
67,
have
you
done of
knife?
The
See
truth!
Exercise
do
speak
th
b, and
footnote.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
uth?
15.
chair
come
cost
ten
dollars.
16.
From
th
ghboring 17.
the
boys.
the
rock
was
hid the
by
the
surge's
swell
The
mariners
heard
warning
bell.
PRONOUNS
Personal Work
Exercises
Pick
one
Pronouns
again
35
and the
37.
Exercise
111.
case
"
out
pronouns;
write
the
case
those
in
case
minative
in and
new
column,
those
in
possessive in
ther
1.
me.
column,
I like 3.
my
those
book.
our
in
the objective
2. Your
another.
lent
brother
cloak
is
his
4. in
knif
We
us
left
to
wants
hats
park?
to
in
the 5.
room.
Wil
go
with
the
you
Jack
him cold
waiting
th
ayground; that
saw
he
her
go
to
quickly.
on
6.
Mary
sister
caught
Friday.
has hurt
to
7.
The
ctor
wheel
her
this
over
8.
The
The
dog
its foot
cross
passed but
the
it.
9.
travelers
them
tried
away,
th
ver,
swollen
waters
carried book If
and
the
their of
not.
lives.
10.
That
11.
is interesting;
it is full thee,
consent
ries
adventure.
sinners
entice
ou
201.
A by
in
noun
in the
noun,
possessive
case or
is almost
always
lo fo
but
by
another
expressed
case
understood,1
always
onoun
the
possessive
is not
followed
n.
Exercise
1.
112.
book
"
Pick
is
out
the pronouns
where house, that
the
treated
in the possessive
is
yours? 2. There
case
This
to
mine;
porch
Mr.
Hake's
but
there
purse
#
is
was
no
porch but
3.
The
1
thief
See
the
said
his,
;t
exception
in par.
178.
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
10
knew
that
prize
it
was
was
hers.
4.
The
brothers
5.
thought
tha
es's
better
than
theirs.
Give
me
tha
t,
Castara,
1.
for
'tis thine.
the
Note
"
In
in
to
first
to
sentence your
of
book;
yours
Exercise
in the
as
112
yours
ours
meaning
our
second, possessive
house.
a
Parse
used in
as
nominative,
subject
as an
of
is;
parse
ours
possessive
form,
to
but
par.
used
objective,
object
preposition
Note
(see
162).
those
given
as
2.
"
Pronouns
like preposition
thus, "Here
in
Exercise
notins
11 in
used
after
case
the
are;
of, just
uncle
a
th
sessive
his
"That
of mine
noun
has
been
jokes
the
again;"
same
is
as
letter
of yoursJ1
Parse
phrases
these
ases
way
the
similar
(s
178).
202.
The
pronouns
which
or
are
used
and
when
others,
a are
person
aking of the
of
himself,
person;
of
as,
us
himself "I
at
said
first
our
went
with
my
brother
we
don;
to
father
met
the
station
and
went
with
the
Tower."
"
203.
or
The
persons you
pronouns
which
to your
are
are
used
to
to
designate second
the
son per-
spoken
said
be
of the
person;
"Are
taking
"Hail
camera?"
to
thee,1
never
blithe
spirit,
Bird
thou
wert."
204.
The
pronouns
used
spoken Tom
to
designate
are
persons
or
things
ken
about,
as,
but "I
to
not met
to,
said
to
be
was
of
the
thir
son;
and
she
Mary;
was
he calling
taking
fowls
hi
her's
to
horse
its stable;
their
to ge
give
them
the
food
1
which
skylark.
she
had
in her apron."
The
04
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Note.
"
Nearly
about,
are
every
noun,
being
third
or
the
person.
name
thing of someSometimes,
spoken
nouns
is
in the
the
wever,
in
first
in
saw
the
all
my
nouns,
second
these
person;
"I,
Henry
Wilson, what
are
fisherman,
you
things;" "O
not
Scoundrel, I
am
doing
In
on
premises?"
we
ing,
thy
slave."
person,
parsing
need
ually
mention
but
with
pronouns
we
must.
Exercise
111 205.
113.
and
"
Say
is.
of
what
person
each
pronoun
in
ercis Ex-
112
The
113
results
may
obtained
shown in
from
a
working
thus,
Exercises
111,
2,
and
be
table;
See "Notes
for Teachers,"
p. 319,
Note
12.
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
10
206.
These they
are
pronouns
are
called
three
are
personal
persons,
pronouns
ause
different whether
for the
and
therefore
w
the
of themselves
they
of the
first, the
second,
third
person.
Read
207.
again
The
thine,
par.
pronoun
40.
the
was
of
second
formerly
person
singular
(tho
thy,
and
close
thee),
friends
wilt
used
to
(1)
F
When
"
were
speaking
each
to-morrow
me
other;
as
alstaff.
comest
Thou
to
be
horribly if
thou
chid
love
when
thy
father;
practise
r.
Prince
Henry.
"
Do
thou
stand
for
my
father.
Shakspbrb:
First
Part
of King
speaking
as,
Henry
to
IV., his
ii., 4.
(2)
one
When
else
Lear.
worse
person
was
servant
or
beneath
"
him;
me;
King
no
Follow
thou
not
shalt
part
serve
me;
if I
yet.
lik
after
dinner
I will
from
thee
Shakspere:
King
Lear,
i., 4.
(3)
Thus,
to
When
person
wished trial
art
a
to
be
rude. Walter
thou
during him,
a
the
of
Sir
Raleigh,
hast thee,
an
Coke
English traitor."
"Thou
monster;
but
Spanish
heart
....
for
I thou
thou
208.
The
pronoun
of
the
second
person
singular
is
now
(1) In
poetry;
as,
Little
Dost
lamb,
thou
who
know
made
who
as,
thee?
made
thee?
"
Blake.
(2) In
speaking
to
God;
Lord
Thine;
0
is
no
Lord,
but
our
and with
spoiler
Thee
of
our
foes;
glows.
re
light
all beauty
"Keble+
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
*209.
The
pronoun
you
(with
your
and
yours)
was
merly
*210.
always
plural.1
now
Ye
is
used
in
poetry
only;
as,
Can
The
*211.
your
spirits
never
fear
God
ye
could
of
the
offend?
"
Sprague.
version
The
translators careful
writers
you
authorized
time,
of
for shall the
th
ble,
and
of
the
their
used
"
ye
th
minative
the
for
the Isaiah
objective;
men
as,
Ye
you
med
of
"
Lord;
shall
call
iste Min-
of
our
lxi., 6.
not
"
Careless
writers
did Caesar
ye
observe
this
distinction.
we
akspere's
"I
"Julius
find
do
beseech
The
if you
you
hard
.
."
*212.
pronoun
is sometimes
person
used
or
indefinitely,
persons;
referring
those
to
any
particular
tops
you
mountain
often
peasants
your
feel
chilly"
take
(that
their
often
you *213.
feels
chilly");
"He is
is
one
"The of
off
hat
pass;"
lazy
good-for-nothings." indefinitely,
meaning
feverous
They
in
sometimes
as,
used
say
ople
general;
"They
do
generally
the
earth
was
d
1
did
In
shake;"
"What
they
the
call
second
this
village?"
singular and
seems
modern
in
languages polite
person
avoided the
speech.
person
to
In
German,
French,
as
Italian,
was
ample,
second
French
use
singular
equals
use or
is still used
it formerly
use
glish,
but
plural,
in speaking
superiors second
of
Germans
person
the
as we
thi
rson
people the
the
plural,
person
the
Italians
feminine
gender
the
third
singular
us,
German.
"
Haben
Sie
das
Pferdf
Have
Have
Have
you
[literally they] t
rse?
French.
"
Avez-vous
Ha dla
le chevalt U cavallot
you
Italian.
"
you
she] t
rse?
This dla is
really
the and
"
pronoun
standing
means,
the
feminine
noun
ceUenzat
excellency,
the
sentence
"Has
cellency]
the
horse?
PERSONAL
PRONOUNS
10
214.
The
was
pronoun
it
for
to
is
often
to
used
swim;"
indefinitely;
"We
were
ere
to
nothing
"We
it foot
but
hard
it;"
had
it home."
215.
The
mostly
pronoun
it is likewise
to
used
as,
in
certain
"It
it
as
expressions,
relating
the
weather;
is raining;"
grew
cold
a
toward breeze."
morning;"
"When
examples it is
dawned
those
to
ll
had
good
In
such
given
this
paragraph
and
in
par.
214,
said
be
used
rsonally.
216.
It is used
to
introduce
the
sentences
as,
in which
the
re
logical
subject
follows
predicate;
for the
It It
is sad
business, time
t*
to
this
go.
caring
wounded.
is no.s"
is hard
It
It
live
I
rightly.
met
is true
that
him.
This
is called
the
preparatory
or
expletive for
or
use
of it.
sentences
given
it really
are
stands the
real
the
words
printed
lics.
see
These if
we
logical
subjects,
is hard?" grammatical
is sad
sentences
business?"
"What the
It
may
be
or
called
bject, standing
the
the
real
logical
subject
and
used
roduce
verb.
may
217.
Pronouns thus,
"Here
be
that
to
in
apposition
again,
(see
he
my
pars.
149 I
0);
is
going
beggar
the home
that
tol
of;"
to
"I
am me
of
aunt,
her
tha
give
the
cookies."
218-
The
noun
for
same
which
sentence
personal
with the
pronoun
pronoun,
stands
or
appear
near
in
the
sentence.
This
noun
is called
from
the
antecedent
to
From
which
the
goes
Latin
ante,
before,
and
cedent,
p.
of cedere,
go
before.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
the
pronoun.
Sometimes
the
antecedent
is
another
noun.
Examples
Your
of
she
Antecedents
and
Pronouns
mother
said
how
could
will
not
you
go.
Uncle
J
want
George,
my
soon
be
ready?
dinner. his
greatest
poem
Milton
wrote
after
he
became
blind.
The
sun
was
on
the
sea,
Shining
with
might.
219.
pronoun
agrees
mth
its
may
antecedent
or
in
not
person,
mber,
case
and
as
gender.
pronoun
may
"
have
its antecedent.
220. gite
In
parsing
person,
personal number,
pronoun,
say
first what
name
case
it
en
its
and
gender,
give the
if any and
in the the
is expressed,
reason
finally
case
of
the
to
nou pro
for its
or,
othe
rds
sentence,
as
of
th
onoun.
See
par.
147.
in
the
e,"
sentence,
we
"My
brother
says
the
dog
lo fo
horn
pronoun,
parse
him: third
with
person,
personal;
singular
masculine
case,
gender,
agreeing
its
antecedent
number, brother;1
jective
Exercise
and
1
object
114.
"
of
the
verb
followed.
in
Parse
the
personal
pronouns
Exercise
208.
in
the quotations
219.
case
in paragraphs
that in this
sentence
203,
207,
and
See
the
of
par.
same
Note
as
the
case
pronoun
"does
pronoun
no
its
must
antecedent.
The
of
an
to
its antecedent
"
be
or
determined
prepositions.
from
their
relation
her
words
usually
verbs
REFLEXIVE
AND
EMPHATIC
PRONOUNS
109
Reflexive
Work
and
Emphatic
38.
Personal
Pronouns
again
Exercise
A predicate
is the
pronoun
is called
sentence,
reflexive
it stands
being
noun or
part
in
pronoun
subject.
Examples Pronouns of Reflexive
1.
2.
I have
Thou
hurt lovest
myself. thyself.
in
for
3.
4. 5. 6.
John Kate
The
has
confidence
himself,
herself.
does sick
praise
nothing dog
is
itself again.
We You
ourselves.
yourselves.
7.
8. 222.
deceive
George
and
John
are
ready
to
help
themselves.
are
It
will
be
seen
that
or
these
pronouns
formed
case
adding
personal
sometimes
self (singular)
pronouns.
selves
(plural)
personal This
was
to
some
But
the
pronoun
more
alone
common
used
especially
reflexively.
merly,
in poetry.
Examples
1.
I thought
me
richer
than
the
Persian
king.
"
Ben
son.
2. I do
repent
me.
"
Shakspere
"
("Merchant
the
of
Venice").
Pope
3.
4.
Come,
The Moses
They
the
pronoun
lay
poor
thee
contents
down. him
Lodge. with
up
care
of heaven.
mount.
"
"
5.
6.
1
gat
were
[ =got]
commanded
re,
him
into
make
the them
p.p.
Bible.
"
to
ready.
J.
Fox.
From
Latin
back,
when
and
the
flezus}
action
of
so
flectere,to bend.
to
A
back
lexive
the
is used
that
is,
speak,
bent
subject,
or
is when
the
subject
and
the
object denote
the
person
thing.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
1. I
115.
"
a.
Pick
with
out
the
the
personal reflexive
hammer again.
gave
pronouns. myself
struck 2.
myself
and 3.
hurt
The
a
much.
Richard
is
himself
cat
soldier
scratch.
ld She
himself
upright.
4.
faith
The
itself
Help
almost
will
loses
help
you.
in
The
herself.
6.
yourself themselves
and
hers the
7.
deep
travelers
found
An of
see
ing
of
wood.
8.
break
adder itself.
for
does
10.
not
9.
The
jug
slowly.
did
not
The
ant
himself
11.
We
can
ourselves.
6. Supply
12. the Little
pronouns. reflexive
Mary
burnt
....
Frank
threw
...
.
....
ground.
put
....
14.
I did
to
work
He
by rid in the
. . .
15.
all 18.
the Let
The
ildren
.of
emies. from
. . .
17.
The
hunters
forest.
Hide
the
dogs.
that
19.
the
We
laid.
.
down
....
on
grass.
You for
admitted
....
ghost don't
was
21.
you
them
..."
22.
Why
speak
for
hn?
223.
The
pronouns
compounded
are
with
be
being
pronouns
used
to
reflexively,
give
greater
more
used force to
statement.
myself
Such
saw a
it"
is
emphatic
as
sentence
than
apposition
or
"I.
saw
."
pronoun
is parsed
is
being
an
in
wit
s antecedent.
It
said
to
be
emphatic
intensive
onoun.
224.
The
pronoun
thus word
with
so
used
which
"
for
emphasis We
may
can,
parated
from
say
the
it goes.
"
ample,
"John
said
himself
or
John
himself
sai
"
*225.
The
compound
person,
are
personal
sometimes
pronouns,
especially
as
thos
the
first
used
were*
simple
there;"
personal
onouns;
as,
"John
and
myself
both
"These
REFLEXIVE
AND
EMPHATIC
PRONOUNS
111
wers
were
sent
to
the
Clarks
are
as,
and
ourselves."
In
poetry
compound
as
pronouns
sometimes,
for
have
seen
emphasis,
used
ne
the
the
sound
The the
"Myself
it;"
"Even
made." is
as,"
"226.
ourself
of rulers;
troops
occasionally
"
found,
genera
in
speeches
our
We
give Minor."
ourself
no
litt
rn
respecting
in
Asia
Exercise
116.
emphasis.
"
a.
Pick
out
ti\e pronouns
used
with
othe
ds
1.
for
I
myself 3.
must
shot
the
ourselves
5.
rabbit.
have
2.
seen
Tom
the
must
himself
wreck.
come.
brought
4. You
news.
We
come.
rseif
itself
You
yourselves
6.
The
rang
the
bell.
the
7.
The
thieves
themselves 9. You
were
fall.
asleep
8.
bought
book
were
myself. asleep
rself.
10.
You
yourselves.
11.
The
men was
going
themselves.
13.
.
12. Mary
The
boy
the
who
complained
herself
.
fault
himself
to
made
dress
14.
You
do
all this
work
yourself.
6.
Say
whether
the compounds
or
of self
or
selves
are
used
re
zively,emphatically,
15. I
the
cut
as
simple
I
cut
personal
the twig
pronouns.
myself. by himself
16. myself.
myself. did
20.
that.
Tom
17.
nd
way
18.
the
21.
out
myself
19 raised
raised
heavy
from
ground.
Jack
for
weight
himself.
struck the
struck
the
first The
blow
self.
22. herself
Jack
himself. 24."
23.
The
littl
lost
the
in
crowded
25. the
streets.
little
gir
d
We
thimble
herself.
We
heard
of
ourselves
the
called.
ourselves
heard
sometimes it.
rumbling
earthquake.
And
I
have
myself
eaten
despise
29.
This
is
myself.
28.
fault
will
care
John
and
elf
the
of
yourself
for
you.
ne.
30.
you
Our
neighbors
select
and
ourselves that?
Did
my
yourself
32.
Did
you
bring
sister
and
myself?
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Relative
227.
1. 2.
Pronouns
Here
That That
Mary
are
five
boy.
man.
pairs
The The
of sentences.1
boy
man's
is the
is the is the
broke
the
window.
was
window
Mary. the
cost
broken.
3.
4.
girl.
house.
You Jack
The
want
This
The
is the
knife
built
house.
a
5.
was
lost.
knife
dollar.
228.
The replaced
1.
noun
printed by
a
in italics
pronoun;
He
in the
second
sentence
be
personal
boy.
man.
thus,
the
That
is the
is the
is the
broke
2. 3.
"
That
Mary
His You
window
want
girl. house.
her.
it.
"
4.
This
is the
Jack
It
built
cost
a
5. 229.
The
knife
was
lost.
dollar.
By
two
That
That Mary
using
different
thus,
boy
man
kind
of pronoun
we
can
combine
the
L 2.
sentences;
is the
who whose
broke
the
window.
was
is the
is the
window
you
broken.
3.
4.
girl whom
house that
was
want.
This
The
is the knife
Jack lost
built.
cost
a
5.
which
dollar.
Exercise
117.
"
Combine,
sentences.
now.
as
in the examples
just given,
llowing pairs
1.
2.
of
The The
were
man
is better
has
man
was
hurt. The
grocer
sent
police.
grocer's
ods
3.
stolen.
The
child
was
very
naughty.
His
father
punished
he
child. 4.
My
uncle horse
gave
goes
me
the
book.
I bought
The the
book
is
on
the
table
5.
The
well.
horse.
see
6.
Th^lady
1
sings
See
"Notes
beautifully.
for Teachers,"
You
p.
the
lady.
28.
324,
Note
RELATIVE
PRONOUNS
US
7.
They
did
not
hear
the
preacher.
kind
They
went
to
hear
preacher.
8.
The
gentleman house.
is
very
to
the
poor.
You
see
gentleman's
9.
have
just
tree
bought
an
overcoat.
The
overcoat
rproof.
10.
The
was
chestnut.
The
wind
blew
the
tree
n.
230.
we
Personal
have
now
pronouns
stand
for
also
nouns.
The
for nouns
so
words
been
they
considering
more
"
stand
(or
as
onouns), m one
for
but
do
they
two.
join
As
statements,
to
sentence,
instead
one
of
or
the
noun
(or
never
pro-
un)
which
same
of these
words member
stands
of the
are
is
to
be
nd
in the
statement
sentence
with
elf, they
l
carry
the
mind
back
and
therefore
called
ative 231.
pronouns.
The
noun
(or pronoun)
its antecedent.
out
for
which
relative
noun pro-
stands
Exercise
is called
118.
"
Pick
the
relative
pronouns
and
their
ecedents.
a.
1.
corn*
The
2.
boy
drove
away
the
those
birds
who
which
were
People
came
was
love
a"e
kind
to
eating them*
4.
The
The
man
who
last
night has
work.
morning.
which has
me.
broken his
found
mended. I know
5.
the
man
Blessed
that
7.
The
girl
whose
whose
parents
brother
were
you
met
is very
has been
clever, placed
had
11.
The
a
c.
child
killed
home.
9.
The The
dog
fetched
whom
see
the
birds
you
ot.
a
10.
cousin which
which is met
12.
of
its
a
master
doctor. is the
carry.
is
dagger
1
I
re,
before
and
me?
Where
book
From
the
Latin
back,
lotus, p.p.
ferre, to
^ll4
that
was
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
you
borrowed?
The
gardener that
was
honest.
d.
14.
sheep
we
15.
He
That
the him
bird
16.
He
17.
This
hermit
Which
wood
18.
I feel like
Who
Some
Whose Whose
fled,
garlands
[are] dead.
nouns
232.
A
may
relative be
on
the
pronoun( object of
l
like
a
and
the
that
friend
whom
on"
I depended,"
is the
frien
I depended The
233.
way
as
case
case
of
a
a
relative
noun
or
pronoun
is found
personal
in the
same
the
of
of with
pronoun.
No
kind
of pronoun
Take
agrees
sentence
in
case
the
antecedent.
called
has
gone."
the
is for
case, a
"The
Who
friend
The
who
Called
stands
verb. friend?
Who.
of
called? Who,
called.
friend.
is the
What
the
word
therefore,
is in
nominativ
subject
(Friend
subject
has
gone.)
Take the
you
sentence,
see.,,
"Mr.
Evans
is
Mr.
the
man
house
1Good
Whose
try
to
house?
Evans's.
whose What
writers
usually
avoid
finishing has
two
sentence
or a
more
with
especially when preposition preposition, But that is the the relative pronoun when object of to the end latter always the statement. goes of
the
syllable t preposition,
RELATIVE
PRONOUNS
115
d n
stands
the
for
Mr.
case,
Evans's? modifying
Whose.
house.
Whose,
therefore,
possessive the
Take
is
sentence,
"This
whom? Whom
mean.
is
the
man
whom
man.
I
What
mean."
verb.
Mean
The
word
ds
for man?
Whom.
of the
is therefore
in the
objective
predicate
object
verb
(Man
is
the
inative,
Take
to."
after the
is.)
"This
is
sentence,
the
To
boy
that whom?
gaye
the boy.
To
is
preposition.
for
The
Word
stands
case,
boy?
That.
That
is
to.
therefore
in
objective
Exercise
118.
object of the
"
preposition
119.
a.
Give
the
case
of
each
relative 'pronoun
in
rcise
6. Give
1. This
the
is
case
of each
field
whom
( of
relative pronoun
which
sent
in the
2.
following.
Mr.
the
to
can
I
our
spoke.
Brown
the
teacher
we
we
boy.
girl
3.
He
is the
man
whom
depend.
4.
The
brought
tea
for
ch
she It
was
was was
sent.
my
.5. It
Here
carriage
they
mouse
which heard
went
you
saw
me
in.
from.
Mrs.
the into.
story
is the
that
you
8.
This
book
which
I told
of.
234.
The
relative
pronoun
in
"John
the
objective
man
case
is often
we
t out.
Instead people
of saying
often
"
is the
whom
we
expect
say
"John the
is the
man
expected." which
are
Exercise
120.
Supply
relative
pronouns
tted
1.
(or "understood").
This
is the
horse
Jack
That
man
bought. is the
very
2. thing
William
I
was
owned looking
book"!
4. You
found.
are
3. the
we
expected.
5. Mr. should
The
boy
is
got
y^the
punishment
we are
he
deserved. for.
6. You
Brown
not
the
tleman
waiting
7.
believe
16
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ery
story
you
hear. I
am
5.
Have
you
seen
the
survey.
house
ve
in
now?
were
9. the
monarch
we
of
all
10.
Few
short
prayers
said.
235.
We
have
that, and
now
taken
the who
relative
we
pronouns
say
who
ich,
and
concerning
can
Masculine,
Feminine,
and
Neuter
Singular Nominative
Possessive
and
who whose whom
Plural
Objective
236.
That
undergoes
no
change.
It is either
nominative
objective.
237.
Which
whose
as,
may
take
were
whose
in
the
possessive
it is also
case;
common
book
leaves
"A
torn/' but
the
leaves
ay
of
238. You
which;
book
of
which
were
torn."
Examine
will
then
the
see
sentences
in Exercise
118.
that is used
we are
Who
(with
whose
and
whom)
speaking
when
when
speaking
of animals
are
or
things;
be
things.
used
we
speaking
of
persons,
nimals,
239.
The
as
relative
we
we
pronoun
use
we
what.
Formerly
what
was
sed That
just
what
now
which.
prize what
never
Thus
not to
Shakspere
worth."
a
wrote,
have
the
But
odern
English,
its
though
is frequently
relative
nou pro
hat uch
is
expressed; the
antecedent
thus,
"Give
is
noun
me
Here
of what
this
as
some
pay,
understood
or
; but
if we
supply
st
then
use
which
that,
instead
of
what;
"Give
me
RELATIVE
PRONOUNS
11
pay
we
which
are
I have
earned."
of
one
What
thing.
Its
is generally
used
only
speaking
It is therefore
almost
ays
in
singular
most
or
and
cases,
neuter.1
unexpressed
supplied
is
antecedent by
the
therefore,
as,
be
"This
words
thing,"
me
"that";
you
to
get."
What
is
relative this
or
only
antecedent
sentence. I
when
may
s in
the
foregoing without
in
the
an
examples)
changing
sentence
similar
supplied
Thus,
supply
result
the
"He
as
meaning
asked
me
of the
what
wanted,"
we
antecedent,
nonsense.
that
or
the
thing,
before
what
what
is
So
but,
as
in
we
that shall
sentence
see, an
is
not
relative
pronoun,
interrogative
oun;.
240.
Great
In
care
must
be
taken
in what
deciding
he
was
the looking
case
t.
the the
sentence
"He
found
for,
is in
position
object
is the
of th
objec
found.
Exercise
1.
The
man
121.
"
Determine
what they
he
the
he ask
case
of
each
I
what.
know
4.
you
means
says.
2.
what
No
you
eived.
3.
Whai
is
reasonable.
me
one
erstood
The That him.
what
said.
is
he
5.
what
Show
you
what
were
brought.
me
Hotel
is
Belmont
just what
9.
I there. is what 14.
you
is. what
8.
That
you
is what
say.
an
matter
believe
11. I
10.
piece
belongs
This ails
That
was
is what
auxiliary
verb
book him.
looking
is do.
as,
for. what
13.
his
Dyspepsia
Rheumatism
brother
has
This
*We
you
is what
have,
need
such
to
however,
in
sentences
"Are
not
these
two
books
wanted?" understood.
ngs"
you
which Other
"This
what
is plural, "I
with
the
antecedent
patterns
are
"the
were
examples,
phaeton
thought
the
these
"
preferred;
and
dog-cart
what
we
in."
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
241.
So,
who,
Whoso
I
ever,
and
soever
may
be
as,
added
to
the
relativ
onouns
1. 2.
which,
eats
and
what;
forthwith
thereof
attains
wisdom.
shows
"
Milton.
me
think
myself
beholden
to
whoever
stakes. 3. Whosoever
"
hath
Christ
for
his
friend
shall
be
sure
unsel.
4.
"
South. sins
23.
ye
Whosesoever
John With Genesis Take I will
xx.,
remit
they
are
remitted
unt
em.
5.
"
whomsoever
xxxi.,
thou 32.
you
findest
thy
gods,
let
him
ve.
6.
whichever do
like.
thou
sayest unto
me.
"
7.
whatsoever
Bible.
It will be
x
seen
that
these
compound
relatives
are
used
and
fourth and
are
generally
fifth
without
the
expressed
antecedents.
however,
of
above
the
quotations,
parts
tecedents and
found
in
latter
of
the
sentences
them
241.
him).
The simple relatives the
same
who,
which,
as
and
what
may
ed
1.
indefinitely,
Let Give him
me
with
be who
you
meaning be.
whoever,
etc.;
he
may
2.
what of
please apples
are
[to give
you
me].
prefer.
"
3.
Take
which
these
When
simple relatives,
relatives
have would
pronoun
no
thus expressed
used
they,
like
mpound
antecedent.
or
Th
tecedent,
if supplied,
be
as.
"anyone,"
"anything."
243.
as
The
relative
Shakspere
has
such
sen te
These
arts
they
have
as
I could
or
some
put
into
them,
ere
as
is clearly
of the
used
present
for which
day
as
other
to
relative. take
or
e
1
English
That
also
would
seems
the
plac
is, the
antecedent,
if supplied,
be
anyone,
anything.
RELATIVE
PRONOUNS
11
relative
"The
as
after
such
and
story
is not
and
same;
just
so
"
such
many
"
ble
is found all,
as
by
any
roadside;
upon
as
"He
has
not
ks
in
same
are
found
one
of your
shelves;
This
the
kind
If
of knife
examine
yours
[is]."
sentence
we
*244.
we
such
as
see
"There
that
is
but
on
but
is
the
sometimes
discouraged,"
of the
no
arently
means,
subject
"There
In
verb
person
is
discouraged.
who
The
not
senten
is
such
is force
sometimes
of
a
couraged."
and
cases
but
as
has
the
relative
noun,
may
no
be
parsed thinks
such.
Other
examples:
There
There
is
are
one no
but roads
him
to
guilty.
Rome.
but
lead
".
relative and
pronoun
person.
were
agrees
with
its antecedent
ber,
gender,
The
men
Thus,
here
who
men,
have
gone
mas.
"
away.
Antecedent:
Relative:
plur.
il
numb.,
"
gen.,
il
3rd
"
person.
"
who,
The
woman
whom
woman,
you
invited
has
fem.
"
gone
away.
Antecedent:
Relative: We,
sing,
"
numb.,
"
gen.,
"
3rd
li
person.
"-
whom, who
we,
speak plur.
il
to
you,
are
Germans.
1st
n
Antecedent:
Relative:
numb.,
it
com.
( (
gen.,
li
person.
t t
who,
a
What,
when
neuter
relative 3rd
pronoun,
is
usually
par.
singular
ber,
gender,
or
person.
(See
may
239.)
may
246.
same
or
relative
case
as
other
pronoun
or
not
have
its antecedent;
is determined
,
its
case,
like
to
that
some
of
any
pronoun
by
its relation
verb
preposition
in the
sentence.
(See
pars.
233
and
240.)
Exercise
118,
in
122.
c,
"
Parse
fully each
b, and
Exercises
Also
1.
d, and
119,
in
the
following.
am
I, who
are
thy
are
friend,
worthy is the
to
will
of
same
not
desert
3.
thee. Eat
2.
what
They
you
that
afraid
This
death.
as
like*
4.
thy take
paper
you
bought.
might.
the
5.
soever What-
hand
findeth
he
do,
do
him
whatever
you
asks
6.
money
Let
to
whomever it. 9.
may
are as
choose.
many
once
8.
as we
a
Give
want.
it to 10.
11.
whoever
neteds
such
no
Here
as
It
was
diamond
is found
in
lifetime.
There's
fruit
ere
but
is ripe.
Interrogative
247.
Pronouns
whose
Before
who
as
(with
relative
and
whom), which,
they
were
and
as
what they
ame
to be
used
pronouns
used,
till are,
Jn asking
questions.
Examples
1. 2. 3. 4.
Who
Whom Which What
hath
woe?
you
who
hath
redness
of eyes?
do
want?
scholars
of the
is to
have
the
prize?
did
they
say?
248.
When
thus
used
they
are
called
interrogative
nouns pro-
249.
Who?
the
answer
(with whose?
to
and
name
whom?)
of
a
is used
when
we
xpect
be
the
person;
a
whatt
when
expect
the
answer
to be
the
name
of
are
thing.
250.
Which?
person
or
is used
thing,
"
when
as
we
asking
newest
"Which
out
is the
about book?"
pronouns
particul
Exercise
in what
1.
To
123.
case
Pick
is.
you
are
the
interrogative
and
ay
each
are
whom
writing?
the
2.
Who
hath
apples?
he
waters?
3.
Which
best
of the
measured 4. What
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUNS
you
want? people
was
5.
For
what
are
they
looking?
is
6.
that?
the
Whom
8.
the
expect?
man
7.
Whose 9. is the
about?
house
the
employed? 10.
Whose
Which
of
examples
was
you
worked?
are
field
12.
which Whom
on so
sold
What 13.
you
should
fast?
t?
What
hat?
ship
drive
ocean
ch
is my
is the
are
doing?
Who,
..
which,
when
and
the
what
frequently
appears
to
interrogative
ouns,
even
sentence
be
(and
"Father
larative.
an
If
say,
"What
pronoun;
has
he
done?"
if I
an
what
say,
is o
interrogative
has It
and
what
ed
'What
he
is also
interrogative "I
oun.
is clear
in
is
an
the
sentence,
do
no
what'he
has
the
interrogative
pronoun,
roducing
such
a
question
"what
a
he
has
done."
sentence,
is not
sentence
relative
not
pronoun
mean
(rea
do
in
par.
239), for
thing which
does done,"
done"
"I
whole
no
the
he he
has has
but
the
of
of
erted
question
"what
is the of
has
object
done.
th
know.
What
the
by
itself is the
sentences
object
who,
ilar Sim-
in
following
not
which,
and
what
ar
errogative,
1. 2.
relative
certain
as
pronouns. to
He
I do
is not
not
who
you
are.
know
which what
I want. I shall
3.
Do
not
ask
me
do.
sentences
Exercise
and
124.
what
"
In
are
the
following
used
as
tell whether
or as
who,
ch,
interrogative
relativ
nouns.
Who
are
you?
are
2.
doing.
He
.4. which
asked
This of the
what
me
who
was.
3.
Tel
/1.
what
you
dictionary
boys
we
is
was,
jtist what
where
ant.
5. 6.
to
was
He We
inquired
told
to
ived.
Mr. whom
as
Walker
he
to
had
the the
and heard.
7.
He
ted
know
should had
give locked
prize.
8.
9.
The
cher
doubtful
who
door.
That
122
LONGMANS'
ENGIJS3
GRAMMAR
is
the
tree
plan
into
which
you
had
better
follow.
11.
10.
To
Where
the
you
it?
squirrel inform
who What
ran?
me
at
what
person
was
you
the he
who
the
surprised 16. Here is it you said? learn to whom let him question;
did
speaking.
Whether?
an
*252.
used
as
was
formerly
is greater,
the
gold
or
temple?"
"
Matthew
Pronouns
a
We
must
two
come
now
to
care,
exercise They
as
-class because
of
used they
in
may
ways.
may
be
be
used
pronouns.
(1) this (pi. these), that (pi. those). someone, no one, (2) one, any, anyone,
several,
certain, divers,
none,
each,
other,
more,
another,
few,
many,
some,
little, much,
most,
all, either,
neither.
When
these
as,
adjectives;
persons."
But
to be calle they are a noun, words modify "Most "Every "This pencil," word," followed by they a noun, are not when
as
they
are
used
pronouns,
personal,
relative,
and
them
they
from
ar
called
adjective pronouns.
We
thus have
*
254.
(1)
1. 2.
Demonstrative
is my
are
pronouns,
that
as
in
This
These I
am
book;
my
is yours. those
me
are
books;
this makes
de,
yours.
3.
tired;
the Latin
pronouns
cross.
1From
fully, and
or
monstratus,
p.p.
one or
of momtrare,
ones
show.
These
show
point
out
which
the speaker
refers to.
ADJECTIVE
PRONOUNS
12
4.
5.
The
day
was
wet;
that
was
why
I did
that
not
come.
John's
conduct
is better
than
of
Frank.
(2) Indefinite
1.
2.
Pronouns,
as
in
One
Nor
does
was
not
know
any
what
that
to
think.
escape.
there is at
did
3.
4.
Someone
In
the of
lowliness
mind
other
better
than
elf.
5.
Do
not
to
judge
the slew shall of them of
my
for
shores
6. 7.
8. 9. 10.
11.
Some
Jehoram
Few,
to
the
woods.
Israel.
divers
part
princes
many
of
meet.
jew
where
us
Certain Several
Ye shall
was
with friends
went
to
the
to
sepulchre.
India.
have
been
flee
when
none
pursueth
you.
12. 13.
All
Most
He
in
had
vain. slunk
to
away
say
no
without
more.
word.
14. 15.
decided
not
I do
believe neither
either of
of
them.
16.
Note.
I believe
them.
"
Some
grammarians
nothing; They
regard
anybody,
may
aught,
somebody,
naught;
etc.,
or as
anythin
something,
pronouns.
in de
may
be
so
regarded,
they
parsed
255.
as
nouns.
The have
one
pronouns
a
one,
anyone,
other,
as,
another,
question neither
either
was,
ther,
possessive do
with "One
one
form;
one's
"The
"I
want
should
anyone's;" pronouns
ones;"
none,
feet;"
your
"
nor
man's
food
have
is another's
plurals;
as,
The
and
other
may
choose
yellow
pronoun
as a
"Others
though
praise
a
what
like."
originally
singular,
ed
plural.
pronoun
one
The
has
to
reflexive
"
form;
as,
"How
can
teach
oneself
how
swim?
LONGMANS1
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
*2J58.
What
is
to
occasionally
something tell
as
or
used
one we
as
an
indefinite
as
nou pro
common
equivalent expression,
thing;
were
in
the
"I
you
an
what,
tired!"
as,
What
is
also
used
you
interjection;
me?"
"What,
you
llain!
would
portcullis
strike
"What!
warder,
ho
t the
fall."
Exercise
case
125. each.
is the
"
Pick
out
the
adjective pronouns,
and
giv
of
This
1. thy
new
hat
of
and
good. hears
to
that
is the
3.
Those
many
old
one. are
2.
our
These
works,
Parent
friends,
Johnsons.
one
4.
One
so
different of
them.
anyone
stories
at
feels
inclined
few
doubt
all
5.
Many
called
but
[are] chosen.
We
you
6.
no
Has
one's
heard
travelers?
not want
any
7.
of
have
heard
9.
opinion.
wants
8. James
morning. man
boys. 10.
have
none.
The
master
John;
11.
will
do.
Neither another.
is present
12.
this
poor
he but
some
must
The
ked
you
for
got
13.
14.
one
I Of
bought animals
five
some
apples;
creep,
ll
of
them?
others
walk.
hath
15.
There's
sworn.
did
Then
are
laugh.
16.
love 19. of
Each
was
other
strongly
17.
my
her's
trust
life.
few,
18.
Several
none.
of
books
I
smote
either's lost.
certain
Love
l,
wrong
none
20.
left.
them.
am
afraid
are
22.
own
One
must
not
consider
another's.
self.
23.
Be
generous
with
thine
and
Review
op
Learn
257.
pronoun
is have
word
three
of
noun.
258.
the
persons,
first, the
second,
The
is used
when
person
is speaking
self
of himself
and
others.
REVIEW
OF
PRONOUNS
\
the person
or
27
The
second
to.
person
is used
to designate
sons per-
spoken
The
third
person
is used
not
are
to
designate
to.
person
or
sons per-
spoken
259.
c", but
spoken
Pronouns
sonal
I,
thou,
he,
she,
it, etc;
also
the
reflexiv
and forms,
emphatic
compound
etc.
ative
who,
as
which,
and
the
and
also
relatives,
etc.
whoever,
errogative
who,
which,
what.
jective,
including
this, that, with
one,
Demonstrative
their
plurals.
no one,
Indefinite
any,
anyone,
someone, some,
each,
more,
other,
most,
none,
another,
several,
little, much,
divers,
few,
many,
certain,
all, either,
neither.
Read
260.
The
again Parse
woman
par.
220.
relative
who
and
interrogative
this
pronouns
asked which
thus,
called
morning
of
us
her had
selected.
Relative
feminine with
pronoun;
singular
person,
number,
agreeing
nominative
woman;
subject of called.
pronoun,
ich
Interrogative
common
gender,
case,
tive objechad
object
of
the
verb
selected.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
and
I.
126.
the
"
Parse
the pronouns
in
Exercises
124
an
5,
in
following.
is truth?"
"What
an
said
is
care
jesting
like
who
weary
one
Pilate.
that is
4.
2.
He
tha
es
in
earnest
pursuit
do
not
blood.
what they
to
to
your
3.
I
he
is.
wounded Let me in
te
think.
call
5.
Some
themselves
me
seeking
at
amusement.
6.
are
Let
which
we
you
are
cide
take. for
our
7.
These
the
persons
me
in de
flowers.
8.
Write
are
doing
health.
9.
If thou
wouldst
it by
view
the pale
fair
Melrose
aright,
Go 10.
Thy Yet,
visit
moonlight.
thee this
of
not; spot,
secret
ere
keep;
ye
I urge sought
again
ye
Say,
II.
heard
I the
Lowland
do.
war?
That,
who
swore
father,
to to
gladly
of With
12.
13.
Certain
Signor
thou
was
there
Antonio
this.
mends gods
him let
you.
whomsoever
And
upon
findest
him how
not
15.
It sat
all each
done;
hers
judge
well.
16.
of them.
ADJECTIVES
Kinds
Work
261.
again An
Exercise
42.
adjective
a
that
tells what
kind
of person
or
thing
meant
is called
as,
descriptive
red
are
adjective, because
house,"
common.
it pictures
describes;
"The
"The
old
mill."
Suck
scriptive
adjectives
again
A par.
called
Read
282.
59.
used "The
as an
participle
as,
adjective
brook," 56.
and
is
called
"A lost
partici
adjective;
examples
babbling 55
boy."
her
in
Exercises
KINDS
OF
ADJECTIVES
127
263.
An
adjective
as,
derived
"The
from
English
proper
noun
is called
European
roper
adjective)
army,"
"The
ions."
264.
Descriptive
or
adjectives
an
are
thus
classified
as
mon, com-
proper,
participial.
Repeat
par.
the
definition of
and
read
in
54.
265.
Adjectives
adjectives.
that
are
not
descriptive
are
called
iting
Limiting
articles, 275-279.
adjectives
a, an,
are
of several
we
First
take
other
up
there
are
and
the, which
we
again
s.
Here
shall
take
classes
iting Work
266.
adjectives.
again
Exercise
46.
that
An
adjective
tells which
one
or
ones
is calle and
demonstrative
adjective.
axe-
(Compare
and
that,
pars.
254
253)
demonstratives
and
The
yonder.
two
this
with
their
plurals;
o yon
267.
words
which
as,
and
"In
what
are
much
are
so
used
they?"
errogative
what
adjectives;
shall
or
we
which
They
may
books
time
start?"
nouns.
be
used
with
her
We
singular
have
not
an
plural
in in
or
seen,
par.
251,
that
interrogative
but in The
pronouns
used
only implied
are
direct
questions,
sentences
contai
indirect used
plan
question. in
I
interrogative questions;
jectives
have book
similarly
indirect
should
as
not
you
asked
want;"
which "I
follow;" of
man
"I
you
an
know
are."
ich
see
what
kind
not
*268. It
The is
adjective
used
or
which
is
to
always back
ative. interrogsomething
case,
sometimes
refer
as,
to
ready
hold
mentioned
to
my
described;
plan;"
"In which
which
all
original
"In
"For
offense I
say
th
etch
was
punished;"
which
predicament
thou
128
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
standest."
When
so
used,
which
may
be
called
relativ
adjective.
Note.
"
The
is
adjective
used,
what
or
is
not
always
the
an
ative. interroga or
It
to
"
with
introduce
What
a
exclamations; piece
as
article
times used,
an
good
so
we
had!"
of
a
regarded
what
maybe
adjective.
indefinite
pronouns
269.
The
words
are,
treated
when
as as
in
par
254
(page 123)
as
used
men,"
adjectives,called
time.,, and Exercise
44
indefinite
adjectives;
See
270. other
"Some
"Another
examples
there
in Exercise
are
as,
43,
6. of
man's
Finally,
derived
ct\est,"
from
"The
They
numbers,
third
are
the
consisting
the
dead
day."
called
numeral
are are
tives adjec
of two
as
sorts;
first, those
etc.
which
merely-
cardinal
numbers,
six,
twenty,
These
43,
calle
(See examples
are
a.)
order,
those
are
rank,
place
in
series.
These
called
ordinal
numerals.
(Se
examples
271.
in Exercise Thus
we
45.)
have
adjectives
or
as
follows.
(1) (2)
Descriptive:
Common,
Limiting: Articles,
proper,
participial.
demonstratives,
numerals
interrogatives,
relatives,
indefinites,
(cardinals, and
ordinals).
47.
Exercise
.
127.
"
Work
272.
again
Exercises
are
and
49.
Adjectives
some cases
sometimes
at
say
once
used
without
the
nouns.
In
the
is understood. is a William
Thus, taller"
mind if I
the
supplies is a "John
once
noun
man,
that
tall
man
but
hearer
at
adds
to
taller
KINDS
OF
ADJECTIVES
129
273.
In
the
other
noun.
cases
we
do
not
seem
to
feel any
know
need
how
fo
ng
If I say
sentence
"The
rich complete;
do
not
the
live,"
noun we
the
sounds
out
indeed,
say,
if
we
add
must
leave
poor
the
the
and
"Rich
people
not
know parsing
how
people
to
live."
In
it is best
call these
words
"adjectives
used
nouns."
274.
There
that
are
are
some
adjectives
well
may
which
them
are
so
far
used
nouns.
it is
perhaps which
may
to
call
simply
se
adjectives
and Italian,
an
have
other
adjectives joine
and possessives. in
a
them,
which and
form
are
plurals
age,
Christian
city,
a
adjectives
act,
savage
try,
Italian
as
Christian
a
but the
they
should
ated
simply
nouns
in
noble
savage,
Italian's
Kome,
Christians.
"
Exercise
1.
128.
"
Pick
the
out
the
adjectives used
2. alone
as
nouns.
Blessed
the
are
merciful.
None deserve
but
to
the
brave
happy.
was
erve We
fair.
honor
to
3.
good
wise and pity
be
ays
should kind
should
great.
5.
The
Mr.
Scott and
the
6.
blind
th
have the
our
our
help.
the
7.
The
strong
uld
The
aid
simple the
weak. believeth
and the
8.
are
mighty
The evil
fallen!
every
word.
at
10.
gates
are
no
bow
ore
good,
the
wicked
the
of the
more.
righteous.
Toll
for
brave,
the
brave
that
Read
again
par.
253.
"
Exercise
and
1.
129.
noun
Pick
each
is to
than
any
out
the
tell adjectives,
what
kind
eac
what
This
are
modifies.
be
given these piece
to
apple
riper
that
little girl. 3.
Please What
you
2.
Those
nges
lemons. will
bring
time like
me
piece
leave
of
paper;
do.
picture
4.
wil
to-morrow?
5.
Which
do
The
best?
Other
noble
Romans
will
arise.
7.
workman
ha
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
und
another
some
place. poisoned
is certain.
The
8.
Several
9.
We
large
The
birds
truth
were
killed
second
strange
eating
corn.
of that
dian
story
10.
have
heard thus
certain in
was a
rs.
11. 12.
Greek
men
poet
speaks
certain
no
snow
All
are
mortal.
13.
the
There
two
frozen sister.
ground.
14.
Give
recovered
books
15.
And
But
the
no
good
sweet
south
bird
behind.
Articles
Read
275.
again
The
par.
50.
a
article
not
or
an
is called
any
the
indefinite article
member
man"
means
nce
it does
point by
out
particular
thus,
"a
of
th
ass
designated
not
some
its noun;
man.
any
The
article
the
definitearticle.
It may
preced
either
276.
singular is used
a a
plural
nouns.
An
vowel;
silent
as,
"an
"an
acorn,"
"an "an
h;
as,
hour,"
shortened
Before
a
form
of
an,
is used
"a as,
(1) (2)
European
consonant;
tree,"
"a
"
wood,"
lling
crowd." Before
any
word
"a
beginning
university."
or an
with
sound;
country,"
Exercise
Apple.
130.
"
Put
Orange.
Pear.
Universal.
eful.
Hand.
University. Cry.
Ewer.
Hour.
Honest.
Heir.
Humble. Umbrella.
Ax.
me.
Umpire. Unit.
Ewe. Eve.
Uniform.
Yew.
e.
Hope.
Unjust.
Yoke.
Upas
tree.
Usurper.
ok.
Invalid.
Awl.
Irishman.
Yawl.
Ox.
nkey.
Ear.
Year.
Oak.
ARTICLES
131
*277.
The
following
special
uses
of
an
and
may
d.
(1)
In
"
such
ten
expressions
acres
as man,"
Twenty
a
cents
pound/'
of each
owing
to
has
the
force
y.
(2)
The
as
expressions
many
as
a,
such
a
a,
what
a,
may
ed
adjectives;
in
years."
in
"Many
par.
man
keeps
young
advances
(See
little
mean
268,
some;
Note.)
(3) A
not
:
few
manyf
and
few
not
without
much.
the
little without
the
means
pare Com-
1.
I got
There There
few
are was
pears.
2.
few
a
peaqhes
little rain little rain
or
a
this
year.
3.
4.
last
this
night.
summer.
We
have
had
the
*278.
to
Either
show
may
as a
be
placed
as,
before
"Of
not
verbal
making
that
it is used is
no
noun;
the the
many
books
curing
of
there the
encl."
takes
"It
is
catching,
the
fish, that
the
time."
"We
heard
aughing."
279,
Both that
the
nouns
definite
or
and
the
are
indefinite
to
article taken
are
used
show
adjectives
of
the
be
separately.
purpose
proper
repetition
to
not
article
for
saw a
this
it
important
learn.
Thus,
when
"We
we
black
"We
and
saw
white
a
se"
a
should
white
be
said
mean,
black
horse"
(two
book"
horses).
one
"I
lost
grammar lost
a
and
position
a
book"
(meaning
book).
"I So
grammar
composition "The
(two books).
and
treasurer"
means
with
the
one
definite
icle:
secretary
means
officer
secretary
Note.
"
and
What
to
the
is said
treasurer"
here of
as
two.
the
repeating
of
the
article
lies
also
other
thus
words, I
adjectives,
say, my
pronouns, my
and
camp-
positions;
should
"I
not
"I
found
ir
and
easel." pieces
mean
found
camp-chair
and
my
el"
(two
of
furniture).
"I
will
fasten
it
with
32
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ucilage
with
or
paste,"
should
be
"I
will
fasten
it with
mucilage
paste."
"
Caution. sometimes
as
The
an
word
the
is
not
an
always
an
article,
or an
adverb,
sentences,
adjective
time
v a
in
the
more
the
better;"
ou
will the
be
the
stronger
having
exercised;'' 416,
"We
alked
faster."
(See
412,
and
417.)
may
280. the
Positions
noun some
of adjectives. Adjectives
"
stand
to
b f
they
part
modify,
of the they
51.
are
or
they
may
or
be
linked
may
come
the
by
noun,
verb
are
be,
they
to
aft
even
when
par.
not
linked
it by
the
verb
Read
These
again
three
positions
as, as, as,
named
as
follows:
"The
fresh
ink
flowers."
purple."
"The "The
was
(3) Appositive;
river,
deep
as
night,
flowed
on."
Comparison
281.
op
Adjectives
three Emily
If
we
we
were
comparing
say
was
Alic
Mary,
might Mary
that the
young,
or
Alice Emily
ox
was
ung-er,
and
was
young-est;
was
that
was
ir, Alice
short, 282.
are
fair-er, and
was
Mary
the
was
fair-est;
the
Emily
Alice The
short-er,
and
Mary
short-est. take
three
are
which
the
adjectives
three
thus
when
comparing
degrees
of comparison.
the
283.
The
simple
of the
adjective
when
is called
tive posi
degree.
The
comparative
or
degree
is used
we
are
speaking
persons
It is
or
things.
to
contrary
this
to
say
"The when
bravest
we
boy
of
o,"
"The
bravest
regiment"
are
speaking
ly
two
regiments.
COMPAKISON
OF
ADJECTIVES
13
284.
The
three
or
superlative
more
degree
three.
is used
when
we
are
ing speak-
of
than
Exercise
a.
131.
"
Compare
High.
the
following adjectives.
Grand.
Blue.
Cold.
Large.
Warm.
Bold.
Brief.
Hoarse,
6.
c.
White.
Merry.
Nice.
Busy.
Wise.
Holy.
Giddy.
Brawny.
Greedy.
Lovely.
Sprightly.
tely.
Lonely.
Deadly.
Silly.
285.
An
examination
of
the
exercise
just
worked
wil
(1) That
-er
the
comparative
the
degree degree
is formed
by
adding
-est
and
superlative
by
adding
the
positive.
sometimes
(2)
That changed
the
spelling
of
the
adjective
is
(a) When
the
ends
in
e,
the
dropped;
(6) When
y
the
adjective
into i;
as,
ends
pretty
,
in
after
,
consonant
is changed
the
pretti-er in
a
pretti-est. single
consonant
as,
(c) When
a
adjective
the
'
ends
consonant
er
single bigg-est.
vowel
is
doubled;
big
g-er
,
286.
The
rule
given
for
the
comparison
of
some
adjectives
words is expressed
concerning In
words other
of
cases
one
syllable
idea
and
of two
llables.
the
of comparison
34
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
QRAMMAR
for the
do
not
putting
the
and
before
the
adjective
Thus
we
compar
superlative.
earnest
earnest-er
earnest-est
beautiful
beautifull-er
beautifull-est
ut
earnest
more
more
earnest
most
most
earnest
beautiful
beautiful
are
beautiful
as,
287.
Positive
Some
adjectives
compared
Comparative
irregularly;
Superlative
good,
or
or
well ill
better
worse
best
worst
bad,
little
many,
less,1 lesser
or
or
least
most
several
some
much, late
more
f later
latest last
I latter
f older
oldest
old
I elder
eldest
farthest furthest
far
Jfarther
I further
nigher
f nighest nigh
I next
^ f hindmost
hind
hinder
1 hindermost
f foremost
former
[first
f inmost
inner No
positive
1 innermost
outmost
adjective
corresponding
outer
(utter)
outermost
utmost
uttermost
upmost
upper
.
uppermost We
than
Note
that
were
less is the
comparative
than
ten
of litttej not
present,"
of few.
rather
shoul
"There
ten."
fewer
little for
persons
"le
an
Use
quantity,
REVIEW
OF
ADJECTIVES
13
Note
cannot
1.
"
The be
meaning
of We
some
adjectives
for
is such
tha
compared.
cannot,
example,
compare
.Numeral Demonstratives,
other.
adjectives;
and
as,
one,
eight,
first,tenth.
as,
most
indefinites;
this, that,
al
her,
Some
descriptive
supreme,
adjectives;
Greek,
as,
chief, principal,
dead
ing,
universal,
"
Roman.
Note
these
2.
The
superlative
"He
most
"very
was a
degree
most
is
sometimes
person,"
used
sentences,
obliging
"The
ther
has
been
sultry," sultry."
in
which
the
meaning
ery
obliging,"
Exercise
Lazy.
132.
"
Compare
Witty.
Deep.
the
Red.
following adjectives.
Slim.
Thin.
IJgly.
Snug.
Vain.
Happy.
Sad.
Great.
Hot.
d.
Frail.
Green.
Rude.
Black.
Tame.
Proud.
Remote.
an.
Small.
Balmy.
True.
e.
Coy.
Ancient.
Gay.
Cruel.
Prudent. Learned.
Noble.
sible.
Dangerous. Tender.
Ungrateful.
Narrow.
ous.
Polite.
Busy.
Pleasant.
Lucky.
ensive.
Heavy.
Review
op
Adjectives
Learn 288. An
adjective is
or
word
that
(or a pronou
denotes.
to describe
to limit
289.
Descriptive is meant.
descriptive
the
adjectives
what
kind
of
person
thing
1
When
adjectives
meaning
if
a
no
comparison, Thus,
say
are
that
properly
nearly
admit
(or most)
be
more
th
lity.
we
while
thing is
even
it cannot
perfect,
"This
writing
perfect
may say,
than
that,"
man
meaning
nearly
universal
perfect."
Similarly I
ever
we
"That
is th
favorite
met."
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
290.
Common,
proper,
and
participial
adjectives
ar
kinds
of descriptive
Adjectives and
not
adjectives.
descriptive articles,
are
291.
called
limiting
interroga-
jectives,
include
demonstratives, and
numerals
ves,
Relative
indefinites,
(cardina
292.
have
three
degrees
the
of
comparison,
th
sitive, The
or
comparative,
and
superlative.
is formed
to
comparative
of the
adjectives
adverb
more or
either positive,
to
by
adding
and
by
prefixing
the
most
th
erlative
by
adding
-est
prefixing
the
positive.
293.
Parse
adjectives
man
thus.
That
tall
gave
my
youngest
at
Adjective,
modifying
this those,
demonstrative,
the
and
noun
number,
when
these
[Only
their be
parsing
that, the
with
plurals
and
need
number
stated.]
degree,
ing modify-
ll
Adjective,
the
descriptive,
noun
man.
positive
ngest
Adjective,
descriptive,
the
noun
superlative
degree,
ifyin mod-
sister.
ve
Adjective,
oranges.
numeral,
modifying
the
noun
The
Arabs
are
more
courageous
than
the
Egyptians*
abs
yptians
courageous
i
i
Parse
as
nouns.
(See
descriptive,
par.
274.)
comparative
Adjective,
predicate
degree,
adjective,
modifying
the
noun
Arabs.
REVIEW
OF
ADJECTIVES
137
The
good
deserve
to be loved.
good
Descriptive
number,
adjective
common
used
gender, deserve.
as
noun,
plural
nominative
case/:
subject of
Exercise
1. And
Turned 2.
In He
that
the
verb
133.
the
"
Parse
baron
all
dying
his
weary
slowly
to
head
hear.
hour
of deep
clearer
contrition vision
....
beheld
with
3.
those By
and
creatures
4.
It
on
flag and
rippling
pennon
And,
the
black
cannon
Hailed There
A
feverish house
lips.
5.
fell upon
shadow
softly
on
And
Two
from
gloom, sudden features fair and those thin, darkened the hushed room, and
the
angels the
issued
where
but
one
went
in.
6.
Like
river,
swift
and
clear,
Flows
his song.
wave
7.
The Into
tidal
our
inmost bow
8.
gates
The
evil
before
the
good,
and
the
wicked
at
the
of the
righteous.
38
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
VERBS
\
'
Active
Voice
Work
Read Work
again
Exercise
13.
again
paragraphs
99.
154-155
again\Exercise
A
vers
294.
when
it has
an
object
is said
to
be
in th
tive
voice.1
Exercise
state
134.
reason.
"
Give
the voice
of each
verb in Exercise
100
the
Passive
Voice
Read
Work
again
again
paragraph
Exercise
17.
19.
295.
If Tom
was
broke
the
window
of the
there
action,
was
an a
a
action
ing), (break
was
Tom
doer
and
to
window
window
th
ject of
was
it;
in
other
words,
it
was
that
th
tion In
done.
sentence
the
"Tom
broke
broke,
window,"
the
noun^
the
noun
Tom
subject of
it.
the
verb
and
window
is th
ject of
In
the
sentence
"A
as
window before,
of
the
was
broken
now
by
name
Tom," of
the
2
th
fact
was
is stated
the
but
the
tha
ich
the
1
object
the
action
to
has
become
subje
i-
verb,
active
or
and
voice
verb
is said
its
name
be
in the
passive
voice
that
The
receives
because
is acting from
to
the
or
son
2
thing
the The
named
Latin
by
the
subject
verb doing.
shows
From
passivus,
suffering,
passus,
p.p.
of
pati,
fer.
passive
that
an
voice
the
was
supposed
or
be
the
form the
of
the
ver
ch
denoted
person
thing
named
by
subject
suffer
r received)
action.
Exercise
1. The burned.
The watch dusted
135.
purse
"
Give
was
the voice
stolen
of
each
verb.
wood
week.
2. All the yesterday. be 3. The next road will mended has been 5. The room just cleaned.
has by the
en
carefully.
6.
was
The
tten.
7.
next
That
house
curtain by built my
top
was
torn
father;
has
it
sold
Monday. Fred
has been
8.
The
aned.
9.
called
by
will been
Additional
sentences:
"
Exercise
20,
b.
Transitive 296.
or
Verbs
an
or
Verbs
thing
that
are
express
action
*
received
by
som
son
If the
verb
called is in the
of the
transitive active
verbs.
the
voice but
receiver
ion
is the
voice
object
the
verb;
if the
verb
of is in
tl
tncT*
sive
subject
verbs
"
is the have
receiver
of the
action.
Only
transitive 136.
Exercise
Pick
out
ce
of each.
town
was
1. The
destroyed
victories.
by
an
gained
many
3.
a
2.
were
the
mayor.
4.
torn
We by
The
expect
ture
has
been
the
baby.
class her
good 6. The is
harvest.
storm
frightened by
Mr. cent. Vin-
passengers.
7.
mother
first
taught
8.
The
carried
caught.
child
The
10.
was
9.
The
general
welcomed
to-morrow.
joint
will
be
The
1
cooked 14. By
a
13.
was
The
ink
baby
whom
the
spilled?
window
fine
picture.
transire,
16.
to
The
pass
"Transitive"
is thought
of
from
the
over
Latin
from
over.
The
or
on
as
passing
the
doer
of it to the
person
acted
upon.
40
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GKAMMAR
broken
I
by
an
stone.
17.
Who
broke
the
The
window? child
8.
bought
down
atlas
a
this
morning.
19.
mice
ate
wa
nocked
by
cart.
20.
The
all the
cheese
Exercise
the
sentences
137.
"
In
that
Exercises
the
20
and
the
136
active
are
change voice
the
are
for
so
verbs
in
made
ssive,
and
the verbs
in
the passive
voice
made
active.
Intransitive
297.
Verbs transitive
Verbs
An
which
which
are
not
are
caljed intran
of being
or
tive.
intransitive
is not
tion
Read
verb directed
All the
shows
to
an
state
object.
in
it
are
Exercise
10.
verbs
intransitive.
Exercise
1.
138."
roses
-Pick
are
out
the intransitive
brightly. 3.
The
verbs.
2.
The
was
The
blooming
the
eaves. came
swallows bathing 5.
itter
the
underneath river.
were
boy
4.
My
father
on
home
yesterday.
The
The
es
dashing
the
ran
rocks. after
a
6.
baby 8. 10.
undly.
7.
places.
The
dog
The
rabbit. night.
through
sun."
rk
9.
owl 11. We
flies
at
ining
brightly.
12.
to
traveled
Spain
The
la
ring. going
The school.
cat
is lying
14. The
in
the
14.
children
the
hens
are
cackling
in
yard.
Exercise intransitive,
1.
139.
"
Say
give
is
of
each
verb
whether
it is
transitiv
and
the voice
of
each
2.
in The
transitive
verb.
was
The
farmer
sowing
cat
oats.
The
the
roof
grass
sun.
cu
sterday.
six
3.
The
is
sleeping
4. been
ship
Mary
rned
pairs The
of
stockings.
5.
has
re p
6.
little 8.
an
girl
map
man.
runs
was
quickly.
7.
by
The
wil
il to-morrow.
The
drawn 10.
This three
moon
Arthur.
9.
was
The
is
drawing
11. The
old
butcher
dinner bullocks.
rose
badly
12.
oked.
was
killed
13.
The
The
re
blazing
brightly.
at
six
o'clock.
INTEANSITIVE
VERBS*
141
The shoeing
cows
are
feeding
mare.
in
16.
the
The
meadow.
milk
was
15.
The
smith
the
bay
spilled
The
fry the
ant.
17.
been
Scott
wrote
"Marmion."
The
room was
18. papered
letter
last
has
t
A
mailed.
was
19.
spring.
mist
driving
down
the
British
Channel.
298.
verb
may
be
as,
transitive
in
one
sentence,
and
tra in-
in another;
Transitive.
The The
child wind
is blowing is blowing.
bubbles.
Intransitive.
Exercise
140.
"
"u
Say
whether
the
verbs
are
transitive
or
ransitive.
1.
King
Cole
home. the
called 3.
The
for
his is
fiddlers.
ringing.
2. 4.
Mary
The
called
sexton
cattle
bell
snow
ringing melting
Kate
bell.
snow. answer
5.
The
Who
is
melting.
for The against
12.
man
6. his
The
sun
the
7.
the rain
burning
will
answer
behavior?
is beating window.
will 10.
fire
question.
9.
pets.
The
is
beating
the
The
is
brightly.
mother The
The
us.
ning
weeds.
13.
Our
15.
read
clock
to
i read The
are
binson
is
Crusoe."
striking
the
is
th
iron.
Mary
17.
James the
16. sister
ying
in the
field;
is playing
Additional
6. Put
the
1.
sentences:
"
Exercise
two
103. using
each
verb
into
sentences,
It transitively
first, and
Is 5.
intransitively
2. Will 6.
in
the second.
3.
Turns.
preaching. Are
9.
return.
4.
Is
whistling. Can
hear.
Are
10.
fighting. Can
see.
7.
11.
Grows.
Has
8.
milking. Are
king. Are
299.
a
finished.
^"
beating. A
verb
may
be
made look
transitive is intransitive
by
in
the
the
addition
preposition.
Thus,
the
sentence!
are
looked
at
person,"
but
if
we
say,
"You
being
ooked
at"
we
can
f the
verb,
which We
The The
are
do
at
but
voice.
it regard Similarly,
as
part
trifled with
was
by
this
spoken
upon
fellow.
to.
girl
sharply is looked
prince
thus
with
of
contempt.
Prepositions with
made
part
verbs
should used
not
be
onfounded
thus,
adverbs,
which
are
sometimes
larly; simi-
These
were
carefully be
taken
sentences,
an
You If, in
will
in
the
whole
lot.
these
have
and
in
were
prepositions
are
they
ould
as
each
to
object
verbs
when
the
sentences
changed
make
the
active.
Copulative
Read
30
Verbs
the word
again and
31.
the explanation
of
predicate,
given
in
ars.
300.
may
We by
have
seen,
as
in Exercise
10, that
an
intransitive But
an
erb
itself
be the
the
predicate
voice,
cannot
of
sentence.
transitive
verb
in
active
since alone
it requires be the
bject
a
to complete
its meaning,
predicate
verb
sentence.1
We
to
must
a
have
complete
"I
use
the
transitive
active
Thus,
"use"
nd
its
object
in
make
sentence,
redicate
"use
the
the
alone,
ut
ink." While
some
301.
intransitive
verbs
likewise
convey cannot
omplete
idea,
by
that
to
others
do
not,
and
you
therefore
be
you
to
redicates
see
themselves. the
If
read
again
par.
11,
ill
verb
the the
be generally
requires Thus
sqme
word
be
dded
complete
predicate.
word
iii^he
sentence
We
1
were
afraid,"
"afraid"
is necesSary
may
was
to
be
a
com-
transitive
as
predicate,
of
course
complete
broken"
x\
V
COPULATIVE
VERBS
14
te
the
sense,
and
to
"were"
serves
to
link
such is
or
a
join
th
jective
"afraid"
a
the
subject
*
we.
In
sentence
is called
copulative
verb,
a
and
afraid
verb
called
take
th
dicate
adjective.
noun.
Or
copulative
may
dicate
Examples
of Copulative
Verbs
302.
It
should
or
be
noted,
from
these
examples,
that the
th
dicate
noun
adjective subject;
have
a
"
is identical and
with
to
subject
it describes
a
the
it is linked
the
subjec
example,
copulative
may
verb.
also
We
predicate
"The
be
taken
an
pronoun;
for has
e
308.
caller
was
yourself;
care
guilty
to
person
been
J.
Great
must
distinguish modifying
between
a
predicate
adjective
The The
and
adverb
verb.
s, child child
sweetly smiles
smells
sweetly.
sweet.
the
the
1
first
sentence
is the
an
adverb,
because
sentence
it shows
sweet
child
smiles;
p. p.
in
of
second
to
does
Latin
"link
copvlatum,
copvlare,
couple.
Sweet
calls
these
verbs."
ot
tell
the the
way
in
which
child,
the
child
is
does
anything,
a
bu
escribes
subject
and
therefore
predicate
djective.
Similarly,
The
dog dog
went
"=
became]
down
not
mad.
the
street.
The
went
madly
the
first
sentence,
mad
does
madly
tell
how
the
dog
nything;
in
the
second, and
does.
an
Mad
is therefore
redicate
Again, predicate
adjective
it sometimes
noun
madly requires
adverb.
care
to
distinguish
is used
between
an
and in
the
an
object.
sentences,
Make
in
entirely
ifferent
way
two
Bakers
make
buds and
bread.
make
pretty
a
Sweet
is
an
flowers.
noun.
read
object;
in
flowers
dress
predicate
Similarly,
That
became
an
her,
He
is
an
became
artist
artist,
noun.
er
object, and
The
is
predicate
a
304.
means
verb
as
be is always it does
what
copulative
following
verb
except
when
exist,1
Nothing
Whatever
But
in
the
sentences.
1.
is but
is not.
2. 3. 4.
is is right.
the
hour
cometh
you
and
from
now
is.
Him
Grace
come.
be
unto
which
is,
and
was,
nd
is to
305.
are
Besides
become,
stay.
the
verb
seem,
be
the
most
common
copulative
rbs
grow,
appear,
look,
feel, smell,
keep
main,
Read
306.
again
par.
148.
that them.
again
par.
Remember
as
all copulative
verbs
take
the
same
se
after
before
1
Read
11,
Note,
page
9.
COPULATIVE
VERBS
145
Exercise
141.
"
Pick
out
the copulative
or
verbs
and
a
say
noun
what
or
the
predicate
say
1.
noun,
pronoun
case.
adjective; if
oun
a.
what
is its
is
our
Jackson be
pretty
are
will
gardener. 4. flowers.
6.
merry
That
is he.
was
3.
a
These
Gilpin
cousins soul.
citizen.
The
boys King
Americans.
was a
are
fishermen.
the
Old
Cole
8.
I'm
chief
Ulva's
it to
a
isle.
be
9.
only
I
a
wanted
stone.
be
We
carpenter.
10.
the
town
11.
understood
be
seaport.
Additional
b. 12. The
14.
sentences:
"
Exercise
pretty. appear
14,
a.
child
The
grows
13.
The 15.
girls
seem
y.
flowers
dead. looks
Good
boys We
good 18.
men.
16.
flowers
very
The smell
houses
paint
fresh.
17.
water
fee
tastes
ed.
The The
sweet.
seem
19.
asleep.
The
20.
a
21.
Man
cam be-
living remained
25.
soul.
a
22.
poor
The
man
temptation all
no
proved
irresistible.
24. Trust You
me
He
his
fool.
life. 26.
a
keep
et.
The
of The
child
the
seems
ome
master
subject.
told
27.
John
me
I feel
to
to
regular
invalid
an
a
day.
captain father
be
pilot
hour
ger.
My
wished
become
doctor.
Miss
stayed
single.
307.
Some
as
transitive copulative
verbs
verbs.
in the
passive
voice
may
be
arded
Examples
of
Passive
Copulative
Verbs
LONGMANS*
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
what
1.
are
142.
"
Pick
out
nouns
the
passive
or
copulative
verbs
an
the predicate
town
adjectives.
2.
was
This
is 3.
was
called
Henry
Kingston.
of Navarre
Harrison
was
ected
President.
4. has
chosen
men.
thei
ader.
Solomon
been
his named
people.
are
deemed
Maud.
the
wisest
Louis
was
of
was
5.
The
by
6.
general
styled
emperor.
th
ther
of
7.
The
made
Some
men
born
great.
Moods
308.
way
a
Different
or
forms
or
of the
verb
a
are
used
according
is conceived
mode
mood
in which
thought
statement
made.
say
we we
Thus,
(1)
We
may
(a)
What
know; think;
as,
as,
"Jack
"I
has
new
hat."
(6) What
hat."
believe
that
Jack
has
new
(c)
What
we
assume
to
be
true;
as,
"If
the
moon nearer
smaller
us."
than
the
planets
she
must
be
Or
"
we
may
ask
question
as,
Has
Jack
your
new
hat?
"
(2)
may
We
may
command;
as,
as,
"Have
on
books
ready,"
request;
may
"Have
pity
me." as
a
(3) We
speak
of
thing
of, but
not
fact, but
not
to
as
thing
thought I
were
known
go."
be
fact;
"If A
you,
I should
we
are
thing
of
which
leave
in
doubt;
as,
"If
th
soldier
A wish;
have
as,
he
that
will visit
it
were
his home."
with
me
as
"Oh
are
in
th
days
A
that
past!"
or
"Peace
result;
be unto
as,
you."
"Give
hi
perish.1'
INDICATIVE
MOOD
14
Indicative
Mood is used in
309.
The
statement
1
form
or
of
the
verb
a
which
making
the
ple
in
asking
question
is called
d i
mood.
Examples
of the
Indicative
Mood
(1) Simple
Fred
The My
statement.
went
to
school.
by
been
all who
living
know
her.
in
Florence.
(2)
Statement
If
there thick
is
of something
snow
which
the
is assumed
ground
you
to
be
true
upon
must
wear
boots.
that there
[We
Though
assume
is
snow
upon
the
ground.]
him.
he
assume
saw
is bad-tempered
his
parents
love
[We
If you
that
me,
he
was
is bad-tempered.]
I doing?
what
(3) Question.
Are
Has Have
you
pleased
with
his
your
new
book?
Henry
you
found
been
ball? for
me
waiting
out
long?
Exercise
a.
143.
In
"
Pick
the verbs
a.
in
the indicative
mood.
140,
31,
6. In
c.
b.
In
following.
a
1.
Croker
he
was
very
good
of
opinion
the
of
himself.
of
2.
Once,
company
Duke
Wellington,
th
turned
upon
the
battle
of the
of Waterloo,
statements
and
made
to
or
Croker by
point
actually
the Duke.
tradicted
1
several
the Latin
From
indicate
(p.p. indicatus),
which
points
out
out,
indicate.
indicative
mood
is that
indicates.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Afterwards
used
for
some
one
spoke
and
about
again
the
copper
put
caps
which
Duke
firing
upset
muskets,
Croker
the
ght.
4.
This
the
"Perhaps something
of the great patience soldier, and little about I know Waterloo, but about
copper
caps."
ignorant
countryman
visited
talking
he
to
seen.
Paris.
some
6.
of
One
day
ter
had
returned
wonders
he
was
his
was
friends
most
out
the
which
had
7.
of
"I
"with he said, rprised," Boys girls of seven and in this ll as the children
the
or
cleverness
the
children.
quite
eight
of the
spoke
French
part
world
speak
English/*
Imperative
* "
Mood
310.
The
form
of the
the
Wb
^hijph"is used
x
in commanding
requesting
is called
imperative
mood.
Examples
Imperative of the
Mood
(1) Commanding.
Come
to
me,
ye
children.
Unhand
me,
gentlemen.
(2)
Requesting
Have Help
mercy
me
or
entreating.
upon
us.
over
this
difficulty,
is. of
or
please.
course
311.
The in
imperative
addressing with
or
a
mood
some
a
used
But first
almost
ways
person
persons.
occasion
it is used
plural
subject
of the
of
the
person
with
singular
we
one,
subject
up.
"
third
person;
Break Come
Everyone
our come
Shakspere.
rise.
to
as,
Usually
first
1
let is employed
the
the
express
the
us
imperative
"Let
with
every-
or
third
Latin
person;
imperare
"Let
p.
go;"
From
(p.
imperatxis), to command.
SUBJUNCTIVE
MOOD
14
shout
at
once."
In
such
p.
cases,
go
and
shout
are
infinitives*
ad
again
par.
25,
18.)
out
Exercise
1.
144.
"
Pick
the verbs
In
the indicative
mood. mood.
countrymen,
2.
1.
In
the imperative
Romans,
lend
dagger
him. hearts
me
your
ears.
Look,
ye
place dearly
last; right
ran
Cassius' Caesar
loved
those
through.
3. Judge,
gods,
Love
thyself
cherish
that
.
hate
.
.
thee.
Still
in
thy
hand
Be
carry
gentle
fear
peace. not..
just and
thy
5.
Wake
nest,
Robin
furrow.
Red-breast,
Sing,
6.
Break
in "every
bands him.
of
sleep
asunder
And
7.
Grieve
8.
not,
my
child;
look
chase
on
all thy
fears
away.
But The
see!
up! foe
Flodden
fired
bent, his
tent.
Scottish
has
9.
The
Assyrian
came were
down
like
the
wolf purple
like
on
on
the and
on
fold, gold,
the
sea,.
his
the
cohorts
gleaming
spears
was
in
of their
wave
stars
rolls
nightly
"
deep
Galilee.
Subjunctive
312.
Mood
The
form
of
not
the
verb
which
as a
is used
when
merely
we
are
erting
something
the
viewed
1
fact,
but
thought
is called
1
subjunctive
sub,' be
mood.
and
From
name
the
Latin
not must
under,
understood
jungere
to
(p.
p.
junctus),
verbs
that
in
to
joi
should mood
are
imply
that
or
the
sub jun
be
in
subjoined
statements,
verbs
in suc
ements
always
in the
subjunctive
mood.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Examples
of
to
the
Subjunctive
Mood
(1) Idea
Unless
contrary
fact.
do
it.
you
were
mayor,
you
could
not
(2)
Doubt
If Tom
or
uncertainty.
in time he
return
shall because
go
to
the
party.
Here
return
is
as
subjunctive,
a
Tom's
returning
of
ought
of, not
fact,
but
as
condition1
his
going.
(3) Wish.
If only Here
were
father
were
here!
because
he
we
is
not
as
ing
here,
speak
as
of
a
father's
wish.
is not
here), but
(4) Possible
Give
Here
we
result.
food
of
them
lest their
we
they
perish
with
not
as
hunger.
a
speak
perishing,
purpose
fact, happen.
but
mething
possible,
which
shall
not
313.
The
comes
subjunctive
after such
mood,
being
the
as
mood
of doubt,2
turally
conjunctions
It
if, though,
follow,
to
unless
cept,
and
that.
these
does
not
however,
at
the
coming
after it may
words
is certain
be
in th
bjunctive
mood;
Mood.
it. Mood.
be
in the
brother
indicative
mood.
at
Subjunctive
not
open
"
// //
my
were
the
door
uld
Indicative
it.
"
my
brother
is
at
the
door
I^will
That
The
is, if he doubt
does
not
return
he
by
cannot
go
to not
the by
party.
any
must
be
expressed
the
verb,
other
word
the
sentence.
Compare
If he Perhaps
be chosen
.
he
is chosen
SUBJUNCTIVE
MOOD
151
In
the
at to
first of the be
the is
preceding
a
sentences
my
or
brother's
is the
even
being believed it
door
matter to
of
doubt,
contrary
the
fact;
in
second
assumed
that Mood.
he
is there.
Subjunctive
the
"
Though
the
vase
were
made
of
brass,
careless
servant
"
would
the
break
vase
it.
was
Indicative
the
Mood.
careless
Though
made
of
brass,
servant
we
we
broke
it.
a
In
the
first
sentence
speak of
one
of
vase
was,
that made be
might
be
in the
second
Mood.
speak
that
of brass.
Subjunctive
Indicative he
"
Whether
the
prisoner
innocent
ertain. Mood.
"
Whether
the
prisoner
is
innocent
lty
deserves
pity.
314.
It
should
be
etc.,
observed
is in the
that
when
the
verb
the
introduced
by
if,though,
sentence
come
subjunctive
in the
back
mood,
other
b
1.
in the
If he
is usually
indicative
in
time,
mood;
I shall
as,
(subjunctive)
fee
Him
py
2.
(indicative).
Though
He
slay
me
(subjunctive),
his
yet
will
I trust
ndicative).
3.
Lest him
to
the
boy
corner
lose
way
(subjunctive),
am
going
the
(indicative).
verb is sometimes imperative,
However,
the
other
and
etimes
Exercise
a.
subjunctive.
145.
"
Pick
thou grievous
out
the verbs
happy fault. I
in
am
the
subjunctive mood.
content.
1.
so,
So
it
was
[ =if]
a
be
2.
If
3.
He
is gracious
the
if he
served.
go
4.
Though
hand 5.
join in
Except he
ye
hand,
repent,
wicked
ye
shall
unpunished.
perish.
shall he
al
ewise
6.
You
Unless
must
behave
the
better
however
will
you
nished.
7.
obey
laws,
dis lik
them.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
8.
The
tear-drop
it dim
who the
can
blame,
Though
veteran's
aim?
9.
If she
I will
love
me
(this believe),
she shall
die
ere
grieve.
as
b.
10.
11.
Oh See
that that
it
were room
with
me
in
the for
days
me
that
at to
ar once.
t.
my
be
a
got
ready 13.
would
[=wish]
not
were
bird.
Were
he
deny
I should
forgive
him.
c.
14.
Beware lest
you
lest
ye
fall.
15.
Drink
Strive
that
that
you
you
fail
not.
not
Eat
faint.
17.
thirst
Exercise
the
1.
146.
"
Say
in
whether the
the verbs
printed
in
italics
ar
indicative
or
subjunctive
his
were,
mood.
him
they clever I
as
you
took
life,
as
was
bury
men
Though
they
even
died.
was
prince. My 3.
ster
that clever,
if I
I
not
not
lazy
Tom
If
gain Tom
prizes.
were
5.
Though
he the
was
young,
he
too
is tall.
6.
an
younger,
would
ll
be
old
for
school. tired,
to
7.
If
at
close happy.
holiday If it be true
everybody
that
us.
everybody break
law
we
war
is about Though
law be
out,
there
we
is much
must get
sery
before
it.
9.
the
the
severe,
is
must
severe,
10.
If
try
to
nged. 315.
The
an
subjunctive
verb.
mood
is
par.
often
19,
expressed
p.
by
th
of
auxiliary
(See
14.)
with
Simple
subjunctive
in the
come.
Subjunctive
auxiliary
Tom
go
return to
time,
he
If
Tom he
should
return
in
party.
come.
time,
shall
party.
shall Thy
go
to
the
kingdom
not,
May
ye
kingdom
not,
ge
that
be
not
They might
judged
not
that
they
judged.
be
judged.
SUBJUNCTIVE
MOOD
153
316.
The
as,
most-used
auxiliary
of
the
subjunctive mood
consent.
should1;
I cannot If the
do
so,
unless
my
father
washed
should
away,
bridge
should
be
how
may
we
ge
e?
If I should
You
say
not
that,
I might
be
to
blame.
you
could
break
as as,
it, though
can,
should
try
your
best
Other
are
auxiliaries,
also
could,
do,
did,
must,
may,
might
ld,
used;
If I could If
you
write
shorthand,
call
the
I
work
might
would
be
be able
easy.
would
later,
to
tell
you
ut
it. Unless If I do
you
come, can
go,
I shall know
"not
me
go.
you
will
by
my
hat.
317.
It must
these
not,
however,
are
be
supposed
in
are
that
verbs
contai
auxiliaries
always
the
subjunctiv
indicative
d.
In
the
following
examples
they
in the
d.
1.
Boys That
should
not
tease
little
duty of
girls.
of
a
is, "It
"
"
is
the
boys
fact.
not
to
tease
litt
girls
2.
statement
Mary
Here,
may
go
home
we
now.
too,
have
simple
to
go
statement
of
fact
"Mary
is permitted of the
sea we
home five
now."
3.
The
roar
might
have
to
be
the
heard
simple the
miles
away.
Here, "It
again,
was
statement
roar
of the
sea."
fact
possible
would
not
hear
of
4.
The
farmer
lend
was
his
horse.
That
is,
horse.
the
farmer
not
willing
to
lend
5.
I could
The
1
not
work
was,
that
example.
fact
See
I
for
was
unable
p.
to
work
Note
that
13.
example.
"Notes
Teachers,"
320,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
818.
//, before
is placed With
Without
the
subjunctive,
the
is
left
out
when
th
bject
after
if.
verb;
were
thus, in
your
your
If he
if.
place
place
....
Were before
he
in
....
When
next
if is omitted
after the
compound
thus, taught,
verb
the
subject
aced
auxiliary;
With Without
if.
If he if.
were
he
he
would would
learn. learn.
Were
he
"
taught,
Exercise
a.
147;
good,
he
we
"
Pick
that
out
you not
the verbs
may
in
happy.
the
subjunctive mood.
2.
1
.
Be
be
If Frank If
the
were
kind
boy,
true,
would
should proof.
happy could might hopes
tease
his it;
sister.
we
3.
story
have
heard
4.
would
help
us
not
believe
without
May work
you
better be
Dick
your
would days.
if he
men
could.
6.
Lazy
would
if they that
we
without
to
working.
7.
came
Mr.
to
Jones,
meet
ring
find
may
the
way,
Everybody
Jack
a
win
the
we
prize.
9.
The
rl
wished
in town
she
we
might
be
fairy.
10.
on
If
you.
had
11.
known
Beware
you
should
12.
#
le
but
root
if I could and
understand
all in
man
What
all, and
all,
I should
b.
know
your
what chance I
God
and
is.
it. 14.
13.
Howe
Had
here
should
seize
you.
Were
s.
she
would
him
support
15.
he
Should,
or
th
senger must
arrive,
come.
make
wait.
16.
Be
young
old
17.
Go
not
my
horse
the
to town.
better
I must
be
you
late
18.
Were
but
riding
were
out
to
air
yourself
too petty.
Such 19.
Had
parting
she had
would
be]
more
lived
twelvemonth
She
would
have]
not
died
to-day.
SUBJUNCTIVE
MOOD
15
Exercise
I.
some
as
148.
"
Give
the
are
the mood
heat
not
are
of
each
sun.
verb.1
2. Fortune
Fear
no
more
of the
brings
were
boats
that
steered.
past!
3.
4.
Oh If
that
it
with
in
the
days
that
it be
thou,
bid
me
5.
Ah!
what
would
the
were
world
no
be
to
us
If the
children
more?
have
6.
"Hadst
This
thou
is what
as
stayed the
I must
fled!"
vision
said.
7.
Suddenly,
An All
if it lightened, splendor
unwonted
brightened
without
within
thy
him
and
that
him.
8.
Do
Leave
duty;
unto
is best;
the
rest.
thy
Lord
9.
We For
are
but
we
minutes;
are
use
us
well
one
how
used
you
must
day
tell.
10.
If 'twere
done
when
'tis done
then
'twere
[ =it
would
be], well
It
were
done
quickly.
II. 12.
I had
I
should
=
have] be]
roused
a
fainted fool
....
unless
had
believed.
were
should
if she
his
escape
me.
13.
Should
It
were
he
be
=
out
not
of
sleep
to-night
....
would If he
be]
had
well.
me
a
14.
He
killed
done
had
would
been
not
have]
killed lived
have
kinder
deed.
didst mine. ditches day
15.
Hadst Thou
thou
when
to
first thou
a
son
presume,
hadst
kill
of
open
16.
In
Scotland
sheep-drains.
1
they
narrow
which
call
17.
the
man
was
one
riding
Disregard
infinitives;
see
par.
24.
156
LONGMANS'
across a
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
donkey
to
a
shelf-drain
himtffcack
the
a
18.
over
When
it. him
the
19.
animal
So
the
came
man
go
Tode
to
use
distance,
20.
turned
He
thought
began
jump
came
the
the
over
drain drain
his
before he
he
to
stopped
right
thrown
got
very
up
quickly
"That
get
well
pitched,
called how
out
are
yo
over?"
Verbals
319.
It is necessary
at this point
again
are
to notice
certai
words
which
are
derived
from
(Read
being
three
to
and but
two
called
verbals
express
action
kinds
of verbals,
of which
know.
Infinitives
Read
320.
again
par.
24, and
work
again
Exercise
as
24,
a.
Besides
the
simple
infinitive,
to make,
there
ar
active
and
some
passive.
The
complete
list
Active
Voice:
Present
Past2
xThe going
on
making
action
nowever,
word
now,
in
grammar,
means
"showing
case
the
term
time."
In
the
shall
learn
(see page
"showing
347),
or
in
grammar,
means
finished
comple
action/' action
done
in past
time.
INFINITIVES
15
Passive
Voice:
Present
Past
321.
or
infinitive,
to be made.
infinitive, infinitive
to have
been be
or
made.
as
An
may
used
as
subject,
object
of
a
predicate
object
As
in
sentence,
the
tion; preposi-
thus,
subject.
To
To
read
obey
man
is interesting.
is better
means
than
to
sacrifice.
As
object
That
I
am
succeed.
learning die
see
to ride.
to
was
predicate
noun.
Tq
is but
him about is
no
sleep.
to
To
believe
in
him.
We
are
to
As
go.
object of
preposition.
There
walk.
way
to
get
thgxe-sxcept
(These
in
are
all
noun
uses
of
infinitives;
other
uses
will
en
par.
323.)
149.
"
Exercise
used.
1.
Pick
out
the
infinitives and
say
how
the
The
traveler The
pen?
to
e.
3.
a
hold
return.
2.
4.
Do
mean
to
write
how
know
6.
The
er
hopes
meet
his is
son.
7.
To^err better
is human,
to
to forgive
s] divine.
To
move
8.
is
It
to
sometimes
remain
silent.
to
stir,
to
sew.
and
learn
to
be Greek. If
you
valiant 11.
is Mrs.
to
poor to
stand.
Harry
is beginning
her
you
Brown
master
ching
girls
ought
to
to
12.
wish
The
guage
to
work
hard. The
13.
general
mother
take
used
1
be
comforted.
verbs
only
to
14.
have
tried
An
have
th
Only
as
passive
infinitives.
intransitive
b,
look
(to be
looking),
to
looked
(to hav
looking).
2
Sjeepar. 216.
58
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
wn^
to
15.
know but
It
the
to
is
good
to
confess
fault.1 could
16.
be
done
To
trave
for
imal
17.
Nothing
Read
322.
again
par.
25,
and
work
again
by
Exercise
the
are
24,
b.
Some
most
verbs
common
are
followed
of these
infinitive
without
The
verbs
shall,
/
may,
can,
(a)
Auxiliary
past
verbs: forms,
20,
do, did,
will, would,
must,
their
12,
should,
might,
could
(s
rs.
14,
19,
and of
help,
315).
which the
(6) Other
bid,
verbs, dare,
following need,
are
the
see,
most
mon:
let, make,
please,
watch,
el,hear.
Examples
(a) 1,
2.
We
Thou
I
cannot
see
you.
shalt thee
not
steal.
(b) 3.
4.
hear land.
speak
of
better
I dare
man.
do
all that
may
become
5.
The
story
made
me
feel sad.
the
2.
Exercise
1.
haste
nut
150.
saw
"
Pick
him
out
infinitives.
I
Who
away.
die?
The keeper
hefrd
the
Mary
sing.
obey. need
not
3.
5.
Let You
4.
makes
lion
ed
that.
6.
The
messenger
wait.
swim
You
write
this.
8.
men
That
man
dared
a
le
1
from
See
An
shore.
9.
Few
dare
face
furious
bull
par.
216.
auxiliary
joined
the
to
the
one
infinitive
making
with
it simply
verb.
of
used
with
infinitive
the
is regarded verb be and have ar The auxiliaries but principal parti with ciple verb, of
a
principal
INFINITIVES
15
Bid
on
the
the
servant pavement.
come
here.
12. We
at
11. felt
once.
saw
the blow
They
go.
merchant
on
the
wind
14.
our
eks.
13.
aid.
Let
us
go
home
bid
me
ch
15.
Let
the
long,
long
procession
323.
Besides
taking
the
are
places
of
nouns
(as subject
as
jects, etc.)
infinitives
or
as
frequently
used
adjective
ifying
nouns;
adverbs.
Infinitives used
as
adjectives.
(a)
Modifiers:
It
is time
to
man
go
(i.e. going
honor
or
leaving
time).
man,
or man
He
is
worthy
to
(i.e. honorable
of
honor).
intention
to
We
have tells
what
the
succeed
("to
succeed"
kind
of
intention).
(6)
Predicate
You
are
adjective:
to
as
be
a
praised
for
that
("to
be
praised"
is used
predicate
adjective).
Infinitivesused
as
adverbs.
(a)
Modifying
He called
verbs:
to
see
you
came,
The
away
minister
you
had
gone
(came
going
to
with
repeat
result?).
remarks
or
was
(going
or
moving
toward
what
action,
whither?).
(6)
Modifying
It is late
were
adjectives:
to return.
We
sorry
to
part.
(c)
Modifying
You
are
adverbs:
not
tall adverb
to
enough
enough
to
"
reach enough
that
for
(to reac
modifies
the
what?)
adverb
am
too
tired
talk
(to talk
modifies
the
LONGMANS1
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(d) Modifying
He is, to
statement: be
sure, a
skillful
oarsman.
(To
be
sur
modifies
the
whole
statement.)
is sometimes
324.
subject
of
an
infinitive
expressed;
They
It
want
me
to
carry
us
the
to
basket.
going.
me
is high
time
for
be
In
the
want
first of these
sentences
is not
the
object
they
of t
rb
(they
of the
do
not
want
"me");
me. our "us
what
want sentence,
carry"
carrying
is not time
basket
us,
by for
So
in the
second "Me
to
for
but
going.
to
object
the
325.
of
"want,"
and
be
going"
is the
obje
preposition
The
"for."
infinitive is in
subject
infinitive
noun
of
an
the
objective case
an
326.
An
may,
like
predicate
or
adjective
after
verb, it, or
take
object
by
be
modified
verb. Examples
It is too The
warm
to to
read be
good
book
boy child
must
tries
(predicate
to
more
The You
is pretending
learn
to
run
be
horse
327.
An
infinitive and
with
its
an
its
subject
its
(if expressed),
predicate
noun
difiers
(if any),
jective (ifany)
Exercise
and
is
a
forms
Pick
object or infinitivephrase.
the
151.
"
out
infinitives in
the
followi
tences, 1. The
tell how
man
each
swear
is used.
by.
4.
I
He
to
2.
am
We
are
apt
to
to
be
mistaken. 5.
dog
over
is to
to
be
shot.
on
going
swim.
to
They
ove
call
ask
us.
6. read?
Charles 8.
Do
wants
you
leave
to
now.
Why
do
you
me
to
wish
have
PARTICIPLES
161
h be
you?
9.
When
11. I
are
we
to
have
you
were
dinner?
here.
10.
12.
to
I
What
see
hope
there.
done
be
The
is
us.
glad
the
summer.
time
to
leave
for
15.
It
To
go
a-fishing
is my
your
favorite
t.
17.
That
You
be
to
congratulated
true.
/on
How know
to
speech.
shall
to you
is too
to
good
vote?
not
be 20.
19.
not
soon
old
I did
whether
parse
go
do
understand
to
how be
that
word.
Let
me
The
is
admired.
to
23.
have
us.
remark
been
made
such
25.
He
seems
$6 be
following
Participles
Read
328. the 329.
to
again
Every past.1
par.
work
two
again
Exercise
54.
verb
chief
participles,
the
present
The
the
present
participle
work,
is always
formed
by
adding
read,
verb;
as,
working;
play,
play-ing;
d-ing.
The
spelling
the
-ing
a
as,
ore
verb
is sometimes
changed
little
iX) When
pped;
in ends lov-ing;
after
consonant,
the
is
convince,
convinc-ing;
make;
-ing. A verb
in
not
after
see,
consonant
does
not
change;
hoe-ing;
die, dyeing;
see-ing.
however,
notes
to
lie, ly-ing.
See
par.
320.
The
and
present
mmarians
the
is also
can
imperfect,
by
and
is called
by
the
some
ticiple
called
active
the
or
perfect
passive
past
course
of
ticiples
be
is transitive. the verb only when by a participle infinitive or an of the action expressed its own form, but (par. 347), not only upon shall see principal
of the
verb.
(2) When
a
verb
of
one
ith
single
before
sinn-ing; applies
as,
ob,
robb-ing;
budding.
than
as,
one
This
the
rule
hen
accent
falls
on
the
syllable
rebel, rebell-ing;
ommit,
committ-ing;
begin,
beginn-ing.
Exercise
a.
152.
"
Write
the present
Sing.
participles
Tread. Slay.
Drive.
of
Ring.
Spring.
Sow.
Buy.
Beat.
Speak.
Know.
Drink.
Throw.
low.
b.
Grow.
Weave. Shake.
Hide.
Fly.
Strike. Thrive.
Give.
Take.
Rise.
Bite.
mite.
Write.
hide.
c.
See.
Bid.
Flee.
Hoe.
Win.
Beg.
Hie. Run.
Bet.
Eye.
Agree, Cut.
Hit.
Brag.
Dye.
Knit.
d.
Spin. Shut.
Abet.-
ut.
e.
Shed.
Begin.
Aver.
Split.
Blot.
Swim.
Annul.
Abhor.
Acquit.
Admit.
ppal.
Bedim.
Equip.
Commit.
Compel.
Concur.
efer.
Dispel.
/. Model.
Untie.
Travel.
Offer.
Purchase. Prefer.
Annoy.
Scatter.
Fasten.
evel.
Tremble..
Gather.
Allege.
Defeat.
Collect.
Collate.
elease.
Confer.
Differ.
Exercise
nouns or
153.
"
Pick
out
the
present
to
or
participles
and
say
hat
pronouns
a
they
belong
modify.
2. The
1.
to
We
my
saw
boy
sister stealing
boy
ing speak-
master
ervant
and 6.
hay.
The
arrow,
grass
growing
off
by
a
ong
juicy.
A hunter,
5.
The
glancing
hit
the
ing.
shooting
in the
home
wood, from
found
school
badger.
7. And
Look
door.
8.
He
his
in
the
daughter's
village
voice
choir.
Singing
PARTICIPLES
163
9. Toiling,
Onward
10. Then
rejoicing,sorrowing,
through life he
goes.
a
down
green
plain, leaping,
a
laughing,
they
run.
330.
The
as,
present
participle of
painting
transitive verb
takes
an
object;
is my
This
"The
boy
[pres. part.]a
picture
[obj.]
brother."
the
present
is sometimes participle
no
since
the takes
to
of
an
being,
remaining,
as
object, the
the present
"present"
participle, Exercise
applying
all verbs,
out
is to be preferred.
164.
"
Pick
participles
and
the
words
which
they govern
in the
objective.
1. My
see
that
old
men
man.
4. mowing
The
the
a
horses
hay
drawing
are
the
cart
5. The
6. The
Mr.
White's
lady
riding Horner
horse
sat
is Miss
a
Johnson.
7. Little Jack
Eating
a
in
corner
Christmas
pie.
331.
may
The
always used
verb
after "have";
thus,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
Bloom.
156.
"
Write
down
the past
Arrive.
participles
Open. Live.
of
Play.
Star. Climb.
Talk.
Lay. Mow.
Sail.
Act.
Cal
k.
Plow. Fly.
Owe.
Gaze
e.
Lie.
Flee.
Forget. Drive.
Cling.
Swear.
Make.
Beat.
Strike.
Sow.
Fall.
Exercise
or
166.
"
Pick
they
out
the
to
past
or
participles
and
say
wha
pronouns
task
belong
on
modify.
was
1." The
begun
guilty of
water.
Monday 3.
very
hard.
2.
Th
soner
street
found is full
up.
escaped.
4.
The
trench by
dug
the
across
Seed
dropped
by
the all
roadside
ang
5.
The
The
army
fire
fanned
in
some
wind sides
grew
ver
rce.
The
6.
fox
hemmed
on
surrendered.
to
escape
hidden notice.
behind 8.
The
bushes flashed
hoped
along
mer's the
signal
the
coas
sed
sailors.
Up Bowed
rose
9.
old
with
Barbara
her four
Frietchie
score
then,
years
and
ten.
10.
The
wretch, shall
concentred
forfeit dying
fair
all in
renown,
self,
Living And
To
doubly
the
shall
from
go
down he
sprung,
vile
dust
whence
Unwept,
unhonored,
and
unsung.
Read
332.
as
again
Both
a
pars.
59
and
262,
and the
look
again
at Exercise
the
present
and
past
as,
participle
may
participial
adjective;
"blotting
paper/'
hered
branch."
157.
say
a.
Exercise
and
"
Pick
whether
out
the
are
participles
in
the
followi
tences
they
Present.
b. Past.
c.
Present Past
used
used
as
as
adjectives.
d.
adjectives.
PARTICIPLES
16
1.
His
withered
to
cheek
have
and
tresses
a
gray
Seemed
The
harp,
known
better
day.
his
sole
joy,
boy.
.
Was
carried hawthorn
talking
age
by
$n
2.
The
For
bush
and
brethren
beneath
lovers
the
shade.
whispering all
were
made.
3.
His
tuneful
he,
dead,
And
neglected
to
and
them,
oppressed, and
at
Wished
be
with
rest.
4.
There
To
has
not
been
calm
sound
of
to-day
break
motion,
the
nature, say,
Nor Of
I might
or
almost
creature,
life,
living
Of
waving
bough faintly
half
or
warbling lowing;
bird,
Or
cattle
have
I could
The
believed
blossoms
I heard
leaves
an
and
growing,
5.
In
attitude
upon
imploring,
his bosom
Hands
crossed, adoring,
lost. plain,
Wondering,
Knelt the
worshiping, monk
in rapture
6.
Sweet
Where
Where And
Auburn,
health smiling
parting
loveliest
village
of
the
and
plenty
its
cheered
earliest
the
visit
laboring paid,
swain.
spring
summer's
lingering
eyes,
as
blooms
one
delayed.
7.
With
Pale
upraised Melancholy
inspired,
sat
retired. something
repose.
8.
Something
Has
attempted,
a
done,
earned
or
a
night's past
noun
333.
The
present
the
participle
or
of
copulative
as,
is followed
Being
ill at
by
the
predicate
time,
a man,
adjective;
at
I had
to
stay
home.
a
Seeming
already
this
fellow
is only
.boy,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Grown
timid
now,
the
creature
never
leaves
his
hidin
ace.
Having
one
been
when
true
soldier
came.
during
all
his
service,
he
'd
his
hour
334.
As
a
is
seen
in
the
sentences
just
given,
participl
like
335.
or
verb,
have
adverbial
when
modifiers.
a
participle,
the
the Harry
beginning
sentence,
belongs
modifies
in
met
subject.
"
Thus
I
sentence,
Walking walking
sentence,
on
High
goes
Street
with /,
yesterday
not
Williams/'
So
way
wit
ry
Williams.
in
to
the
"Much burned
burned is
a
the
last
the
made
their
they.
the
window,"
modifier
subject
A
336.
participle
gone
may
be
used
the
as
an
adverb.
a-
If
a
we
sa
has
a-fishing,"
"a-fishing"
prefix
is
to
a
worn-down
prepositional "He
eposition and
and
is equivalent
But
we
ase
is adverbial.
may
say
simply
fishing/7 with
the
same
meaning.
Other
The boy have
came
Examples
skipping.
(How?) (Where?)
already The
They
gone
berrying.
337. others
Besides belonging
the
two
participles
studied
complete
ther
to
transitive
verbs.
as
follows.
Active
voice:.
Present, Past,
making. made
having
{having
been
making).
Passive
voice:
Present, Past,
being
made. been
made,
or
having
made.
GERUNDS
167
Intransitive
verbs,
participles.
sitting.
sat
since
they
have
no
voice,
have
only
following
Present, Past,
having
(having
the kinds
nouns
been
sat.1 sitting),
Exercise
sentences,
168.
and
"
Tell
of participles
or
in
the
ing follow
tell what
pronouns
they
belong
modify.
1.
Having 2.
Trying
been
to
elected
break
he down
he
turn
now
proceeded door
to
to
ton. Washinghurt
the
the
robber 4.
hi
3.
so
Being
far I
injured
will
not
had
retreat.
now.
Having
ed
back
to
many
5.
The
thief
ng
been
that,
detected,
confessed this
six
having Become
studied
now
lesson
feet
some
two
misdoings. hours, we
am
no
6.
ought
to
We
7.
a
tall,
more
led
boy.
8.
Being
caused
quarters.
uneasiness 9. Being
now
by
much
the
noise, sought
eft
my
accustomed lost
his
er,
he
head,
as
we
say.
Gerunds
Read
338.
a
again
pars.
58
and
319.
Besides
kind,
participles
which
are
and
infinitives,
there
are
verbals
might
third
called
called
gerunds. gerunds
have
Participles
might
seen,
be
be
calle
may
used
nouns,
adjectives, or
should
never
adverbs.)
though
as
It
be
noted
that
sat
is called. participles
the
are,
past
participle
sit
it is
or a some
used
by
but
or
itself
other in
of
modifying
an
pronoun,
always
some
combination
the
with
auxiliary
form
responding
verbs, length,
risen
1
verbal form
however,
grown
part
of
almost
may
all
is true
A
of
few
sitive intran
employ
a
participle
set out
without
to
having;
to
be
man,
seek
his
fortune."
Lord."
for Teachers,"
p.
See
"Notes
324,
Note
29.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
339. -ing,
use.
Like
the the
present two
are
participle, entirely
the
present
gerund in origin
end
but
different
an
340.
In
the
He
sentence. is
from
workingtoo
steadily.
rking,
though
it
a
fe^the
object
*
of
the
preposition
fro
not
be
called
noun,
because
it is modified
by
the
adverb
eadily. In
the
sentence,
history
Reading
is
one
of
my
greatest
pleasures.
ading,
a
though
noun,
it is the
because
working
are
subject
it governs
of
the
an
verb
is, cannot
lled
object, history.
are
ose
sentences,
and
reading
in
not
use
participles
participles
casea"
like
adjectives
their
and
do
ve
341.
Working
A
and
reading,
has
case
in
the
a a
sentences
noun
given,
runds.
gerund
like But
(and
also
is
thu
participle).
or a
gerund
governs
verb,
from
has
adverbial
"*
modifiers
(and
is
thu
stinguished
nowi).
Examples
Reading
Writing
of Gerund
animals is not daily
no
as
Subject
books
ten
about
pages
is interesting.
easy.
His
being
stupid
is
excuse.
Examples
I like
I
horse
of Gerund
better
here
than
as
Object
a
riding
riding
than
bicycle.
.
prefer
exercising
rather
indoors.
GERUNDS
16"
ples
Mr. We
of Gerund
Sidney gained who
is fond
in
the
of
Objective Case
bears.
after a Preposition
hunting
Men
the
are
owners.
apt
to
succeed.
Examples
John's
Our
842.
of Gerund
was
used
a
as
Predicaiejijowru
feult
his
telling fence
lie.
job
was
making
posts.
seem
or a
Sometimes
a
it
is
a
may
noun
little
hard
In
to
par.
names am
decide
4,
ether
word
a,
gerund.
may
and
rcise
8,
as
we
saw'
that
nouns
be
;"
the "I
of
ions,
in
In
"Swimming
these
sentences may
is great
sport
fond
of
are
ving."
swimming
and
nouns,
driving
ply
to
are
nouns;
some
they
extent
be
called
of
verbal
the
since from
has
a
an noun
they
re
the
ideas
the
verbs
which article
derived. it
Also,
when
ore
(see
par.
278), it had
of
the
or
verbal better be
word called
(as
ter
a
the
passing
noun,
Act");
adjective
but
when
it has
an
object
gerund.
a
"
predicate
the
examples
given
the
sentence
"Writing
"
above, is a useful
poetry
j"r an it must
art,"
adverbial be called
writing
]mpdifipr(
a
is
and is a
noun.
in the
correctly in
sentences
Writing by
an
is difficult" writing
,
ing Writ-
is learned
one
long
practice,"
poetry
"
gerund;
other
an
ing,
sentence,
object,
and
in the
erbial
A
by tired
noun
or
pronoun
the
case;
as,
"I
am
of
his
"
coming
here;"
hn's
In
what
he
did
say
annoyed
from what
a.
them." what
case
gerund
why,
verb
it is formed, it governs.
in
case
it is, and
and
out:
(if any)
present
Exercise
gerunds,
1. In
159.
and
"
Pick
the
participles,
b.
parse
Thy the
the gerunds.
commandments
news
keeping
hearing
there
came
is great 3.
After
away.
reward, Stanley,
"
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
veling
dead
across
Africa,
is
foolish.
found
5.
The
Livingstone.
4.
Whipping
a
horse
boy
the
whipping letter
before
the
top
woman
chard
out.
Dolan.
6.
After
the
receiving seed
taking
comes
no
7.
Sowing
reaping
in.
8. promoted
I failed
for
through
9. being
The
soldie
doing
his 12.
his
going I
was
duty.
away.
10.
11.
wounded
monitors
ly
prevented
us
being
ps
busy. 13.
lands The and
deceived
a
his
for
appearing
ocent.
boy
seeking
had
passion
wandering
ange
adventures.
as
343.
Each
the of
except
verb
has
many
gerunds
as
it has
participles
taining
syllable
-ing
are
(see
the
par.
same
337).
in
made
That
as
is, th
unds
the
verb
that
make
the
past
form
is not
to
participle
time of have
gerund.
344.
We
the
Nouns
should
following
by
this classes
4,
learned
ending
Walking
takes
distinguish
-ing.
ween
1.
words
"
in
(see
"The
pars.
112);
of
the
as,
is my place
favorite
to-day
rcise;"
shearing
sheep
e 2.
culprit
Nouns "A
received
used
as
several
thwackings."
par.
adjectives (see
tour."
par.
53);
as,
"A
hunting
fe,"
walking
3.
Participles the
sea our
(see
337);
her
as,
"The
"The
"
wind
gently trouble
blow ing
from
cooled friendship
used
as
brow;'*
was
having
forgotten,
4. Participles
renewed.
adverbs
room."
(see
par.
336);
262,
as,
"
hed
5.
stumbling
Participial girls lies
into
the
adjectives
and
crowing
on
(see
hens,"
the
pars.
pars.
59,
332);
istling
vine
"An
interesting
book,"
e 6.
withering
ground."
Gerunds
having face
(read
lost
from
many
again
his
339,
"The
341);
prophet
as,
"The
wore
a
man
from his
son;"
seen,"
veil-
being forms
a
7.
Part have
of
been
of
the
verb
story;"
(see
"The
pars.
12, horse
16);
is
reading
good
bein
ried."
TENSES
17
Exercise
160.
these
are
"
Pick
out
the
words
ending
in
-ing,
and
which
1.
of
We
of
classes
having
wagon
they
too
belong.
this
3.
much
of
trifling.
From
our
2.
The
ting
we
this
were
is
very
trying.
in horse the getting the walking
running
having
trouble
the
breath.
was
4.
nt
after
to
mounting 5.
I
boy
of
fast
being
sight.
enjoyed
that
last
that
mile
enjoy
8.
I chasing which
brisk
walking.
7.
enjoyed
9.
I
was or
walking
las
enjoy
a
walking
10.
briskly.
stood
watching
some
cat.
The
a
soldier mile
observing
away,
he
saw,
rising,
11. The
us
more,
from
ing
was
building.
what kept
receiving
losing
Traveling
of all
this
hope.
encouraging 12.
er
from 13.
Seeing
14.
believing
fond of
[nom. [nom.
case].
is interesting. is
more
traveling.
15. 16.
Giving
Ready
on
blessed
makes
not
than
iving
case].
writing the the
writing ready
morning
good
ing,
but
Going fishing
of
a me,
good down in
he
brings
road this
writing. I found
pleasure fishing.
my
17.
friend
at
brook.
me a
18.
to
Showing in
was
th
asked for
join
rod
I
the
soon
19.
him
ing
branch
fishing
beside
writing
writing the
is not
machine. letter in
often
22.
met
with.
as
21.
The
typewrite
as
Writing
for his
By
rapidly
d,
I finished Your
for
we
time
by 24.
the
mail.
was
23.
being
annoyed
to
persistency
being
are
rude
making been earning.
him.
many
cultivating
a
ness cheerful-
another
happier
being.
After
is
was
scolded
he
was
dismissed.
26.
written
a
Once
ng
27.
Henry,
having
fin
ay*,
complimented.
'
"
345.
Notice
of sentences.
Boston. New York.
(1)
Mr.
Mr.
Marshall
Marshall
Marshall
Mr.
in
Cleveland.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(2) Jack
Jack Jack
is in
was
the in
be
playground
this
river
now.
school
on
morning.
this
will
us
the
evening.
Each
verb
Is
Was
gives
and
and
be
some
notion
of
of the
time.
lives
speak
speak
present
time.
time.
of
lived and
of
past
Will
will
live
speak
future
or
time.
*
"
346.
A
the
The
names
verb
past,
may
thus the
have future.
three
times
tenses
sent,
847.
as
and
terms
present
and
of the
past
have
already
participles,
to
bee
d,
for
pars.
term
a a
certain
infinitives, As
an
unds
(see
the
to
320
present
and
328).
applied
as
verbals
or
ever,
is inaccurate,
for
the
time
tens
onging
tense
present
infinitive,
example,
Thus
to
depends
in
the
upon
of
verb
you to
in
the
sentence.
you
an
sentence,
last
time
called
had
leave
now
early,"
past,
past
the
ent pres
infinitive
upon
leave
denotes
had,
action
is
the
since
pends
the
the
verb
which
in
the
tense.
th
present
participle
and
the
present
one
gerund
recently, of verbal the
my
in thes
tences:
"Going Crothers;"
In
the
down
"I
same
street
day
habit
I me
Mr.
was
then
way,
in if
a
the
walking
office."
a
present tense,
case
depends
verbal
verb
future
which
in
is
in
the
as,
future
"In "If
you
c b
meaning;
I
of will
finding
there,
hi
home, him,
what
shall
says
to
do?" will
not
be
you;"
waitin
he
he
disappoint
other
respect
"We
sha
be
ready
start"
In
words,
to
the time
"present"
or
rbals
have
present
time
with
the
tense
principal
In
a
verb.
way,
a
similar
tense
past
verbal
has verb.
past
time
il
with
Having
respect
the
so
of the
the
principal
is very is,
be
tted
long,
a
boy
selfish."
has
a
past
participle,
ed
1
with
From
present
French
verb,
temps
,
past
the
the
time;
from
tempus,
time.
TENSES
17
"His
having
has
past
past at
lied
time the
you
a or
about
with time
it led
respect
to
his
to to
a
arrest."
past-tense past
to
a
Here
a
"
past
nd
was
verb
verb have
th
g "By
referred
in the
sure
led,
the
time Here
past
work."
finishe
with
future
verb
s
Thus
action
completed time of
at
the is the
time
of the
verb.
from
the
actual
verbals
tense
determined
verb
in
present
means
th
of the
for
verbal
and
we
the
of
the
sentence.
or
convenience
call
verbals
simply
past.
348.
The
future will.
tense
is formed
by
of the
iarie auxil
shall
In
and
expressing
first
persons;
person,
as,
simple
futurity will
with
shall
is used of
with
the
subject
the
and
subjects
second
and
We
They
my
shall
."
1
,
go
to
school
this
.,.
,,
afternoon.
will
J
emphasis
is
or
In of
expressing
the
strong
determination
the first
person,
on
th
speaker,
the
will
used
with
as,
and
with
go
shall
second
school
and
this work
third;
ll
to
afternoon;
nothing
shall
hinder
me.
do
man
this
who he
to-day. deep
"I
water
was
The
fell into
therefore and
no
doubly
one
g
me."
when
called
out,
will
drown
shal
In
asking shall
you
or
questions
will
go
we
use answer.
shall
or
will
we
according
say
as
ct
in
the
Thus
as
Shall
to-morrow
you
intended?
(Answer
I
cted, Will
I
you
shall.)
go
with
me?
there?
the
(Answer
expected,
he
will.) shall.)
Will
Shall
George George
be
(Answer,
basket?
carry
"
will.) he (Answer,
Exercise
1. The
161.
wind
a.
Give
the
hard.
tense
of
The
each
verb.
wind
blows
2.
blew
5.
hard
The
wind
will
blow.
4.
The
cock
crows
loudly.
The
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
crew
at
sunrise.
6.
sleeps
a
new
The
in
the
cock,
cradle.
will
8.
crow
to-morrow
ning. the
cot.
7.
9.
has
a
Baby
I had
a rose.
Baby
have
rose.
a
will
new
slee
top.
10.
I shall
top
Ethel have
The
sun
rose.
12.
14.
Ethel
had
won
13.
Ethel
Cromwell
east.
us
a
many
victories.
rises
in
the
16.
story.
The
little
I shall
dog
laughed.
Our
teacher
will Jack
read sold
18.
cow.
leave
The
school
week. sleeps
19.
in
the
his
mother's
20.
green
ld
sun.
b. Fill
given
the in
blank
in
each
sentence
with
each
tense
of
the margin.
The The Nellie
....
play
ripen mend
come
children
sun
....
in
....
the
grass.
the her
corn.
torn
to
frock.
The
brothers
....
school.
"
Flowers
....
in
....
spring.
....
flow
The
tide
....
and
every
We
The The
moon
monr'ng.
light. brightly.
.... ....
stars
bark
The
dog
at
the
l
thief.
we can
349.
With
notions
the of
help time
of
be
and
have
give
more
inite
than
would
be
possible
without
iliaries.
Compare
the
four
sentences,
I learn.
am
I have I have
learning.
(1) I learn
shows in
that
the
action
is in
the
present
time
rn
is therefore
tense.
(2)
am
learning
at
1
the
action
other
320,
is going
on
or
progress
the
present
for
time"
in
p.
words,
Note
14.
that
it
See
"Notes
Teachers/'
TENSES
175
finished.
but
Am
learning,
therefore,
form
is also
of that
at the
in the
tense.
present
e,
it is in the
progressive
(3) The
l
third
sentence
shows
that
present
time
the
ion
is finished.
tense.
to
Have
learned
is therefore
in the
present
fect
Be
careful
that
not
say
that
is
have
learned
but
is in the
we
past
tense.
is true
the
action
at
finished, time.
now.
speak
act
ng
finished
to
only
the
present
The Note
not
of it as of learning
said
be
"I
completed
lost
my
(perfect)
gloves"
the
difference
ween
(they
(they
are
may
be
lost
now)
and
I have
lost my
gloves"
lost
now).
the
(4)
on
The
fourth
is
now
sentence
shows
Have
that
has
been
ng
and
finished.
perfect
been
is there7"
progressive
also
in the
present
tense,
but
m.
350.
same
The
way
past
as
tense
and
the
so
future
that in
we
tense
are
divided
following
the
present,
are
have
the
le
(progressive
forms
put
parentheses).
learning).
Present. Present
Past. Past
Future.
perfect.
I learn
perfect.
(am
learned
I have
(have (had
learned
been
learning).
learning).
have
I learned I had
I shall
perfect.
(was
learn have
learning).
been
learned
('shallbe
learning).
Future
I shall
(shall
been
learning).
351.
Note
the
that
forms
we
(1) In
and
the
progressive
have
part
of
the
verb
present
participle.
perfect
tenses
we
(2) In
all the
have
part
of
the
verb
e.
(3) In the
1
progressive
done
completed
or
forms
of
the
perfect
The
present
tenses
we
have
tense
Perfect
action
means as
completed.
the
present
perfect
ws
at
time.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
part
of
the
verb the
the
have,
the
participle
been,
and
the
present
rticiple
352.
of
As
principal
present
verb. perfect
tense expresses
action
tense
complet
at
the
present
at
time,
some
so
the
past
perfect
and
the
expresses
tion
completed
at
some
past
time,
as,
future
"I
went,"
mpleted
future
had
some
time;
(past tense)
is, the
going
perfec (pa
rfect
tense)
the
"I
at
gone"
had
or
been
done
completed
past
mentioned
went
to
understood.
ten"
te
difference
to
between
ten."
bed
at
and
"
gone
bed
at
"
Exercise
1.
162.
dog
has
Give
in
the tense
the
for
of
each
2.
verb.
Our
4.
Our
howls
howled
snow
night.
an
dog dog
is howling. has
was
Our
dog 5.
hour. 6.
night.
Our
snow
been
wling.
The
has
fell thick.
The
fallin
has
st.
7.
for
Snow
some
fallen
in We
the
8.
Snow
and
been
lling We
9.
shall
shoot
11.
hares
shall
have
cats
to-morrow.
Perhaps
sometimes
14. They
rabbits. by noon
shall
Two
en
fighting
for
12. Cats rabbits. fighting in the garden. five minutes. 15. They
fight
have
have
fought
They
fo be
were
16.
at
The
oarsmen
bathed
18. had
in the They
river.
17.
been
sea
thing
eight
o'clock.
They
had
in the
bathing
the
fo
minutes.
19.
By
bathed
the
day
fo be
20.
three
o'clock
hours.
auctioneer
He
ling
goods
22.
more.
for
two
21.
a
will
have
been
finished 23.
He
r.
He
will
have
sold
hundred
wil
l ten
The
The
warm
sun
is failing,
are
the
bleak
the
winds
pale
are
wailing,
are
bare
boughs
sighing,
flowers
dying.
25.
So
we
shuddered
the the the
stoutest
there
in
silence,
For
held
sea was
his
breath, roaring,
While
hungry
And
breakers
threatened
death.
353.
The
following
voice.1
1
table
shows
forms
forms
of the
are
passive
Progressive
Indicative
mood.
TENSES
17
es.
The
voice
perfect
have
no
tenses
and
the
future
tense
in
th
ive
progressive
He
forms.
Present. Present
Past. Past Future. Future
Perfect. Perfect.
is taught
(is being
taught.
taught).
being
Perfect.
He
has
was
been
He He He He
taught
(was
taught.
taught)
had
will
been
be
taught.
will
have
been
taught.
Exercise
1.
163.
"
Give
by
the tense
bakers.
has
of
each
The made
The
verb.
cake since
pony
Bread
cook. horse
is made
2.
is being this
was
made
the The
3.
had
The
The
been
farm
pie
been
morning.
sold.
was
5.
being
sold
thi
ning.
6.
will
been
sold
that
day.
your
name
7.
The
ant
be
called
at
seven.
8.
Perhaps
wi
called.
sentences:
we
"
Additional
354.
Exercises
20,
6, and with
135.
Hitherto
have
been
dealing
the
tenses
indicative
tenses
mood.
the
The
following mood.
table
shows
forms
of
subjunctive
are
(Progressive
forms
re
they
exist,
given
Active
in
parentheses.)
Voice
Present.
Present
[Though]
Perfect.1
he he
strike
[Though]
been
striking).
he struck
Past.
[Though] [Though]
.Perfect.
strik ing)
Past
he
had
struck
bee
Future.
strike
(shoul
striking).
he
Future
Perfect.
[Though]
should
have been
have
struc
(should
1
striking)
used.
The
present
2
perfect
subjunctive
316,
is very
seldom
See
par.
and
f^tnote.
178
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Voice
[Though]
[Though] [Though]
being
Perfect
he
he he
be struck. have
were
been
struck.
Past.
struck
(we
struck).
he had should
Past
Future. Future
[Though] [Though]
been
2
struck.
he he
be struck.
have
Perfect.
[Though]
struck.
should
355.
The
to
imperative
the
mood
is either
the
present
or
futur
according
as,
meaning,
but
form
is the
same
both;
Present
or
Future.
[Thou
or
you] strike
[now,
or
ne
week].
Exercise
147, and
164.
157
"
Give
the tense
of
each
verb in Exercises
146,
Regular
356.
and
Irregular
Verbs of forming
the
or
With
past
respect
to their
mode
are
past
ten
and
the
357.
participle,
verbs
are
either
regular
irregula
Regular
past
verbs
those
which
form
the
or
past
t;
ten
as,
and
the
participle
by
the
addition
of d, ed,
The
changes
of
are
spelling
also
p.
paragraph
xSee
329)
made
-ed.
316,
before
-ing
footnote,
177.
See
par.
and
footnote.
IKREGULAE
VERBS
17
358. of
There
the
past
is
growing
the
past
tendency
participle
as
to
shorten of
the
ing spell
and
verbs
using
ending
unvoiced
as,
consonant,
such
p,
or
8,
by
etc.
t instead
ed;
dipt,
dropt,
common
drest, in the
tost,
reacht,
This
been
practice
recommended
always
been
poetry,
and
it has
for prose
359.
by
Simplified form
than
Spelling
past
tense
Board.
the The
verbs
ways
the
and
or
pas most
iciple
by
adding
are
d, ed, those
rtant
of
irregular
verbs
which
a
form
th
and
past
participle
rang, rung;
generally
throw,
by
change
of vowel
d;
ring,
threw,
thrown.
Such
360.
verbs
are
called
strong
verbs. Verbs
l
Irregular
Class
"
Strong
Verbs
Alphabetically
forms
are
arranged
forms
not
now
ular
printed
in italics;
in square
used
are
placed
brackets.)
See
"Notes
for
Teachers,"
p.
324,
Note
30.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Class
"
Strong
Verbs
"
continued
Went
is really
the
past
of wend,
to
go.
IRREGULAR
VERBS
181
Class
"
Strong
Verbs
"
continued
361.
There
are
two
other the
two
classes
past
of
the
are
irregular
past
verbs
these
classes
t
or
have
and
participle
ing
in
d.
The
classes
distinguished
lows:
Class
II
consists
of
present,
and by
which
t
verbs form
or
which
the
do
past
not tense
a
end
in
or
and
change
the
pas
rticiple
adding
d, usually
with
of vowel
und.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Class
d.1
consists
of verbs
which
end
in the
present
in
The
verbs
of
are
Classes
called
II
weak
and
III,
as
well
as
all
th
gular
verbs,
verbs.
362,
Irregular
Verbs
Class
II
Alphabetically
arranged
These
of
so
verbs
time
formerly
the
past
added
tense
de
or
te
to
form
the
past
tense,
were
course
and
the
past
participle
sent,
ened shor
that
fed-de
became
fed, sende
became
set-te
became
etc.
IRREGULAR
VERBS
18
363.
Irregular
Verbs
Class
Alphabetically
arranged
Exercise irregular.
165.
"
a.
Divide
the
following
verbs
into
regula
Beat.
Freeze.
Pen. Agree. Burn. Break. Pray.
Spell.
Cast.
Tear.
Cut.
.
Have.
Clothe. Dwell.
Rap.
Try.
Write
ep.
Bleed.
Mark.
Pl
ee.
Grow. Lie.
Lay.
Pay.
Let.
Se
ed.
Get.
Run.
Sleep.
Learn.
Split. Wash.
Thrust.
gage.
Ride.
Think.
Incline
pose.
Sing.
Spill.
Catch.
Nail.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
6. Make regular
c.
from forms.
out
the tables
list
of irregular
verbs
which
hav
so
Pick
other
irregular like
verbs
which
form
their past
ten
past
Blow.
participle
Sing.
Speak.
Give.
Shake.
Thrive.
Freeze.
Person
and
Number
364.
person
In
the
The
person
and
number
of
verb
are
the
same
and
number
of its. subject.
sentence
am
writing.
subject
the
is verb
of
am
the
first
person
and of
refore
writing
is also
gular In
number. the
sentence
We
write.
is of
the
first
person
and and
plural
plural
number;
therefore
writ
also
In
of the the
first person
number.
sentence
They
were
writing.
is of the is also
third
of the
person
and
person
plural and
number; plural
therefore
number.
were
ting
third
Exercise
1.
166.
2.
"
Give
Thou
the person
and
3.
He
number
of
4.
each
She
l
verb.
call.
call.
callest.
call.
calls.
calls
We
1
6.
You
7.
They
call.
the
names
8.
James
loves
Remember
of the
that
all
nouns
which See
par.
are
of persons
spoken
are
third
person.
204,
Note.
CONJUGATION
OF
HAVE
mother.
The The
9.
are
The
cat
is cricket.
playing
11.
with He
hath
her
his They
we
kittens
boys
horse their
playing 13.
fell.
Fred Ye
will
are
return.
14!
Have
It
reward. have
ned
I
ran.
lessons.
15.
ran.
idle.
ran.
16.
bread
rain. Those who
18.
who
am
He
19.
to
You
you
20.
seen
will
21.
go
some
speaking
may
have the
me.
it. 23.
They You
22.
too
far
sport
out
come
be
along
lost
in
fog. 24.
ar
with long
who
have
ness
of eyes
have
can
tarried
tell you is
no
at
the
is.
wine.
who
lived
now.
there,
he
that
26.
will
It is I that
sa
27.
speak
to
There
you
am
doubt
they
find
it.
28.
he.
Conjugation
365.
When
we
show
the
forms
which numbers,
verb
we
can
take said
its moods,
x
tenses, it.
persons,
and
are
jugate
366.
now
It will be
seen
that English
3
the
are
endings
very
of person
few.2
and
number
remaining
in
367.
Conjugation
of
the
verb
HAVE.
INFINITIVES
Present,
Past,
to
to
have
have
had
PARTICIPLES
Present,
Past,
having
having
had
GERUNDS
Present, Past,
1
*
"
having having
to
had
Latin
See
conjug-are,
par.
join together.
324,
386.
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
p.
Note.
31.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
INDICATIVE
MOOD
Present
(Common
forms)
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] have
[You]
have,2
1.
[We] [You]
have have
[Thou]
hast
2.
3.
[He] has
(or hath)
Present
3.
[They]
have
Perfect
Plural
Singular
1.
2.
had
hast
1.
had
had
2.
had had
3.
[He] has
had
3.
Past Singular 1.
2.
Plural
[I] had
[Thou] [He]
was
1.
[We] [You]
[They]
hadst
2.
3.
1
had
3.
As
may
noted
in par.
form
317,
various
in
auxiliary indicative
verbs
mood;
(see list in
so
pa
help
forms
to
simple
may
given
"I
verbs in the
have,"
its
own
the
that
beside
forms
conjugation
"I
can
there
"I
are
such
have,"
do
have,"
of meaning.
must
have,"
forms
etc
of which
expresses
are
shade
in
The
as,
ing containI
auxiliaries
I
also
etc.
used
These
as
asking
are
questions:
"Do
have?"
ould
have?"
in
the
indicative
etc.,
mood
are
(see
pa
).
2
Progressive
forms,
"I
am
having,"
also
omitted
the
form
of
the
second
plural
person
singular,
tense,
ntical
forms
the the
second
only
for
person
for
each given
with
forms
that
will
be
in
this, an These
following old
conjugations,
are
the
second
person not
singular.
only
led
forms of
frequently time;
encountered
they
are
in
in
for
the
poetry
Bible and
an
writers
Shakspere's
as
a
still used
ers.
Hence,
conjugation
it
as
seems
is given
merely
to
reference, forms
be
to
memory,
best
as
include plural
these
an
the
singular
well
for
the
the
forms
use
CONJUGATION
OF
HAVE
Past Singular
Perfect
Plural
1.
2.
had hadst
1.
[We]
[You]
had had
had
2.
3.
had
Future
3.
[They]
had
Singular
,
Plural
1.
2. 3.
[I] shall
[Thou]
have
1.
[We] [You]
[They]
shall will
have
wilt
have
2.
have
have
[He] will
have
3. Future
Perfect
will
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] shall
[Thou]
have
had
have had
1.
[We]
[You] [They]
shall will
had had
wilt
had
2.
3.
[He]
will
have
3.
will
had
IMPERATIVE
Singular
MOOD
Plural
2.
Have
[thou
or
you]
MOOD1
Present
2.
Have
[ye
or
you]
2
SUBJUNCTIVE
(Common
"
forms)
Singular
Plural
1.
[I] have
[You]
[He]
Some
1.
have,4
[We]
[You]
have
2.
[Thou]
have
2.
have
have
3.
1
have
3.
[They]
that, is
no
conjunction
the
(such
but
the
as
if, though,
316)
ready
unless)
of the
to
should
mood. make
ed
2
before
Various
forms
verb,
conjunction
(see
par.
is
part
auxiliary
of
more
a
verbs
as,
may
to
help
sub ju
verb; time."
"He
not
undertake
is
it, unles
to
may
have
forms
In
the
conjugations
auxiliaries
having
'
it
impossible
the
giv
the
made
by
the
use
,
"
the
progressive
forms
"|I]
of be
p
In
etc.,
are
conjugation
not
also
"
given.
See
"Notes
footnote
tor
Teachers,*'
p.
3al.
Note
15.
"See
2,
ISO.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Present
Singular 1.
Perfect
.
Plural
[I] have
[Thou] [He]
have
had
have
1.
[We] [You]
have
had
2.
had
2.
have
have
had
3.
had
Past
3.
[They]
had
Singular
Plural
1.
2. 3.
[I] had
[Thou]
hadst
1.
had
2. 3. Past
Perfect
had
[He]
had
had
Singular
Plural
1.
[I] had
[Thou]
1. 2.
[We]
[You] [They]
had had
had
had
2.
3.
[He] had
3. Future
8
had
had
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
[I] should
[Thou]
have
,*
1.
have 2.
[We]
[You]
have
have
shouldst
have
3.
[He] should
3.
Perfect
[They]
have
Future
Singular 1. have [I] should [Thou] shouldst
Plural
had have
1.
2.
[We] [You]
should should
have have
had
had
2.
had 3.
[He] should
have
had
3.
[They]
should
have
ha
368.
Conjugation
of the
Verb
BE.
INFINITIVES
Present, Past,
1
1
to
be
have
321,
to
p.
been
Note
Note 15, 15,
par.
par.
See
See
"
"
Notes
for for
Teachers," Teachers,"
(a).
(ft).
"
Notes
p.
321,
Notes
for Teachers,"
p, 320,
Note
13.
CONJUGATION
OF
BE
18
PARTICIPLES
Present, Past, being
having
never
been,
used
par.
been
alone
as
a
[the
latte
participle:
see
337,
footnote]
GERUNDS
Present, Past,
being having been
INDICATIVE
Present
Singular
MOOD1
Plural
1.
[I] am [You]
are,2
1.
[We]
[You]
are are
2.
[Thou]
art
2.
3.
[He]
is
3. Present
Perfect
[They]
are
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
been
hast
1.
[We]
[You] [They]
have have
been
2.
3.
[He] has
been Past
3.
have
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
[I] was
[Thou]
wast
1.
2.
[We]
[You]
were
were were
3.
[He]
was
3. [They]
Past
Perfect
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] had
[Thou] [He]
had
1.
[We]
[You]
been
2.
3.
3.
186. When
be
[They]
a
*See
is
principal
essive
*See
2, p.
186.
FUTUBE
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I]
shall
be
wilt
1.
be
2.
[We]
[You]
shall
will
be be
[Thou]
3.
[He]
will
be
3.
[They]
will
be
FUTUBE
Singular
PEBPECT
Plural
1.
2.
1.
2.
[We]
[You]
shall
have
been
been
will
have have
3.
[He]
will
have
been
3.
[They]
will
bee
IMPERATIVE
Singular
MOOD
Plural
2.
Be
[thou
or
you]
2.
Be
[ye
or
you]
SUBJUNCTIVE
Pbesent
Singular
MOOD
Plural
1.
2.
[I] be
1.
[We]
[You]
be be
[You] [He]
be,1 be
[Thou]
be
2.
3.
3.
[They]
be
Pbesent
Singular
Pebpect
Plural
1.
2.
[I] have
[Thou]
1.
2.
[We]
[You]
have
have
been been
3.
[He]
have
3.
[They]
have
been
Past
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I]
were
1.
wert
were
[We]
[You]
were were
[Thou]
2.
3.
[He]
3.
1
2
[They]
187.
were
See
footnotes,
p.
Past
Singular
Perfect
Plural
[I] had
[Thou]
been hadst
1.
[We]
[You]
been
2.
[He]
had
been Future
3.
[They]
Singular
Plural
[I] should
[Thou]
be shouldst be
1.
2.
should
should
be be be
[He]
should
be Future
3.
Perfect
should
Singular
Plural
[I] should
have
been
have
1.
2.
[We] [You]
should should
have
been
[Thou]
been
shouldst
have
bee
[He]
should
have
been
3.
[They]
should
have
bee
Conjugation
of
the
Verb
CALL.
ACTIVE
INFINITIVES
to
VOICE
Present,1
call
to
to to
be
have
have
(progressive
form)
Past,
calling
(progressive
form)
PARTICIPLES
calling having having
Present,1
Past,
called,
been
calling
(progressive
form)
GERUNDS
calling having
Present,1
Past,
called been
having
calling
(progressive
form)
2
"
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
"
INDICATIVE
Present
Singular
MOOD*
Plural
1.
2.
1.
[We]
[You]
call
callest
2.
call
3.
(or calleth)
form,
3.
calling,
Perfect
[They]
call
art
[Progressive
(I)
Present
am
(thou)
calling,
et
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
[I] have
[Thou]
called
hast
1.
2.
[We] [You]
have
called
called called
called
have
have
3.
[He] has
called form,
3.
[They]
calling,
[Progressive
(I) have
Past
been
(thou)
hast,
et
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] called
[Thou]
calledst
1.
2.
[We]
called
[You]
[They]
called
called
wast
3.
[He] called
form,
3.
[Progressive
(I)
was
calling, Perfect
(thou)
calling,
et
Past
Singular
Plural
"
1.
called hadst
1.
[We]
[You]
called
2.
called
2.
called
3.
[He]
had
called
form,
3.
[They]
calling,
called
{[Progressive
(I) had
been
etc.]
Future
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] shall
[Thou]
call
1.
shall
call
call call
wilt
call
2.
will will
3.
[He] will
call form,
3.
[Progressive
(I) shall
be
calling,
(thou)
wilt
ling,
1
etc.]
See
footnote
1, p.
186.
See
footnote
2, p.
186.
CONJUGATION
OF
CALL
19
Future
Singular
Perfect
Plural
1.
2.
[I] shall
[Thou]
have
called
have
1. 2.
[We]
[You] [They]
been
shall
have
called
called
wilt
called
called
will
will
have have
3.
[He] will
have
3.
have
calle
[Progressive
form,
(I) shall
calling,
etc.]
IMPERATIVE
Singular
MOOD
Plural
2.
Call
[thou
or
you]
2.
Call
[ye
or
you]
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Singular
MOOD
Plural
1.
2.
[I] call
1. call,*
[We]
[You]
[You]
[Thou]
call
2.
3.
[He]
call form,
3. [They]
[Progressive
(I) be calling,
Present
(thou)
be
calling,
etc.]
Perfect
Plural
Singular
1.
2.
[I] have
[Thou]
1.
2.
[We]
[You]
have
called
have have
called
3.
[He] have
3. [They]
called
[Progressive
form,
(I) have
Past
been
calling,
etc.]
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
[I] called
[Thou]
calledst
1. 2.
[We]
[You] [They]
called
called
called
wert
3.
[He]
called form,
3.
[Progressive
(I)
were
calling,
(thou)
calling,
.]
1See
15.
1
footnotes
1 and
2, p.
187,
and
"Notes
for
Teachers,"
p.
321
See
footnote
2, p.
186.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Past
Singular
Perfect
Plural
1.
2.
[I] had
[Thou] [He]
had
called hadst
1.
[We]
[You]
called
called
called
2.
3.
called
form,
3.
[They]
calling,
called
[Progressive
(I) had
been
etc.]
Future
Singular
Plural
1.
[I] should1
[Thou]
call call
1.
[We]
[You]
should
call
call
2.
2.
should
3.
[He] should
3. [They]
should
call
[Progressive
(I) should
Future
be
Perfect
calling,
etc.]
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
called
have
1. 2.
[We]
[You]
should
have have
calle
should
calle
called
3.
[He] should
have
called
3.
[They]
called
should
have
[Progressive
370.
form,
(I) should
have
been
calling,
etc.]
PASSIVE
INFINITIVES
Present, Past,
to
VOICE
be
have
called
been
to
called
PARTICIPLES
Present, Past, being
called, called
or
having
been
called
GERUNDS
Present,
Past,
1
being having
for
called
been
p.
called
320,
See
"Notes
Teachers,"
Note
13.
INDICATIVE
MOOD
Present
Singular
Plural
[I]
am
called
are'
1.
[We] [You]
are
called called
[You]
called,1
art
2.
are
[Thou]
[He]
is called
called 3.
[They]
called,
are
called
ogressive
form,
(I)
am
being
etc.]
Present
Singular
Perfect
Plural
[I] have
[Thou]
been hast
called
been
1. 2.
[We]
[You]
have have
been been
called
called
called
[He]
has
been
called
3.
]They]
have
been
calle
Past
Singular
Plural
[I]
was
called
wast
was
1.
[We]
[You]
called
called
[Thou] [He]
called
2.
called form,
3.
[They]
called,
called
wast,
rogressive
(I)
Past
was
being
(thou)
etc
Perfect
Plural
Singular
[I] had
[Thou]
been
called
been called
1. 2.
[We]
[You]
had
been
called called
hadst
had had
been
[He]
had
been
called
3.
[They]
been
called
Future
Singular
Plural
be wilt
called
be
1.
2.
shall will
be be
called
called
called
[He]
will
be
called
3.
will
be
called
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Future
Singular
*
Perfect
Plural
1.
[I]
shall
have
been
1.
[We] [You]
shall called
have
bee
called
2.
[Thou]
wilt
have
been
2.
will called
have
been
called
3.
[He]
will
have
been
3.
[They]
will
have
been
called
called
IMPERATIVE
Singular
MOOD
Plural
2.
Be
[thou
or
you]
called
2.
Be
[ye
or
you]
called
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present
Singular
MOOD
Plural
1.
2.
[I] be
called
1.
[We]
be be
called
[You]
[He] be
be
called,1
be
2.
[You]
called
[Thou]
3.
called 3.
Perfect
"
called
Present
[They]
be
called
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] have
[Thou]
been have
called
been
1. 2.
[We] [You]
been
been
called
called
called
3.
[He]
have
been
called
Past
3.
[They]
been
calle
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] were
[Thou] [He]
were
called
wert
1. 2.
[We]
were
called
called
called called
[You] [They]
called,
186.
were
were
3.
3.
called
[Progressive
form,
1
(I)
See
were
being
2, p.
etc.]
footnote
CONJUGATION
OF
CALL
197
Past
Singular
Perfect
Plural
1.
2.
[I] had
[Thou]
been
1. 2.
[We]
[You]
had
called
called called
hadst
been
had had
3.
[He] had
called Future
3.
[They]
Singular
Plural
1. 2.
[I] should
[Thou]
called
be
called
be
1. 2.
[We] [You]
[They]
should should
be
be
called
called
shouldst
3.
[He] should
be
called
Future
3.
should
be
called
Perfect
Plural
Singular
1.
[I] should
called
have
been
1.
[We] [You]
should
called
have
been
2.
[Thou]
been
shouldst called
have
have
2.
should
called
have
been
3.
[He]
should
been
3.
[They]
been
should
have
called What
is used
called..
Exercise
progressive
2.
167.
"
1.
verb
as
the
auxiliary
forms?
What
verb
is
used
as
the
auxiliary
of
the
"perfect
s?
3.
What
forms
part
of
the
principal
voice and
verb
is
used
in
the
verbs?
progre
of the
part
active
the
4.
What
of the
of
principal and of
verb
perfect
active
voice auxiliary of
the
verbs? voice?
in the
5. 6.
What What
is the
part
principal
verb
is used
passive
e? 7.
What
of
are
the
present
endings
tense
of
the
second
indicative second
and
third
mood?
persons
ular 8.
the
of the
of
What
tense
is
the
ending
the
the
person
singular
past
of
indicative
mood?
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
371.
The
verbs
an
shall,
will,
may,
some
must,
can,
ought,
dare
do
(as
auxiliary) lack
irregular.
of
the
usual
forms,
otherwise
Verbs
that Most
lack
some
of
are
the
usual
forms
verbs.
are
calle
ective.
of them
auxiliary
372.
Forms
of the
Originally
Verb
SHALL.
Present Forms
Plural
Singular
1.
2.
1.
2.
[We] [You]
shall shall
3.
[He] shall
Originally
Singular
3.
[They]
Forms
shall
Past
Plural
1.
2.
[I] should
1.
[We] [You]
should
[Thou]
shouldst
2.
should
3.
[He] should
3.
[They]
should
373.
Forms
of the
Originally
verb
WILL.
Present
Forms
Plural
Singular
1.
2.
1.
[We] [You]
will
wilt
2.
will
3.
will Originally
Singular
3.
Past
[They]
Forms
will
Plural
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
[We] [You]
[They]
and
3.
Note.
Besides
the
uses
of
shall
will
mentioned
CONJUGATION
OF
AUXILIARIES
19
316,
that
317,
348,
and
seen
"
in
the
conjugations,
in the
it may
(1)
Should
expresses,
or
particularly
as,
when
indicative
duty
obligation;
You
should
would
or are
go
to
him
at
once.
(2)
Will
and
used,
with
all
as,
three
persons,
ess
customary
action;
do
that
over
and
off in
over, our
would
would I would Do what
go
are
day!
(3)
Will
and
used
I
to
were
express
as,
that
dead.
with
me.
thou
wilt
374.
Forms
of the
Originally
verb
MAY.
Present Forms1
Plural
Singular
[I]
may
1.
mayest
or
[We] [You]
may may
[Thou]
mayst
2.
[He]
may
3. Originally
Singular
[They]
Forms2
may
Past
Plural
I.*
or
'
[We]
might
might
mightst
2.
[You] [They]
3.
might
or
and
form
might
express
permission the
possibility.
or
verbs
pars.
in
either
indicative
the
subjun
mood
1
(see
be
So
may
316,
317).
but
will
go
or
These
may
not
only
can:
present
future;
if he future Here
"noon,"
can
as,
"I
catch
use;
will
the
as,
see
be excused."
2
with
"He
train. "They
These
me
forms
be
might
past,
present,
in
yesterday
j
he
or
die
before
after
For
noon."
we
might
supply
terday
to-day
to-morrow
the
use
word
of
according
in
is meant.
see
So "Notes
with
for
could.
these
forms
the
sub ju
Teachers,"
p. 320,
Note
13
and
p. 321,
Note
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
376.
Must
has
now
no
change
or
of
form.
It
may
hel
rm
verbs
in either
past
the
or
indicative
the
subjunctive
mood,
in present,
future
tenses.
377.
Forms
of the
Originally
verb
CAN.
Present Forms
Singular
Plural
1.
2.
[I] can
[Thou] [He]
can
1.
canst
[We] [You]
[They]
Forms
2.
3.
3.
Originally
Singular
Past
Plural
1. 2.
1.
[We]
[You]
could
couldest
or
3.
could
3.
[He]
Can
could
3.
[They]
or
could
They
378.
and
could
or
express
ability
power. pars.
may
either could
indicative
subjunctive
it is in the
(see
past
316,
as,
317),
bu
is indicative
tense;
We
could
just
but
see
the
lighthouse.
379.
Ought singular of
the
has
one
change;
it adds
tense
-est
for
son
(old style).
sentence.
Its
is determined
second from
rest
380.
Dare
"
in
is
the
as
present
has
"
darest he
dares
and
not
dares
(thoug
The
dare
or
not
often
used
as
")
pas
durst
381.
382.
dared.
Do
as
principal
auxiliary
past
1
verb
has
is
conjugated
the
regularly.
Do
as
an
only
present
forms
(d
t,
does) and
the
(did, didst).
footnotes,
p.
No
part
of the
ver
See
199.
CONJUGATION
OF
AUXILIARIES
20
containing
uses
done
or
doing
do
are
is employed
as
an
auxiliary.
of the
auxiliary
the
(1)
Thou
To
make
dost
sentence
sound
all temples
better;
as,
prefer
above
the
upright
heart
and
It
has
been
did
ghosts
greatly
neigh
used
and shriek
for
dying and
this
purpose did
in
poetry;
as
Horses And
men
groan
did
squeal
about
the
streets.
(2)
To
mark
cannot
emphasis;
mean
as,
You
what
you
say.
"
I do
mean
it.
(3) With
He
not
or
never;
as,
does
not
want
you.
They Tom
never
do
not
know
their
to
own
minds.
you.
did
intend
hurt
(4)
In
asking
Do Did
Does
you
question;
in
as,
live hear
she
from learn do
week?
Mary
883.
The
verb write
Tom
after
as
understood;
do
as,
I cannot
Does
well
you
like doctor
He
does
Did
the
morning?
[call]!
and
the
884.
When
are
shall,
will,
as
may,
can,
must parse
and
them
do, and
thei
forms, verb
used
as
auxiliaries,
one
prin cipa
together
verb.
(See
the
or
a
par.
322,
footnote.)
in
Exercise
168.
"
a.
Say
an
whether
verb
do
each
of
lowing
sentences
is
auxiliary
principal
verb.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
1.
I do
the 5.
to
think
of
you
daily. their
is
2. tasks?
My 4.
sister Alfred
did
expect
you. not
Can
do
does
fe
l.
The
doing
his
work.
How
6.
do
I may
Mr.
you
see
Howard
do
es
How
do did
I
7.
news?
that?
father
give
9.
him
10.
thi
ning;
will good.
message
was
if
not
do.
Fle
and
do
11.
This
thing
done
in
corner.
b.
Say
in
which
in
12.
each
Never
of
the
did
named
in
par.
382
do
work
14.
harder.
answered 15. do
agree
13.
and this their think
We
some
do
no
whom 15.
He
you
Some
sorry.
d
come
really
does
feel
Did
train
Brighton?
17.
18. do
I
When doctor
they
unanimity there
you
wonderful.
nor
does
is
any.
ger; bond?
.The think
not
is
an
19. but
I
Do
scorn
confess him
now.
do.
20.
love
him do
Expletives wind
their
aid
the
join.
and
they
22.
When did
make
th
et
did
gently
trees,
se.
Agreement
385.
of
Verbs
is the
Since
the
number
par.
of
verb
we
same
care
as
that
to
or
subject (read
that
again
364)
form
must
a
take plural
its
not
verb
is singular
since
a
in
with
agrees
subject,
subject
the
art,
rse.
we
Also,
must
verb
with
in
so pe
fferent
386.
Most
forms
The
when
am,
verb
ha
is.
forms
have the
than
only
any five
other
forms,
verb.
as
of the
arose,
irregular
verbs
aris
ses,
arising, Most
of
arisen
(with
old have
forms, only
arisest four,
as
an
iseth).
the
regular the
verbs
old
forms
tal
ks,
talked,
talking
(with
talkest
and
talketh).
of two
must
387.
nouns
When
or
the
sentence
consists the
by
and,
verb
AGREEMENT
OF
VERBS
203
al;
as,
are
"John
coming
and
;"
James
"He
are
coming;"
were
"She
and
he
her
388.
and
and
she
late."
The
every,
pronouns
are
adjectives
by
one
was
"
each,
one, as,
either
her, them
to
followed
"No
one
singular
verbs;
these
"Each
was
likes
speak;
is good
him;"
every
of
all
persons
dumb;"
"Every
"Either schoolboy
of knows
thes
es
enough
for me;
it
389.
When
the
subject
or,
consists
"
of two
or
or
"
more
nor,
singular
the
joined
be
by
either
as,
or,
neither
master
nor
verb
singular;
"Either
the
the
master
or
the
servant
present;"
the
or
servant
more
ha
urned/'
are
applies
also
when
one
singular
such
cases
ouns
used
subjects;
the
that
nor
but
the
verb
noun or
in
or
es
in
person
with
says
nor
nearest
subject
Harry
to
pronoun; to
"Mother
you,
either
am
go;"
ither
If
one
I,
John
is
is able
plural
do
that."
is
to
of
the
ropes
subjects
nor
the
verb
are
plural;
be
as
either
the'
the
hammock
found."
390.
Collective
verb
nouns
even
when
singular of the
as,
may
take
persons
ral
if the
speaker
is thinking multitude;
separate
things
are
rather
than
of the
"The
nobility
e
In
his."
case
the
we
of
say
or
some
nouns
custom
met," met,"
is not "The
settled.
may
has have
committee
resolved,"
"The
board
"The
committee
resolved."
Exercise
printed
Gold
169.
in
"
a.
Give
the
number
and
the
person
of
bs
1.
italics.
are
and
the
silver
have
reckoned
precious.
2.
The
Harry
tre mis
and
4.
maid
returned.
3.
are
Frank
the
and best
ar
ng.
Mary,
Ethel,
and
Nellie
girls
in
th
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ss.
5.
The
lark
and
and
in
the helmet
nightingale
are
sing
at
different
es.
6.
tin
are
Sword
laid
7.
cousin
The 12.
Copper
found
He
11.
England.
I
are
8.
both
He
learn
nch.
9.
and
hungry.
go
meeting
disorderly.
Some
13.
hills
boys
The
are
barefooted.
was
Congress
14.
just adjourned.
on a
mob his,
dispersed. Then
same;
ye
are
The
tle
thousand and
15. the
only
fiv
Talking
well
are
eloquence things.
are
not
to
talk
and
two
17.
or
John
the
or
William
is
is
coming.
18.
19.
horse
Either
the
man coachboy
footman
returned. he
nor
Neither
nor
the hound
nor
20.
I have
is weary.
Mary
or
chosen.
or
22.
must
Either
stay.
keep books
watch. is
temper.
23.
of
much
You
he
24. the
Neither speakers
the
value.
25.
Each
of
lost his
b.
Read
again
par
245,
and
give
the number
and
person
verbs
26.
printed
The
are
man
in
italics.
here He
roses
who
was
is gone. gives
thee
27.
a
The bone
that
men
who
here
thee
wave.
gone.
28.
The
that
soon
am
would
not
die. 30.
29. It
withered speaking.
hung
o'er
is
who
31.
It
was
you
spoke.
Review
391.
of
Verbs
to say to
A
jor
verb
is
word
used
something
or
about
person
thing.
392.
Verbs
are
either
transitive
an
or
intransitive.
transitive
or
verb
expresses
action
received
by
some
son
thing.
An
verb
shows
to
an
state
or
condition,
or
an
ion
directed
object.
REVIEW
OF
VERBS
20
393.
Transitive
verbs
have
two
voices,
the
active
and
passive.
When
verb,
A
the the
in
name
of the is in the
doer
active
of
the
action
is the
subject
i
verb
the
voice.
has
verb
active
voice
always
an
object.
is the
When
verb,
394.
the
name
of the
is in the
object of
passive
the action
subject
the
verb
voice.
Some
voice
or are are
intransitive
verbs link
or
and
few
verbs and
in
th
ive
used
to
relate
are
the
subject
copulative
or a
some
ective
they
noun.
These
verbs
a
called
verbs,
predicate
followed
by
predicate
adjective
(or pronoun).
The predicate
the
person
adjective
or
or
noun
always
describes
tifies
thing
denoted
by
the
subject.
indicative,
395.
Verbs
and
have
the
three
moods,
the
th
rative, The
or
subjunctive.
mood
a
indicative in asking
imperative
is used
in
making
simple
statement,
question.
The
mood
is used
in
commanding
or
requesting.
The
subjunctive
not
mood
as a
is
used
but
when
we
are
asserting
thing
viewed wish,
fact,
merely
or
thought
of.
expresses
doubt,
possibility
supposition
(pa
).
396.
Verbals
action
or
are
words
that
are
derived
from
it.
verbs
are
and
ess
being
without
asserting and
They
kinds:
inffaitives, participles
are
or
gerunds.
397.
Infinitives
or
present
past,
and,
if transitive,
active
passive.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
An
infinitive
noun
as
an
may
or
be
used
an
as
subject,
of
an
dicate
or
adjective,
it
may
object
or
an
1),
adjective
and
or
modifier,
have
a
adverbial
an
modifier
ar.
323);
noun
subject,
have
object,
dicate
adjective,
and
adverbial
modifiers,
ar. 326).
398.
Participles participles
may
be
end
present
or
past.
Present Past
with
the
syllable
n,
participles
Participles
have
take
generally
may
end
in
t,
or
-ing. d.
399.
have
adverbial
passive participle
modifiers. participles,
of
a
tive Transithe
verbs which
a
both
an
active
and
A
former
object.
noun
or
copulative
ver
es
predicate
adjective.
same
400.
Gerunds in
-ing.
are
the
may
in
an
form
as
the
or
a
participles
ing
or same
They
or
take
an
object,
noun.
predicate
adjective,
time they
have
case
adverbial
like
a
modifier;
and
have
401.
Verbs
the
past,
have the
six
past
tenses,
the the
present,
the
present
fect,
perfect,
future,
and
the
futur
fect.
Besides
the
common
forms,
ms,
negative
forms,
have
progressive
interrogative
and
ms.
402. Regular
the
Verbs
verbs
are
regular
or
irregular.
tense
form
the
or
past
t.
and
the
past
participl
addition
of d, ed
Irregular
verbs
in. other
form
ways,
their
past
tensS
and
their
pas
ticiple
generally
with
chknge
"
of
vowel
nd.
403.
Verbs
agree
with
their
subjects
in
person
an
ber.
PARSING
OF
VERBS
20
Examples 404.
the these
of
"
the Parsing
pf Verbs
verbs
we
and
Verbals
Note.
three
are
In
parsing
should
verb.
pages
give,
For
as
on
t,
principal
given
parts
go,
parts
of
the
on
irregular
in the
are
tables
present,
179-183r
*The the
set,
principal
as,
the
gone;
the
past,
and
pas
went,
walk,
walked,
walked;
sat;
lay,
laid, laid;
The
child irregular;
is going
to
school.
parts, go, went,
going
Verb;
principal indicative
gone;
intransitive; progressive
agreeing
mood;
person,
present
tense,
number,
form; with
third
its
singular
noun
subject
a
child.
The
hunters regular;
killed
lion.
parts,
led
Verb;
killed;
mood;
principal
active third its
kill,
killed
transitive;
past
tense;
voice;
person,
noun
indicative plural
number,
agreeing
with
subject
hunters.
can
hear
you. parts,
hear
Verb; heard;
mood;
irregular; transitive;
present
principal
active
tense;
hear,
heard,
voice;
person,
indicative
singular
pronoun
first
number,
The
agreeing by the
with
its
subject
was
corn
ripened Past
smiling
of
the
sun
cut
down.
ened
participle
voice;
transitive of
the
noun
verb
corn.
ripen;
passive Present
used
cut
as
modifier
of the
ling
participle
an
intransitive
verb
noun
smile
sun.
adjective,
passive
modifier
parts,
of tjie
cut,
Verb;
irregular;
principal
voice;
person,
cut,
cut
transitive;
past
tense;
indicative
singular
noun
corn.
mood;
third
number,
agreeing
with
its
subject
208
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Have Have
you
been
trying
to swim
the river?
been
Verb;
trying
try, tried, tried parts, principal regular; indicative transitive; active voice; mood; tense; form; sec present perfect progressive on
person,
singular
agreeing
To
swim
its
principal
have
parts,
swim, it is the
swam,
swum;
"vrim transitive;
object
of
the
verb
After reading
Reading
Present
was
ready
for him.
verb
read;
gerund
parts,
of the
irregular
Was
afte
parts, principal first person, copulative; singular number, its 7. agreeing with subject pronoun
"
been;
Exercise
1.
170.
Parse
each
verb
and
verbal.
so
much,
daffodils,
haste Thy the
away
we
weep
so
soon.
to
see
You
3.
Avenge,
Lie
0 Lord,
on
scattered
farmer
had 5.
out
no
bones
4.
one
another.
He
to
cure
with habit
by
how
good
by
and talking
wicked to them.
it
was,
but
one
he found
6. So
day
he bade break them and but in vain. forth 7. The it. put all his strength, eldest but they 9. Then 8. The tried in turn, sons all failed. other his sons the bundle, the separate the father, gave untying laid
a
bundle
of sticks
before
them
sticks
to
break,
and
they
broke
them
easily.
10.
"Remem-
KINDS
OF
ADVERBS
209
"
he
said,
you
are
lesson
which
none can
this
harm
bundle
you;
teaches.
While
you
other
when
you
rel
easily
sentences
hurt." for
[Additional
in this
parsing
may
be
found
in
other
cises
chapter.]
ADVERBS
Kinds
405.
way
"
Adverbs
in which
are
generally
are
classified, in sentences,
not
according
according
they
used
but
meaning
of the
par.
words.
60.
Read
again
Adverbs
Exercise
that 171.
show
when
are
called
adverbs
of time. in
"
Pick
out
of time
are
Exercise
57
406.
Adverbs
that
show
called
adverbs
e.
Exercise
172.
"
Pick
out
the adverbs
is used
the
a man"
of
place
r
in Exercise
58
407.
The
adverb
may
come
there
after
was
before verb;
as,
the
"
verb
There
bey
so
that
subject
A
is
God"
God
is]; "There
There
appear,
[ =A
with
some
man
was].
other
408.
come,
is similarly
seem,
used
verbs,
came
no
"
such
live, king;"
dwell,
"There
to
exist;
as,
"There
to army;
senger
unto
the
"
appears
be
truth
"
the
a
story;"
There
seemed
three
be
whole
..."
Once
time
there
lived
brothers.
409.
There
so
used
is
not
now
an
adverb
meaning there
or
of from is
an
place
ere
lived
lived
man"
is quite In
different
sentence
in
"
there."
the it is
second
a
adverb
place;
in
the
first
preparatory
expletive
adverb
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
There
is the
same
difference
between
the
two
theres
following
lines.
There A For In
is in
spot
the
wide
lone but
sea
unmarked
the
ocean
holy,
the
there
gallant
and
free
his
bed
lies lowly.
Exercise
expletive
1.
173. adverb
was
"
Rearrange
there.
once
a
the
following
sentences,
omitting
There
heaven.
no
good
was
king.
not
a
2.
tree to
came
There
be
a
came seen.
voice
3.
to
There
tricks.
4.
There
a
end
his
5.
a
There
lion
and
There
bear
Behold
forms
there
ud
chariot
of
fire.
7.
a
stood
throne.
8.
There's
merry
brown
ush 9.
sitting
There Ninety
in
tree.
woman
an
old
as
tossed
as
up
in
basket
times
to
was
high
the
moon.
10.
Woe
There
the
realms
which
he
wasted, and
are
for
there
of hair.
shedding
of blood
rending
410.
Adverbs
that
show
how
called
adverbs
er.
Exercise
174.
"
Pick
out
the adverbs
of
manner
in
Exercise
Read
411. 412.
par.
63.
that that
of
Adverbs
Adverbs
show show
why how
are
called
or
adverbs
how many
of
cause.
much
times
called
The
adverbs
degree.
the "by
(as in "We
such
cases
worked
means
harder")
so
belongs
or
to
this
class
in is
much"
or
"by
that
much,"
used
only
before
adverbs
adjectives
is
an
in
the
compara
degree.
Whatever,
as
in
"no"
"no
time and
whatever,"
adverb
ree;
modifying
meaning
"absolutely."
KINDS
OF
ADVERBS
21*
How,
in "How
This
questions
dark
it is! "
is
an
adverb
"dark."
is the
how
ns.
In
Exercise
175.
"
Pick
out
the
adverbs
of
degree in Exercise
413.
Adverbs
made
that
show
are
how
fully
the
speaker
believes
statement
called
adverbs
of assertion
(par.
).
Read
Yes,
no
again
yea,
par.
7l.
are
and
nay
ay,
are
generally
called
adverbs
of affirmation;
and
generally
called
adverbs
of negation.
assertion in
Exercise
Exercise
61.
414.
176.
"
Pick
out
the adverbs
of
Adverbs
may
limit not
nearly
ripe"), but
"nearly"
of
may
as,
size;"
where
of a size).
whole
as
Adverbs
they
assertion
any
statements,
a
modify
of
statement,
word
or
ase; There
stood
the
tree,
certainly
fifty feet
high
{certainly
(probably
soon,
probably
an
within
an
hour
difies
within
hour).
the italicized adverbs
Exercise
177.
"
Tell what
modify
in
following sentences.
1. lam much the of the
tree,
now
same
near
rd,
the
notXin
m
2.
one,
We
watched fluttering
out
the
feebly
of my
man,
g/ound.
jst of the
3.
I lay
there
days,
doubtless
was
a
ad
time.
my
4.
My
obably
of twice surely
-da'j
m
before
weight. Thursday.
at
antagonist 5. We shall
large
6.
The of the
7.
He
is easily
the
head
list.
212
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
415.
As
we
learned
and
are
in pax.
72,
some
adverbs
are
used
ask
questions,
In
the
called
Why
so
interrogative
he come?"
adverbs.
why
"
sentence,
has
is
"
an
interrogative
adverb
'Why
question,
has
we
of cause; he come?"'
say,
is it in the
But
sentence,
Mother
the
ask
if, instead
asks
"Mother adverb,
the
or
why
he
the
dire
why
still
an
interrogative
though
is declara tive.
In
such
an
sentences
interrogative
question,
adverb
no and "Mother
is used
introduce
indirect
to
inverted
two
tion conjunc
asks
is necessary1
why
join the
The
members,
question
he
has
come."
indirect is the
out
introduced
verb.
the
interrogative
adverb
"
Exercise
178.
Pick and
you
adverbs
in
following
1.
sentences,
tell what
find this Tell it?
modify,
did
you
run
Where
to pay
did
know
Why
away?
3.
I want
you
how
is put
me
together.
where
you
4.
are
How
much
did
6.
bear
him?
why
5.
Father
was
I had
bought
stranger you
it.
7.
now.
8.
9. Why
The
inquired
to
do
shall
want
know
11.
ink
Wherewith 12.
it be
salted?
came
Did
you
it happened?
Whence
you,
and
whither
going?
Conjunctive
Adverbs
which of these
are
/
416.
There The
and
are
few
common
words
called
are
conjuncti
adverbs.
most
words
Where
its compounds
(as, wherein,
when,
as,
where-by*
whenever,
.
where fore
etc.),
why,
1
wherever,
wheresoever, however,
as
whence,
x
whither,
The
par.
same
while,
holds and
the?
seen,-
true,
we
have
for interrogate
'pronouns
par.
(see
2
251),
questions.
for
interrogative
adjectives
may
(see
\ 267),
indirect
Note
that
many
of
these
words
be
used
""
intej^oga
CONJUNCTIVE
ADVERBS
21
417.
If I say
"
"This
This
to
is the
is the
place
"
where
"
he
He
lives/*we
lives. does
"
have
statements,
place
and
Where
ns
"he
lives"
"place," it also
an
and
therefore
the
the
work
conjunction.
does the work
But
modifies
as
verb
lives.
a
Since
hus
of
a
adverb
well
as
of
conjunction
in
the
same
is properly
termed
words
seen
conjunctive
in the they,
too,
adverb. examined
If the
other
list be
are
it will be that
they
that
conjunctive
follow
them.
adverbs*1
modify
the
verbs
which
Examples
1.
2.
of Conjunctive Adverbs
you
I
I
will
am
go
where
go.
you
are.
ready remain
was
whenever here
3.
4.
I shall The
while
as
you
search.
from
thief
try
caught
harder,
he
climbed
you
the
windowme.
5.
6.
I will The2
the
the1
more
encourage
farther
he
ran,
the
louder
went,
became
the
was
uproar.
sure
7.
8. 9.
10.
And
What The The
Mary
the
ye
are
lamb come?
to
go
wherefore
when
sent
reading
was
his
master to
came
up.
prisoner
back
the
place
whence
11.
418.
will The
act
however
I please
to
act.
following
sight
they
words
may
are
not to
gh
at
first
seem
adverbial
modifiers):
"William
"
after, before,
after
came"
until,
till, and
e.
If
say
came
James
had "James
direct
415
left,"
we
have
statements,
William
and
only in in
par.
had
left.
but
much
rbs rect
(see
pars.
72
and
415),
last
not
questions
questions.
The
sentence
are
will
help
inguishing
1
when
for
a
the
words
interrogative
322,
adverbs.
16.
to
See
The
Teachers,"
sentence
p.
Note
is
about
equivalent
the
conjunctiv
in
the
rb is
(see
par.
515
-and
footnote).
par.
The
other
the
sen ten
an
adverb
of
degree
(see
412).
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
ter
joins
But
them
and
does
therefore
not
does
the the
came.
or
work
of
tion. conjuncverb,
as
after
not
modify William
following
Hence,
es
not
did
leave
any
after
aft
words
modify
a
verb,
The be
used since the
may
adjective,
fact
as
adverb,
all the
we
simply
it
conjunction.
may eaten
is,
that
six
we
tioned
have
also nothing
taking
prepositions.
"
Thus remained
came
say
morning;
sentence,
"I
there
"
And
had
"William
a noun so
afte
es
left,
"
we
as,
supply
as
to
make time
aft
"William
But
as
came
after
[the
the
when]
es
left." left"
regard of the
instead the
of of
as
a
regarding the
statement
mes
object
preposition
after simply
sentence.
conjunction
after, w joining th
mples
The
of conjunctions
moon
rose
which,
at
first sight,
look
like
adverbs
The It is
traveler
now
set
had set. after the sun had before his friends out
months since
we
come
up.
our
three
heard
from
cousin
India.
Do
419.
not
go
out
till the
as
storm
has
abated.
The
the
word
requires is
as
care.
In
sentence
"John
of degree
tall
as
his
brother
is,"
tall;
the
the
fir
is
an as
adverb is a
the
as
limiting
conjunctive
"We is
"I is that
a
adverb
met
the
sec on
In
sentence
the
we
were
coming
me,"
In
as
[ =when]
sentence
"
conjunctive
do
not trust
(of time).
he
has
the
deceived
because]
seen
conjunction.
as
We
par.
have
may
also
be
relative
pronoun
ee
243).
179.
"
Exercise they
1.
That
Pick
what
bank
out
the
conjunctive
modify.
the
money
adverbs,
and
at
join,
know
is
the
and
a
verbs
whereon
they
wild
was
thyme found.
blows
3.
field
where
the
Th
CONJUNCTIVE
ADVERBS
21
why
are
he
came
is
not
known.
4.
The
The
place
whither
not
traveling he
was
is far
away.
5.
tree
workman
did
where
out
hea
will
look
is still lying
go.
it fe
8.
Lord
He
goes
riding David
ever
he
find
he
went.
time.
9, 10.
The
preserved
hersoever
Whithersoever
rock whence I 14.
come.
it
ye
turneth
are
pereth.
11.
Look
to
the
hewn.
What
Ye
cause
know
not
the
ye
place
are
whence
13.
wherefore
come?
Wherever
I went
was
poor
dog
Tray.
Exercise in
180.
italics
"
a.
Say
what
part
of
speech
each
word
nted
1.
is.
first; William
James
came
William
came me.
came
aftey.
2.
William
4.
after
5.
The
3.
after I had
6.
gone.
tumbling mother
after.
knew
that
before.
mother
The
knew
mother
.
knew
before
told her.
Saturday.
7.
The
that
befo
brother
8.
My
stay
brother
till you ought
cannot
come
stay
9.
My
ot
for
10.
many
We
to
are
have
heard
this.
11.
We
shall
hea
days
The
has
gone.
12.
merchant
has
since
been Monday.
here
since. 14.
13.
The
merchan
been
since
here
you
The
merchant
ha
here
left.
was was
15.
the
As boy
as
the
as was
boy
he
hard-working
going
to
he
got
on.
16.
boy
was
We
work.
17.
The
st
he
industrious.
the
men
18.
more
He
said
they
were
seemed
to
work
the
less
faithfully,
paid.
have
was
19.
If the
salt
lost
the
his
savor,
wherewith
shall
it
ed
20.
Such
instrument
wherewith
had
b.
Classify
the adverbs
in
Exercise
62.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Comparison Read
420.
Positive Comparative Superlative
op
Adverbs
again
pars.
281-284.
Some
degree.
adverbs
admit
We
We We
of comparison;
Fred
Tom
to to
thus,
arrive
arrive
to
soon. sooner.
expect
degree. degree.
are
expect
expect
Edward
arrive
soonest.
421.
Adverbs
compared
like
adjectives (pars.
as
285
6).
Many gently the
are
adverbs
from
are
formed Such
from
adjectives,
are, were
kindly
from
d,
gentle.
from
adverbs
which
they
of
course,
longer
an
adjectives
therefore
are.
formed,
more
an
verbs
compared
oftener
by
and
mos
adjectives
422.
Some
adverbs
are
compared
irregularly;
as,
423.
Some
mpletely,
however,
as
twice,
there,
quite,
be
p.
entirel
their
1, and
meanings,
compared.
See,
287,
Note
footnote,
135.)
The
adverb but
rather
its
has
no
corresponding is often
positive "somewhat,"
an
perlative,
in
the
meaning
merely
expression,
"rather
tired."
Exercise
Lazily.
181.
"
Compare
Snugly. Little.
the
following
Proudly.
adverbs.
"
Sadly. Seldom.
Truly.
Luckily.
Hard.
'
ten.
Far.
Fast.
Slowly.
rly.
Soon.
Read
424.
again
Though
par.
303.
may
adverbs
we
modify
be
an
copulative
careful
not
verbs,1
to
use
like
m,
look,
verbs
sentences,
feel, etc.,
an
should
where
ch
adverb
"He looks
or
adjective
condition
or
is required. the
state
with In
bad,"
a
"He
feels sick,"
predicate of being.
jectives
in the
He
The
express
sentences,
describe
is looking
for
the
ball
very
stupidly.
along
blind
man
feels
are
cautiously
the
pavement.
words
adverbs
of
manner,
and
the
oking
feels are
action.
not
copulative
verbs,
but
verbs i intransitive
rbs
"
425.
fact Thus,
that
word
kingly,
other
ends leisurely,
in
in
-ly lively,
does
not
make
-i
jolly,
as
courtly,
and
isurely
kindly
words be may
-ly
are
used
The
adjectives.
from
adverbs.
adverb
lly is jollily.
426.
Frequently
as,
in
poetry
sweet
an
adjective
moonlight
may
be
used
upon
for
adverb;
"How
the
sleeps
this
nk."
427.
In
parsing
be
an
adverb,
and
tell also
may
say
what
kind
it is; compare
, if it may
tell what
it modifies.
If it i
conjunctive
Sentences
given
in the
what
it connects.
parsing
be in this
seems
taken
irom
the
several
ercises
xThus
time,
referred
"He
to
chapter.
weak," still is
weak
an a
sentence,
still
adverb
the copulative seems, modifying verb in the sentence, jective. So with rapidly
and "He
is
predicate growing
is rapidly
ll."
218
LONGMANS'1
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
PREPOSITIONS
Learn
428.
again
A
to
preposition
show what
is
word
pronoun)
named
sentence.
the
relation
placed between
some
before
the
noun
or
(or
in
person
thin
and
is denoted
by
other
word
th
429.
means,
Prepositions
show
relations
most
cause, are
th
about against
"
"
above
along
"
"
according alongside
" "
to
"
across
"
after
"
"
(amongst)
Siddons
athwart because
" "
as
around Lady
away
"
as
(amidst)
"
among
expression,
as
"Mrs.
"
Macbeth")
"
as
for
to
at
from
of besides
"
before
"
behind
"
"
below
"
"
beneath
"
s b
between
"
betwixt
beyond
"
bu
(meaning
"
except")
from
by
"
during
for
"
from
"
from
off
"
from
out
in
"
into
like notwithstanding
of
"
off
"
on
"
over
"
out
"
out
of
"
out
from
pending
regarding
save
"
respecting
"
"
round till
"
(meaning
"
"
except")
"
through
under
throughout
"
to
"
toward
"
"
towards
upon
underneath
unto
"
until
up
"
with
480.
"
within
Many
"
without
in English
as,
words
are
by
certain
prepositions;
"This
to properly is different
be
followed
from (not
PREPOSITIONS
21
than)
that;".
to
"I
the
differ
wi""_you
on
that
subject;"
as
"I
fferent
Proper other
man."
nicety
in the
words,
of
choice
can
of prepositions,
come
in the
choice
English
only
from
care,
practice, spoken
much lish.
431.
reading
good
books
and
hearing
of
good
preposition
comes
does
after
not
an
always
precede
its
object
you
man
frequently
or
interrogative
as
adjective
did
This
"
oun
after
"
relative box
pronoun;
"What
"
for?
you
"
Which
me
is the
knife
in?
is the
sent
for."
relative
par.
Note.
"
Since
pronouns
a
are
often
governing
omitted
an
erstood
pronoun
(see
234)
preposition
apparently
we came
stood under-
is often
goes
or
found
carriage
without
any
"There
the
home
next
in"
which
that
understood);
"The
place
we
Chester."
432.
The
noun
object
or
of
preposition
as,
may
be
belongs
to
(1) A
to
pronoun;
"This
John
an
you."
(2) A (3)
An
gerund;
as,
"There
is
no
use
in
my
attempting
tha
t." infinitive;
as,
"There
was
nothing
to
do
but
to
me."
(4) A
be
prepositional
phrase;
case
as,
"The
noun
noise such
as
came
fro
place"
thin
doors"
(in
like
this
"the
supplied).
whole talk
to
(5) A
statement;
as,
"You
did
well
in
that
you
fused
433.
about
it." is sometimes
as,
preposition verb;
passive In
used
broke
was
to
help
into
in the into
forming
house;"
transitive in
the
"The "The
into
burglar
house
voice,
cases
broken
a
by
th
rglar."
a
such the
is not
occurs
properly
much
more
preposition,
frequently
par.
part
of
verb.
than
This
the
passive
voice
in
the
active.
(See
299.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
etimes
of
to."
this words
usage
leads
a
to
as,
the
transforming practice
of
must
whole be
up
into
verb;
"This
stop
434.
In
parsing
the
preposition
we
simply the
mention
ject
and
word thus,
a
denoting
what
prepositional
ase
modifies;
He
stood
long it
time
at
the
door
house. of the
Preposition;
shows
the
stood.
the door.
may
relation
between
its
obje
door
and
the
verb
it shows
noun
Preposition;
relation
between
its
objec
house
and for
the
Sentences
parsing
be
found
in
Exercise
67.
CONJUNCTIONS
Read
again
pars.
85-88.
Learn
435.
again word
or
conjunction
to
is
used
group
to
join
word
up
of words
another
are
word
of words. according
or
436.
Conjunctions Conjunctions
or
classified
to
thei
that
join
or
words
are
word-groups
coordinating
al
coordinate
rank
kind
called
njunctions.
437.
or
Conjunctions
modifiers
a
that
introduce
statements
subordinate
containing
a
word-
ups
(usually
are
and
438.
predicate)
called
subordinating
are:
sub je conjunctions
Coordinating
conjunctions1
similars:
and,
(a) Additive,
well
1
joining
also,
likewise,
moreover,
as,
besides,
classified
furthermore.
lists
in
The
to
this
to
paragraph
read
and
referred
in
par. to
440
are
en
be
memorized,
only
be
and
when
necessary.
CONJUNCTIONS
22
(6)
Adversative,
whereas,
joining
opposites:
but,
yet,
still, however,
e,
only.,
nevertheless.
(c)
(d)
Disjunctive,
else,
or
joining
or
alternatives: otherwise.
or
or,
either,
nor
her,
else,
whether,
a
Illative,
hence,
joining
so,
result
consequence
so
to
its
reason:
refore,
439.
then,
accordingly,
that,
and
so.
Conjunctions
that
as,
go
in
. . .
couples and;
. .
are
called
only
. . .
cor re
conjunctions;
also); whether).
Care them
same
both
not
nor;
b
. .
either
or;
neither
whether
must
be
taken similar
in
using
correlative
ce the
before
parts
and
corresponding
or,
of
as,
speech,
if word-groups, knew
whether
the
go
same
k
to
and
turn
nature);
back;-"
or
"I
hardly
not
ahead
walk
"I
did
know wait
whether
for
I should
u
village
nor
whether
I should
"He
Tom;"
Neither
a
my
her
I could "Either
swim;"
called excited
John
or
both
the fish
fool
was a
and
ard;"
one."
was
much
very
ge
440.
Subordinating
conjunctions1
that,
are:
(a) Introductory;
statements
whether,
if.
or
(These
the
we
usually
of
a
duce intro
used
as
the
subject
"That
object
were
verb;
"I
was
doubt
if that
be
true;"
stopped
outrageous."
All
the
remaining
conjunctions
a
in
this and
a
list
introduce
ad ve
modifiers, containing
subject
as,
predicate.
seeing
(6) Of
(c) Of
cause:
because,
since,
whereas,
that,
now
t.
result:
so,
so
that,
that
(after the
that,
adverb
so
or
th
in
order
that,
so
that,
so,dest.
incase,
on
if, provided,
except
supposing,
condit
unless,
"Notes
(in older
Teachers,"
p.
English).
322,
See
for
Note
16.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(/) Of
(g) Of (h) Of
441.
a
concession:
though,
.
even
though,
although,
/
if,
eve
, however.
degree:
than.
The
conjunction
but
the Thus,
You
You
than
is used
part
to
join
two
members member
sentence,
greater
of the
second
ten
left out.
1.
like
like
Mr. Mr.
Jones
better
better
than
than
I.
me.
2.
Jones
than
3.
First
Fred
Member
is taller
Edward.
Conjunction
Second
Member
1.
You
like like
Mr.
Jones
Jones
better
than
[like him],
2.
You Fred
Mr.
better
than
[you
Edward
like]
me.
3.
is taller
than
[is tal
Exercise
1. The
known
182.
"
Supply
is
the
lazier
words
than
omitted.
the I. the plowman. 2. have
moje
gardener
You
James
than
our me.
longer
than We
3.
You work
known
es We
longer
love
faster
4.
more
love
than Jack
than
he
teacher
a
him.
6.
greyhound
than
He
than
hare.
7.
returned
than
sooner
hi
more
other.
than
8.
Iron
is
more
useful
gold.
9.
is
clever.
Exercise and
183.
say
"
Pick whether
out
the
conjunctions
coordinating
in
or
the
followin
tences,
they
are
ing. subordinat-
1.
We
you
read
tell
in
me
order
it
4. the is
that
so.
we
may
learn.
2.
so
I believe
ce
3.
be
as
He
stayed
here long
long
that
you
sed
his 5.
no soon
train. I
shall
after
have
e.
closed
door,
away
it
was
getting
to
late.
run,
6. but
We
sooner
turned
than
you
he
caught. the
7.
Unless 8.
He
you
will
never
ter
subject.
is
now
his
way
home,
while
WORDS
"UNDERSTOOD"
22
must
stay
an
hour would
longer.
try
9.
Judge
I
am
not,
that
ye
be
no
ged.
my
go
10.
turn away
it, only
You
came
afraid;
besides
so
it
yet.
11.
empty-handed,
Take it
you
empty-handed.
before
you you
12.
go,
it is
your
If
you
please. chance.
Hear
this
if
careful
for I think
last
Stay
Be
may
wish.
you
15.
slip. after
that
the
John
lesson
is
now,
right
lest
to
17.
school.
Study
el
have
stay
SUGGESTIONS
FOR PARSING
MISCELLANEOUS
Words
442.
"Understood" it is necessary
to put
Before which
are
parsing
seiitence
in a
ds
As
omitted
is
no
(or "understood").
need
are
rule
there unless
to
parse
words
the
which
are
understood,
of
but
they
inserted
construction
th
tence
cannot
be
seen.
Read
again
pars.
36,
175,
234,
383,
and the
441.
443.
Compare
second.
the
sentences
in
first
column
with
se
in the
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
1. Awake,
184.
"
Supply
or
the words
be
to
understood.
fallen.
2.
arise,
I know
forever do.
Obey
woman
you
ents.
3.
to?
at
what
4.
very
Who
is the
yo
oke
5.
your
This
is
book
I like I think
much.
likes
much
you
more
6.
Have
yo
en
uncle's?
7.
he
better
tha
8.
I. there,
You
understand
Give
me
arithmetic
thoroughly
10.
an
9.
I
the
you
apple
picked
out.
You
you
ll
know
will.
you
11.
This
is the
book
lo
Where
is the
house
mean? trembling
own
13.
He
guided
that
her
his
feet
firm
along,
and
strong.
Proud 14.
Be
were
still
dream
through
throughout
the
the
day,
A 15.
But
blessing
is the
are
north
waves.
And
16. All Not
the
seemeth
a
as
calm
as
an
infant's
dream.
17.
drum
was
heard,
not
funeral
note.
ORDER
225
Order
444.
are
Before
in the
again
parsing usual
51,
or
analyzing
sentence
see
that
th
s
Read
order.
", and in
par.
are.
Exercise
48,
6, pick
out
th
ectiveswhich
Read again
placed 180
after nouns.
and
181, and
pars.
work
again
Exercise
445.
Compare
second.
the
sentences
in
the
first
column
with
in the
Inverted
order
Usual
order
Great
great
is
the
power.
Lord
and
of
The of
Lord
great
is great
power.
was
and
[He
In
the
beginning
was
the
The
Word
in
the
ning. begin-
Word.
So
persecuted
prophets.
they
the
They
so.
persecuted
the
prophets
Comes
margin
heath
vapor
from
the
over
vapor,
blackening and
holt,
comes
over
blackening
heath
the
from
and
ye
holt.
worship,
margin.
unto
you
Whom
ignorantly
declare
I declare
ye
Him
whom
Him
you.
I unto
worship
ignorantly.
Mine
head
not
with
oil
thou
Thou
didst
with
live
to
not
anoint
mine
didst
From
anoint.
to
crags
head
the The
oil.
peak
peak,
among,
thunder
peak
crags.
leaps
among
from
rattling
Leaps the
peak rattling
th
live
thunder.
Exercise
185.
"
Arrange
in
the usual
order
the words
of
lowing
a.
sentences.
1.
are
Great
Thy
is
your
th
ways.
in reward 3. Great
Heaven.
2.
Justice
are
and
marvelous have
an Thy
ks,
4.
Of
his
early
life few
particulars
reached
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Oft
did
the
harvest
are
to
their
sickle
yield.
Into
6.
the
of
In
her's
house
many
mansions.
7.
rose
valley
men
th
rode
9. the 11.
the
six hundred.
all
eye
8.
their
Up
the
King 10.
wit
ed.
Flashed
closing Down
sabres
bare.
Some
pious
ps
requires.
street
the
in
with
of
laughter
school
and
let
out
shout,
Glad
the
freedom boys.
Come
12.
the
And
The
the
heavy
night
waters
hung
o'er.
dark
hills
gate
6.
13.
wisdom
Wide
and
is the
broad do
still
you.
way.
14.
15.
16.
ever WhatThen
energy
did.
ieked world
the
timid
give him
and
brave. Me For he
Not
I unto
restored did
unto
e
us
he
Hanged.
Lucrece
this
Servius
this
are
did
Gone
Gone
all the
are
barons
knights
stern
bold,
and
squires, cold,
the
Gone
And
the the
abbot
and
of
brotherhood
friars.
Words
446.
and
Phrases
Doubled have
arms."
or
Compounded
as,
subject
waved verb
more
may
two
or
more
verbs;
"We
outed
447.
our
may
have
(a) Two
subjects
objects;
predicate
nor
x;
as,
"Henry
and
James
wi
"
(6)
Two
or
more
as,
"I
saw
William
and
ter."
(c) Two
neither
or
more
nouns
or
adjectives;
were
as,
tall
short;"
"The
boys
Evan
an
e."
1
See
pars.
387
and
389.
PARSING
OF
WHAT
227
448.
Two
or as,
more
subjects
and
may
may
have
in
common
two
see."
verbs;
449.
"John
Fred
and
I will go
two
or
and
One
preposition woods
have
more
objects;
as
walked
through
and
fields."
Words
Used
as
Different
Parts
of
Speech
WHAT
450. What
may
be
{1) A
I
see
relative
what
you
pronoun;
see
as,
[the thing
pronoun;
which
as,
you
see].
(2)
An
interrogative
do
you
What
see?
Or,
Tell
me
in
an
indirect
this is.
question,
what
(3)
An
adjective;
me
as,
Give
what
money
[that]
I have
earned.
(4)
An
interrogative
dog
is this?
adjective;
as,
What
Or,
I must
in
an
indirect
what
question,
he
was
learn
horse
looking
as,
at.
(5)
An
exclamatory
horses,
adjective;
what
as,
a
What
and
man!
(6)
An
interjection;
! dinner
What
not
ready!
as,
(7)
An
adverb
beautiful
of degree;
flowers with last
What
What
these
are!
[i.e., partly]
limping,
I at
crawling,
to
and
door.
what
wit
got
the
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
1.
186you
"
Parse
that
are
each
what.
he
going
tell
is what
you
said.
to.
2.
What it?
sort
of
that? piece
Tell what
me
3.
of
What work is
do
tall
with
4.
What
man! is.
5.
What
soldiers
for?
these
ar
what
this
for.
take
7.
9.
What
is he is this?
looking 10.
me
8. did
what
Mr.
Giv
came
vou
What
to
What
have 14.
thi
What
is
me
do
left.
this
be?
12.
are
Let
tim
ere
13.
I
was
What
was
flowers
these?
Mille What
ked in
what
doing
you
on
his
me
windmill.
to
say,
15.
id
reply
what
told
AS
451.
As
may
be
(read
again
pars.
;
as,
as
419,
429,
438,
440)
(1)
An
adverb
seem
(of degree)
to
You It
be
as
agile
your
"
brother.
is
just
as
well.
"
(2)
adverb
as,
eyed
me
as
wild
beast
watches
(6)
of degree;
YoulCre
as
as,
as
strong
he
is.
(c)
of time;
I
as,
talked
to
him
as
we
walked
home
fro
school.
(3)
conjunction
a
of
cause;
as,
I took
cab,
as
I could
walk
no
longer.
(4)
We
relative
are
pronoun;
stuff
came
as
as,
such
as
dreams
are
made
of.
As
many
believed
in
him.
PARSING
OF
AS
AND
LIKE
22f
(5)
preposition;
you
ever see
as,
Did As is also
Booth
as
Hamlet?
to
part
of
as
the
well
prepositions
as, as
as
and
as
for and
the
conjunctions
187.
a
"
if, as
though,
inasmuch
as.
Exercise
1. As
Parse
each
so
as.
play
as
it is not
my
bad. said
2. it.
many
Do
4.
as
just
It
as
I do.
3. done
be
true,
must
be
it should.
so
5.
as
as
I want.
eat
6. You candy
the
as
are
ly
is?
tall
he
7.
he
Would
said
as
you
we
such
at
8.
as
That
is what
as
passed
this that
house.
well
game,
Is
this
11.
dark
thatr
as
one? it.
10.
12.
Take As I
Let
you
it stay
I put
is your
as
will
bid
as
blue
the As
13.
do
have
you
none
lief
as
a
take
ning? begin-
15.
as
16.
There
are
many
apples
",s I ate.
LIKE
452.
The
word
A
noun;
not
like may
as,
be:
(a)
I shall
look
upon
his
my
like likes
again.
or
You
do
not
consider
as,
dislikes.
(6)
verb;
I like
apples.
(c)
An
adjective;
twins
like
were
as,
The
The
like
of like
two
an
as
two
peas.
angles
eyes,
similar
triangles.
With
her
angel's.
Note.
"
The
noun
after like
the
adjective
sister,"
is
like,
in
such
by
ntence
as
"She
to
or
was
her
governed
the
eposition
unto,
understood.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(d)
preposition;
like
me.
as,
Walk Note.
"
The
preposition
the
like expressed;
man,"
is
never
followed
in verb
the
by
sentence,
verb
a
thus,
like
drunken
like
if
is expressed
ter
the
or
preposition
as
must
be
replaced
by
the
con-
jun
if.
mpare
talks
can
like
write
an
idiot.
Ruskin.
He He
talks
can
as
an
as
idiot
would
talk
like
write
Ruskin
wrote.
Cases
Some
grammarians
"
prefer
"
to
call
It
like
in
such
verb,
supply
or
meaning the
similarly.
to
then
to
becomes
govern
necessary
preposition
(or unto),
the
following
pronoun.
BUT
453.
The
word
A
but
may
be:
(1)
coordinating
horse
is sold,
conjunction;
but
the
cow
as,
The
is not.
(Adversative
conjunction.)
I
want
not
only
oranges
but
lemons.
(Additive
conjunction.)
(2)
preposition;
went
want
as,
All We
but
none
him.
(3)
An
adverb;
wants
as,
Man The
but is but
[ -only]
little
too
here
true.
below.
story
-only]
2;
errs
(4)
relative
is
no
pronoun
one
as,
now
There
1
but
and
18.
then.
s
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
p.
322,
Note
See
par.
244.
PARSING;
OF
BUT
AND
THAT
23
Exercise
1. All of the
a
188.
"
Parse
but
each
Tom
but.
were
boys larger
early.
be shall 5. They
to
none
2.
We
are
bu
dren
growth. is
have
3.
too
One
taken,
were
me.
but
poor
th
left.
6.
4.
You
It
but
true.
bu
He
st.
come
but
are
mock
7.
wet
but
not
happy.
8.
There
but
were
by
th
er.
9.
So
But
the
loud
him
whirlwind
to
and
native
the
torrent's
roar
bind
his
mountains
more.
THAT
454. /
That
may
be:
as,
(1)
demonstrative
me
adjective;
Give
that
book.
(2) A
VThis
demonstrative
gives
me
pronoun;
as,
joy, that
as,
gives
me
sorrow.
(3)
Adverb
of degree;
walked
that
I have
far
myself.
as,
(4)
relative
is the
pronoun;
house that
This
Jack
built.
(5) J
conjunction;
that
so
as,
I know
It is
you
are
unhappy.
am
(Introductory.)
(Result.)
late
stay,
that
that
I
you
tired.
may
I will
go.
(Purpose.)
Exercise
1.
189.
that
I 4.
"
Parse
you may
each
that.
2.
Work that
use
bought?
Do
you
3.
succeed. It is true
that believe
Have
our
you
seen
th
came
that
sister Is
sterday.
told
me
know
Do
you you
child?
that
5.
that
tha
true? the
story
6.
that
story?
7.
Nay,
I be li
that
heard
is false.
8.
that'
ertain;
that It is
we
are
blest
that
Rome
10.
The
stay
you
so
may
live?
that
is rid boy
of
was
him. only
9.
Do
you
that
high.
1.
rainy
I must
indoors.
Miscellaneous
When
we
Sentences
for
Parsing
may
are
ontracting
Prop.
the
time
terms;
be
saved
by
thus,
Com. Case.
Abst.
ouns.
Subj. Obj.
Pred.
Appos.
tions. ConstrucN.
Coll.
Desc.
Dem. Pos.
djectives
(Adj.)
,'
Comp.
}Deg.
Def.
Indef
Sup. Indef.
Num. Pers.
.}**"
Rel.
ronouns
(Pron.)
Int.
Dem.
Ant.
(= antecedent.)
Indef.
Pres.
Trans. Act.
.
Ind.
Pass
erbs.
Int. Cop.
.
[Voice.
]
[Mood. J
** Ptc.
Fut.
Imp.
Tense
Perf.
Subj.
(Prog.) J
Reg Irregg.
"i )
P.P.(=Principal
Deg.
Parts).
^"^^
(= Participle).
dverbs
(Adv.)
Int.
Conj.
(Prep.)
repositions
Coor.l
onjunctions
(Conj.)
(Intj.)
Sub.
Corr.J
nterjections
MISCELLANEOUS
PARSING
233
Never Show
contract
a
a
word is
of
one
syllable.
by there
that in
word
contracted
as
putting
were no
period;
contractions.
uate"
other
respects
if
"
1.
England
no
expects
on
every
man
to
do
his
3.
duty.
His
2.
Time
was
tes
wrinkles
all
thine
azure
brow.
4.
house
coffin
to
the
vagrant
train.
some
No breast brought
useless
the
a
encl
his
breast.
The
6. mild
On
fond
breeze
parting shower
our
sou
es.
7.
southern live
from
hill.
8.
The
poor
pleasantly
up
without
help.
9.
Three 10.
wives The
sat
in
the
lighthouse
fathers
tower.
spirit
start
of
your
Shall
11. Two Within 12.
Here My
to
from
every
wave.
robin
a
redbreasts
hollow
tree.
built
their
nest
the
houseless still.
child
of
want
door
Down
A
is open
13.
in
green
and
grew.
shady
bed
modest
violet breeze
of
14..
.
The
eve
that
banner's
and
mignty
some
sive
fold.
sea.
sank
upon
beach
of
my
purple
16.
climbed
years
the
ago,
a
the
care
a
vellyn.
gave.
17.
18.
Some
I
saw
els
little
streamlet
along that
peaceful
vale.
19;
For
the
rights
of
fair
England
broad
rd
he
draws.
20.
see
the
lights
of
the
Gleam
through
the
rain
the
mist.
21.
'
The
turban
folded
wrought
across
about
of
his the
Was
daintily
A
braid.
22.
barge
Loch
the
Katrine
High
stood
henchman
the
prow.
23.
And
There
lo!
from
a
the shout,
came
our
assembled prolonged
crowd and
iron
the haste
rose
loud.
24.
The
stranger
with
hand land.
And
from
fathers
reft in
25.
And
at
the
sound
from heart with
it sunk
our
away
And
26.
Then
vanished
my
sight.
with
the
pleasure
fills
And 27. My
A
dances
father
daffodils. Tyne,
lived
lord thee;
beside
was
the
he.
wealthy
sorry
28.
I
To
am
for
a
thou
art
come
answer
stony
an
adversary. angel
may
as an
29. 30.
And
Though
by
came
who
had
hard,
bright
key
your not
an on
duty
it
be
ill;
Look If
it be Do
it
honest
an
task,
with pink
honest
will. bowed
his
to
31.
The
tall
foxglove
head;
bed.
The 32.
violets
the
curtsied ground
some
went
When
At
with
snow,
the
a
door
I'll throw.
a
33.
With
Through
merry
face
snow
and
he
merry
song
the
to
paddles
along.
34.
And
He
the
hilt
his
vengeful
sword
plunged
the the
woman
in
Gelert's
so
35.
Past
old
on
Hurry
children brightly
from
36.
Lightly
The
and
morning the
breaks
her
mantle
arching
gray.
37.
Beneath
crimson
dome,
MISCELLANEOUS
PAHSING
23
38.
must
be
the
heedeth
of of
state
more
ruler
murmurs
the
poor
flatteries
the
renown,
great.
39.
Sing
When
the
to
glorious
battle of
day's fierce
came
forth
crown.
All
The
the
might
Denmark's
40.
foolish
and
the
dead
alone
never
change
thei
ions.
41.
No
No
peace,
ease
no
comfort
could
or
I find,
within
doors
this
without.
hearse
verse.
42.
Underneath
Lies
the
sable of
subject
him
all
on
43.
And
His
by
little
sported
the
green,
grandchild, and
see
Wilhelmine.
mother
44.
thy
father
pronoun;
thy
par.
that
be
it
[ca
an
215]
on
may
well
with
thou
mayest
live
long
the
the
earth.
"O!
haste
thee,
haste!"
lady
us
cries;
"Though
tempests
round
of the
gather,
I'll meet
But
not
the
an
raging
angry
skies,
father."
46.
Were
Were Given
half
half
to
were
the the
power
that
fills the
on
world
camps
with
and
error,
terror, courts
wealth
the
bestowed
human
redeem
no
mind
or
from
There
need
of arsenals
forts,
PART
III
ANALYSIS
OF
SENTENCES
ELEMENTS
455.
part
a
When
from
chemist
rest
takes
mixture
analyze
parts
ch
the
he
is said
its
to
parate
sentence
into
different
said
alyze
that.
The
units
or
parts
are
that
make
up
sentences
are
calle
to
ements.
Elements word
elements,
elements
are
of
three
kinds and
according
clause
the
rm:
phrase
are
elements,
never
elements.
sentences
Since
the
clause
we
found
"
in simple shall
kind
elements
to
analyze
first
we
study
here
onl
rd
and
phrase
elements. parts
456.
may
Any
of the
a
eight
of speech,
except
are
tion, preposi-
be
word
element.
Conjunctions
not
called
con ne
elements.
to
Interjections,
words
being
are
connected
lated
the
other
in
the
sentence,
independent
lements.
457.
We
have
already
learned
about
two
important
nds
of phrases,
prepositional phrases
(see
par.
par.
infinitive
phrases
(see
SIMPLE
The
SENTENCES
Subject Substantive
458.
when
We
we
have
already
of
learned
(see
of
a
pars.
30
and
we
14
mean
speak
the
subject
236
sentence,
THE
SUBJECT
SUBSTANTIVE
23
complete base
or
subject,
core
including
what
modifiers
there
may
we
of
the
subject,
a
which
or
is left when
a
pu
de
the
modifiers,
is usually
noun
pronoun,
but
no
ays.
Exercise
1.
190.
"
Analyze
the
2. long
following
is
sentences.
John 4.
is working.
He
working.
3.
fly.
To 6.
work They
s.
Working
too
tires. 8.
5.
Birds Reading
7.
To
me.
read
9.
11.
is
The
interesting.
good
10.
books
rests
blind
is
should
be
helped.
The
good
loved.
Here
where
I live.
459.
If the
sentences
given
in Exercise
may
190
be
examined,
will
be
seen
that
the
subject
be "Racing
is fun."
(1)
noun1;
as,
"John
as,
is working," is working."
(2) (3)
A
An
pronoun;
"He
as
"
adjective
infinitive;
used
noun;
as,
The
blind
should
helped."
(4) An
(5) A
as,
"To
wot
k tires."
too
gerund; adverb
place."
as,
"Working
as a
long
as,
(6)
An
used
noun;
time
is the
460.
we
noun.
Since, need
For
therefore,
some
we
do
not
always
have
may
subje
We
word
we a
to indicate
use
whatever
do
the wor
this in
the
a
word
substantive.2
noun, or
may
always
have
sentence
subject
have
a
subje
noun,
but
term
we
must
always
any
subject
six
substantive,
of
this
will
include
459.
of
the
kinds
subje
ds
1
named
It will be
also
in par.
seen
when
of
a
noun
complex clause.
sentences
are
taken
that
the
subje
consist Latin
From
sub,
under,
and
or
stans,
stantis,
standing:
that
whic
ds
under,
that
is, the
base
foundation.
Compare
"substance,"
bstantial."
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
The
subject
substantive with
may
of
course
have
modifiers*
of
it, together
its modifiers,
forms
the
subject
th
tence.
Exercise
1. John
191-
"
Say
to
of what
Scotland;
is
the
subject substantive
he will
stay
consists.
a
is going
there
To
month.
in
so
Europe
easy.
interesting. Blessed
are
3.
the
read
is
easy;
is not
4. Writing
aunt;
meek.
5.
Blessed
merciful.
our
6.
good
she
books is
coming
is useful.
from
7.
expecting
France To is wait
a
France.
a
large
country.
9.
Reading
maketh
full
man.
is tiresome.
The
461.
Predicate
may
Base
Many
"
intransitive Birds
verbs
So
by
themselves
form
dicate;
as,
as,
fly."
was
with
verbs Transitive
in the
verbs
complete
passive
ce;
"The
thief
however,
caught." require
an
in th
ive
voice,
or
object
to
thei
dication
assertion;
a
and
copulative substantive
verbs
or
(see
pars
1-307)
predicate
adjective
plete
predication.
predicate base
may
as,
462.
therefore
"We
were
be
talking." voice;
as,
**-*"
(1) An (2)
was
intransitive transitive
arrested"
verb; verb in
the
passive
"The
(3) A
hay."
transitive
active
verb
with
its
object;
as,
"Horses
(4)
copulative
as,
verb
are
and
animals"
the
predicate "Oaks
grow
substantive
tall"
jective;
463.
"Men
The A
noun
object substantive
l;
seen
may
be
bread"
are
(1)
1
as,
"Bakers
complex of
a
make
sentences
noun
It will
be
may
when
taken
that
the
obje
tantive
also
consist
clause.
THE
PREDICATE
BASE
239
(2) A
(3) An
poor."
pronoun;
as,
"We
as
love
a
Aim."
as,
adjective used
gerund;
as,
noun;
"You
should
pit
(4) A
"I
as,
like reading
"I
history."
(5) An
Exercise
infinitive; 192.
Pick
"
out
object and
say
of
what
it consis
1.
The
cook
pie.
2.
Tom
broke
one
the
stole
window.
the
The
gardener
sailor
grow
seeds.
his ship.
4.
Some
6.
horse.
The
Farmers
Authors
nests.
write
9.
I
books.
heard
meet
8.
met
Birds
him. I
build
11.
10.
12.
We
We 15.
to
have
just
them.
are
Mr. myself.
Olds
14.
will
like
They read.
13.
dressing
hurt
She
The
cu
elf.
themselves.
to
16.
chil
learning
pass.
17.
He
tries
succeed. 20.
22.
18.
Tom
We
hope
19.
She
21.
enjoys
We had helps
making
candy.
to
alone.
begun
the
poor.
dance.
24.
They the
write.
23.
She
the
We
love
Comfort
miserable.
464.
The
element
may
used be
to
complete
a
the
predication
or an
of
ulative
verb
either various
to
substantive
forms.
adjectiv
We
case
ment
and
may
take
term,
We
them
1
therefore all.
need
convenient
the
term
include
complement
shal
loy
predicate
or,
in
of
ulative
The
verbal,
predicate
noun
simply
complement
complement.
may
art
am
be
man"
(1) A
2;
"
as,
Thou
"I
the
(2)
1
A
a
pronoun;
Latin
as,
he."
to
From
word
meaning
etc.,
fillout
or
complete.
predication
predicate
The
of
a
predicate
copulative
predicate Another
adjective,
commonly
complete
term
the
for
used
complement
ibute.
2
Also,
in complex
sentences,
as
we
shall
see,
noun
clause.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
(3) An
(4) An
adjective;
as,
"It
as
is good."
a
adjective
gerund;
as,
used
noun;
as,
"These
are
rciful" (5) A
(6) An
triumph"
"His
weakness
is
his
believing
dily." infinitive
used
substantively;
as,
"To
die
(7)
(8)
An
infinitive
used
adjectively;
as,
as,
"The
house
be sold"
A
prepositional
seems
phrase;
"The
horse
is
for sale
gun
out
"
of order"
In Exercise
141
Exercise
193.
and
pick
out
each
predicate
plement
Also
1.
it consists.
John's
money.
fault
seems
being
appear
too to
slow.
get
on
2.
His
purpose
was
make
3.
5.
We To
quickly. 6.
8.
4.
Henry
ame
to
of
age.
yield
hour
9.
to
is to is at They do
too
be
shamed.
The
was
bo
be
mended. of
no
7.
account.
The
hand.
are
Will
consid
the
elect.
10.
Ou
ficulty
has
been
trying
much.
Subject Read
465.
Containing
142,
Enlargements
pars.
145.
subject
be
substantive, by
when
it is
noun
or
noun,
modified
as,
(1) An
adjective1;
Timid
Those Twenty
birds birds
birds
built built
nest.
nests. nests.
built
(2) A
noun
or
pronoun
in the
is
a
possessive
case;
as,
My
father
farmer.
is
shall
a
William's
1
brother
as
we
captain.
by
an
Also
in complex
sentences,
see,
adjective clause*
SUBJECT
CONTAINING
ENLARGEMENTS
241
(3)
a
noun
in
"
apposition;
as,
George
the
gamekeeper
hare." A participle;
The
as,
(4)
king
being
defeated desired
phrase;
as,
peace.
(5)
prepositional
"The
Tower
of
London
ancient."
(6) An
infinitive
phrase;
as,
"A
wish
to
please
is the
root
politeness."
466.
Since
they
the
are
above either
modifiers
describe
or
or
limit
which
nouns
or
nouns,
adjectives
are
words
do
the
of
adjectives;
and
they
therefore
all called
adjective
ments. 467.
a
When
or a
the
subject
or
substantive
is
an
adjective
be modified
used
noun,
gerund
as,
an
infinitive,
it may
by
(1)
An
adverb;
The truly
Walking
To
eat
good briskly
are
the
a
happiest. exercise.
is
good
rapidly
or
is unwise.
(2) A
prepositional
The
Eating To
young to
other
phrase;
are
as,
in
the
faith
light
most
ardent.
to
eat.
live is better
a
than
living
read
in
bad
is foolish.
468.
When
it may
the
subject
substantive
is
an
infinitive
or
gerund,
have
as,
(1) An
To
object;
read
our
good
books
is instructive.
easy.
Loving To
try
friends is
to
(or trying)
as,
study
is bad
for
sick
man.
(2)
A
To
complement;
be
wise
is the
a
last
wit
thing
we
learn.
him.
Being
thought
flatters
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Since
we
we
cannot
use
call
term
such
an
object
to
or
complement
ifier,
and
469.
pars.
the
enlargement
or
include
both
modifiers
subordinate
The
465-468
or
objects
complements.
or
modifiers,
may
objects
turn
complements appropriate
For
mentioned
in their
have
own.
modifiers,
an
jects
complements
have action
an an was
of
their
example,
as,
a j
may
adverbial her
own
modifier; idea;"
etc.
a
"This
ingly exceed
kind
have
470.
or
noun
in apposition
adjective
participle
or
modifier;
an
infinitive
as
modifier
may
have
;
ject
The
complement
to
(as well
always
now
adverbial
with
modifiers)
to
hope
victor, the
as,
war.
be
friendly
brought
everybody
his enemies
is absurd.
The
having
submit,
ed
Just
in
the
first of
these
sentences,
an
"to
be
always
endly
with
everybody"
so,
constitutes
infinitive
now
phrase
ee par.
327),
to
in
the
second,
a
"having
brought
phrase.
mies
the
submit" but
participial
No
participle
and
its
object (ifany)
participle; speaking,
plement
(if any)
of
such phrase
a
included
is
in/ the
always
a
participial
phrase.
base
phrase is to
hence
as
participial element.
Exercise
be
regarded,
strictly
194.
"
Pick
out
the
modifiersj objects
and
2.
say
or are.
ments comple-
of
1.
the
subject substantive
old
man
what
name
they
The little
5.
was
is
on
tired.
sea.
My
is
NorvaL
makes Tom's
ship
was
the
the
4.
Peters sells
the
baker
6.
ad.
Robinson
Dick's
strong
son.
tailor
cloths. in
her
7.
Her
uncle
is
India. '9.
The house
8.
woman
on
The
being
in
is
great
withstood
was
the
weeping.
storm.
ng
trouble
worth's.
10. lady
"m
The
th
Mr.
Bos
11.
The
horseback
is Mrs.
worth.
12,
Teaching
lazy
children
is
hard
work.
MODIFIERS
OF
THE
VERB
"
24
"
Learning
returned. Every
to
row
is
The
pleasant.
path
14.
Fearing
is be
the
way to
storm,
15.
of
feet
are
duty shall
few.
To
the
a
glory
turf
The
beneath
their
soldier's
chre. sepul
17. his
To
one
really
good
18. be
good 21.
Seeming*
is to
learned
accomplishment.
play the 22.
piano
was
19.
his
thought
be
man
happy.
tc
delight.
original
The his
Robinson. Her
To
be
was
chief
aim
being
in
considered bed
is bad
beautiful
for
the
eyes.
has
been
her
pride
Reading
Predicate
471.
Containing base,
an
Enlargements
The
predicate
contain
,
since
it always
or
a
contains predicate
verb
since
may
it may have
object
ment, comple-
of the
verb.
of the
of the 143,
144,
object.
complement/. 146.
Enlargements
again
pars.
Modifiers
of
the
Verb
472.
Modifiers
adverb
of the
1;
as,
verb
"He
may
be
writes
as,
badly."
"He writes
on
prepositional adverbial
phrase;
paper" space,
objective
"We
rode
ten
(nouns
miles."
of
time,
urement
2) ;
indirect favor?"
as,
(4) An
a
object (see
phrase;
as,
par.
166);
as,
"Will
you
r] me
(5) An
.
infinitive
"I
stepped
near,
to hear
ly."
(6)
participial "John
has
phrase;
gone
as,
"He
came
limping
into
th
;"
hunting
for
rabbits."
(See
par
6,)
1
Also,
in complex
par.
sentences,
as
we
shall
see,
an
adverbial
clause.
See
168.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
"
(7)
phrase
the
at
"
with
swallows
nominative
returned;"
absolute
"The
l;
as,
"Winter
ng
over,
day
being
rainy,
stayed
Note.
home."
kind
It
This
of
phrase
states
is
a
called
reason
an
or
absolute
cause
phrase.
generally
the
th
ion
use.
denoted
Observe
is
not
by
main the
verb,
noun
and
in
an
is therefore
adverbial participial
that
absolute
apart,
ase
the
subject,
but
stands
with
the
partic
Exercise
195.
'
"
Pick
out
the
modifiers of
the
verb
and
sa
t
1.
they
The
upon
are.
battle
the
being field. 3.
won,
the
victors
gate
at
rapidly
pitched been
ten
thei
open,
2.
The
having
left
cattle The
strayed.
We
lived
thirty
Hastings
in
some
one
months.
to
soldiers
5. The
marched
book
miles
day
reach
er.
is well have
"
written,
gone
parts
being
lent. excel
6.
The
boys
now
walking.
Additional
473.
sentences:
Exercise
of
93.
As which
the
modifiers
the work
the
verb
are
either
can
adverbs
be divided
ds
do
as
of
can,
adverbs,
they
are
classes
adverbs
and
they
called
adverbial
ments.
474.
The Time;
modifiers
as,
of the
verb
may
show
(1)
He
The
will
return
was
soon.
child
born
in
the
year
1880.
(2)
Place;
as,
The We
man
bought
books
in
Paris*
(3) Degree
or
quantity;
it much.
I like I have
read
1
the
book
152.
several
times.
See 'par.
MODIFIERS
OF
THE
VERB
24
(4) Manner;
You
as,
wisely. like
the with
The
He
wind.
a
candle
or
match.
(5)
Purpose,
I went The The
to
cause,
reason;
to
meet
as,
the
station
with
my
sister.
child
carriage
cried
fatigue.
broken down,
having
they
were
late
to
wedding.
(6) Condition,
I left You
or
circumstance;
on
as,
home
shall
the
supposition in
case
of your of
being
ill.
remain,
or
accident.
(7) Affirmation
Without
the
negation;
I have
seen
as,
doubt
and
perhaps
have
rea
book.
475.
In
analyzing
say,
as
sentence
as
which
contains
what
modifiers
they
the
verb
far
possible,
of
kind
ar
s,
Far
from
sober
the
madding
wishes
never
crowd's learned
ignoble
to
strife,
stray.
Their
0
Exercise
1. The
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GBAMMAR
196.
"
the verb.
2.
We
were
swallows
fore
sunrise.
this
week.
endureth last
month.
forever.
4.
him
over,
our we
dog
one
5.
The
storm
ng
6.
ventured
their here
at
They
for them
to
met
friends the
in
Edinburgh.
gate.
7.
We bought
acted like fold. 14.
We
shal
garden
This
8.
was
rowed
from
Oxford. boy
read
came
9.
umbrella
in Troy.
a
The
carefully.
11.
like
a
You
on
baby.
Assyrian
the
down
by
the
a
wolf
the
13.
The
We
letter
special
messenger.
ment regi
charged 15.
not
with
study
to
eat.
We
live
to
We
man
eat
to
live.
not
17.
speak
We
18.
The
could
returned
.
y.
He
19.
His
father
being
to
dead,
he
to
England.
worked
21.
hard
All
win
the
prize.
day
long
the shone
through
tread
o'er
Frederick
of marching
street
Sounded
Bright the
feet.
lamps
the
the
fair
on sun.
women
and
brave panel
men.
23.
Through
window-panes red
the
autumn
floor
and
Streamed
24.
Under
At
walls
the
of
Monterey
daybreak
from
bugles and
a
began
lane,
a
to
play.
25.
Meanwhile,
Had
street
noisy
crowd
rolled
was
together,
like
summer
cloud.
476. only
As
said
in par.
471,
the
the
adverbial
modifiers
or
(to
verb)
predicate but
complement.
may
contain
also
ments enlarge-
of the
object
Object
of the
with
predicate
Enlargements
465-469.
an an
Read
477.
again
pars.
156
may
and
Whatever
may
be be
enlargement enlargement
of
of
the the
subjec
stantive
also
objec
stantive.
PREDICATE
WITH
ENLARGEMENTS
24
Exercise
197. and
have
"
Pick
what
the
out
the
are.
enlargements
of
twenty
the
obj
stantive
1.
they
We
horse.
4.
2.
bought
found
sheep
The
The flail
girl
lost
gloves. the
Who
of
Thomas's
top
I
curfew
of
knell hail.
widen
parting
I
day.
fresh
6.
wiel
the
lashing 8.
I
7.
the
bring
rent
showers
rsty
flowers.
in
my
wind-built
9.
ward
We
the
met
our
cousin 11.
I
the
architect.
the
10.
We
brow
admire
of
'
Wake. 12.
hty
Helvellyn. reading
signal-sound interesting of
to
We
books.
climbed learn to
14. Have
a
dark
paint The
you
pictures.
13. brought
to
swear
midnight
a
strife.
15.
friend
16.
I wish
be
alone
for
while.
with
Pbedicate
478.
Complement
Enlargements
The
may
predicate
be
complement,
when
noun
(s
464),
be
the
modified of the is
phrase,
by
whatever
adjective
or
elements
modifiers
complement
subject substantive
an
of the
a
objec
n
a
adjective, an
have the
infinitive,
gerund,
prepositional place,
may
it may
adverbial
modifiers,
of the
e,
etc.
(see
par.
474), and
it may
object
an
tion preposi
have
adjective modifiers.
or
a
When
have
the
complement
or
an
infinitive
gerund
object
comple
Exercise
sentence,
198.
and
a
"
Say
pick
of view.
unusually
an
what
out
great
the
predicate
complement
is
and
describe
ability.
the enlargements
2.
of
to
1.
He
is by
seem
man
We
are
sure
ased
They
the
3.
They
are
American neighbors.
citizens 5.
He
pleasant industrious
fairly
man,
erally Mr.
thought
of good
as
some
a
property.
Williams
season
is considered is
you
judge.
tastes
Th
hroom 9.
at
hand. of
8.
age?
too
This 10.
fruit
ver
et.
Are
already
is
to
worse.
Did
he 12.
look
ill
e?
11.
His
fault
keep
quiet.
The
si
is
growing
much
13.
All
John
cares
for
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ying n
those
the
pranks.
of
appear
grow
14.
One
of
my
greatest
pleasures
the
woman's
ha
reading is to
history.
so
15.
and
of
uliarities
of
life
old
16.
A
One
of
th
is
to
is this
looking
bad
would
habit
be
You
seem
wis
overcome
it.
19.
aim
be
an
to
pleasant.
479.
a
The
same
verb
complement
may
have
object
thus,
in
one
sentence
predicate
in another;
Object
Complement
coat
became
(^suited) flower.
303.
a.
The
wool
became
coat.
him.
lady
smells
the
par.
"
The
flower
smells
sweet.
Read
again
Exercise
199.
Say
whether
the words
printed
in
itali
objects or
I. The
man
predicate
felt
complements.
2. 4.
sermon.
hurt.
The
man
felt
his
head. old.
3.
5.
The
dener
grows
apples.
The
gardener
6. the 10. The
grows
The
acher
continued
his
host
make
man.
preacher
continued wine
ular.
7. 9.
The
tasted clothes.
wine.
8.
The
tasted
Tailors
the
It is sometimes
said
tha
thes
make
b. Say
whether
the
words
printed
in
italics
are
predicate
ectives or modifiers of
II.
the
warm.
the verb.
tired.
feel warmly
went
The door.
child
13. 15.
looked
We
12.
on
The
the
child
matter.
looked
14.
h b
We
went
The
dog
street.
16.
The
dog
ly
down The
sun
the
appears
17.
the
appeared
19.
fain
cloak
in
morning.
The
was
costly
by
adding
was
much
embroidery.
20.
The
cloak,
my
opinion,
made
badly.
Read
480.
again
par.
307.
may
Verbs
that
be
copulative
when
in the
passive
PREDICATE
WITH
ENLARGEMENTS
249
ce
(as "He
in the
Passive
is
considered
voice;
verb
clever")
are
transitive
verbs
active
copulative
thus,
Transitive
active
verb
is
deeme"Pin"thfu\
was
by
us.
We
They
deem
him
truthful.
rles
made
angry.
made sentences
Charles
angry.
It
is
plain
that
in
these
angry
the
predicate
jectives truthful
to
and
become
They
complements
are
onging
the
the
objects
the
him
Charles.
infinitive
the
joined
objects by
should be
in the
copulative
to be, understood,
ch
Thus
supplied
sentence
in analyzing
sentences.
We
alone
think the
him
is
not
object
of think
think "him
son.
The
honest.,,
object
Him
is the
infinitive of
the
phrase
be
is the
we
subject
may,
infinitive.
cases,
Instead
of
adjectives
Thus,
in
such
have
noun
plements.
Passive
copulative
verb
Transitive
active
verb
es
was
was
They
elected
Tom
Hayes
a
President.
thief.
I believed
Here
the
the
nouns
President
and
tKiefare
Just
as cases,
made
complements
objects, Hayes
be
ai*d Tom.
In
before,
the
thW
nouns
infiflitiv
President
be should
supplied. called
such
and
the
thief are
Tom
They
entire
are
phrase
"
is the the
object
of the
sentences
verb
believed.
"to
Exercise
In
following
is the
supply verb,
be"
re the
1.
not
necessary,
tell what
object of each
and
point
complements. objective
Many
people thought
Arthur, 3.
The
the
rightful
found
king. the
2.
think
him
clever.
jury
prisoner
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
lty. med
4.
him their
Her
an
beauty
impostor.
made
6. 7.
His
me
glad.
tenants
5.
Everybody
The wife
ney
They
landlord.
believed
proclaimed
William
emperor.
481.
We
the
saw,
in par. by
295,
how
the the
object
verb
of
verb
may
made
subject,
Jack
The
putting
into
the
passive
ce.
Horner
pie
was
ate eaten
the by
pie.
Jack
Horner.
In
similar
way
the
indirect
object
is sometimes
made
subject;
My
/
was
thus,
mother
given
gave
a me
glass
of milk.
by
my
glass
of
milk
mother.
The
verb,
as
before, into
agent,
is put
the
or
into
the
passive
.
voice,
the
and
bject
to
is thrown
the
predicate,
person
with
preposition
indicate
But
acting.
482.
in in
such the It
case
the
object,
and
as
"glass
of
milk,"
called of
"was
ll retained
predicate,
cannot
it is therefore the
ained
object.
because The
be
parsed
object
be
en,"
verbs retained
modifier
in the
passive
must
voice
cannot
govern
ject.
an
(Jbject
of the
therefore
and
may
regarded
adverbial
verb,
be
explained
the
object
of
some
preposition
Compound
understood.
Elements
Read
483.
again When
pars.
a or
446-449.
subject, a
more
verb,
and
an
object, or
parts
to
complement
connected
sists
of two
equal
similar
conjunctions,
it is said
and and
ran
be
compound;
subject,
verb, "I
"Henry
rose
I will go."
to
meet
him."
ANALYSIS
OF
SIMPLE
SENTENCES
25
Compound
Compound
484.
object,
"I
ate
apples "The
and
pears."
are
complement,
the
leaves
red
and
yellow."
to
When
verb
is compound
there
is said
be
pound
predicate.
485.
A
and
simple
one
sentence
is
sentence
containing
or or
but
bject
both,
predicate.
The and
or
subject
one
the both*
predicate,
may
may
be
compound,
hav
argements
consisting
Analysis
of
of word Simple
phrase
elements.
Sentences1
we
486.
In
analyzing
the
simple
sentence
should
name
in
ular First
order
several
elements.
the
Secondly
Then
to
the the
and
the
phrase
elements
ing belong
subject.
elements
The verb.
The
word
and
the
phrase
elements
modifying
elements
belonging
to
the
predicate
complement
f any).
And
487.
those
belonging modifiers
the
to
the
object (ifany).
noun or
The
of any
pronoun
are
adjecti
ments;
and
are
modifiers
of
any
verb,
verbal,
adjectiv
adverb
488.
adverbial
elements.
Model
for analysis.
attempted,
a
Something
Has
something
repose.
done,
earned
This
is
a
night's
Analysis:
simple
declarative attempted,
a
sentence,
with
pound
the
subject
predicate
"Something "Has
noun
something
repose."
done"
earned
something
for
night's is
p.
Subjec
the
first
#
subject
1
modified
325,
by
32.
parti
See
"Notes
Teachers,"
Note
LONGMANS1
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
ple
attempted,
noun
an
adjective
The
earned
word
element; modified
bject
something
is likewise predicate
is the
and by
is verb
the the
Has
second
ciple parti
done.
Predicate: which
noun.
base
earned
ose,
in
Has
transitive by
the the
and
repose
object
Exercise
1.
Repose
to
is is
modified
attached
adjective
a.
word
ment
night's,
which
article
201.
"
Analyze
the
way
the
following simple
2. of
the
sentences.
I trie'd to
ugLy 4.
find
out.
We
are
ocean near
one.
tired
is
of seein
very
sign.
3.
are
The
water
blu
day. That
There
three
ships
a
sailing good
the
island
see a
hammock
at
is
Capo
considered
6.
hthouse slowly.
This
He
May
distinctly.
wall
will
7.
topple
We
over
walked
some
mil
8.
That
day
person.
Invalid's
chair
them fair.
the
is
of
comfortable
low
was
for 11.
an
tired
None
has
deserve
for
exalted
the
degree.
allowed
but
th
ve
12.
hour people
(= retained
wished
too
ject)
His
finishing king.
lesson.
13.
was
The
Caesar
14.
John him
a
considered
proud.
enemies
16.
declared
The
traitor.
dashed
breaking
a
waves
high
coast.
On
stern
and
rock-bound
17.
An
unwonted
within
a
splendor
him
gem
brightened
him.
serene ocean
All
*
and
of
without
ray
18.
Full The
many
purest
caves
dark
unf
at homed
of
every
bear.
19.
The
The
modest
toil of
wants
every
of
day
day
supplied.
Simple
Read
32.
Interrogative 34 and
35, and
Sentences
work
again
again
pars.
Exercises
Exercise
202.
"
Analyze
the
following
interrogative
senten
1.
What's come?
an
egg
to
me
or
you?
then
2.
watch
What
it
way
does
no"
th
3.
Must
he
rise
more?
LONG
SIMPLE
SENTENCES
253
Why
Know me?
so
preach
ye
ye
here?
Agincourt?
5.
The
tear-drop
7.
Now
who
wherefore
can
blame?
stopp'st
are
not
ou
8.
many
Why
look'st
fair?
vile
thou
so? Whom
dare
9. do
Where
you
those
ights
and
these
10.
seek?
11.
Shall
Murmur
creatures
against
thee?
rest
How
Whither
could
. .
they
.
within
their
graves?
dost
or
thou
pursue
thy
solitary
way?
Can
Back
storied
to
urn
animated
call the
provoke
bust
fleeting
the
silent
its mansion
breath?
dust?'
15.
Can
honor's
voice
Simple
Imperative
36 37,
Sentences
and
Read
again
par.
"
and
work
again
Exercise
33
Exercise
a.
203.
Analyze
my
the
side
4.
following
depart.
Provide 6.
imperative
2.
for
sentences.
me
own
1.
Never Neglect
from
him
Lend
thine thy
your
ars.
3.
not.
future
afety.
5.
Love
peace
thyself
to
last.
Still
in
right
hand Break
away.
arry
is
gentle bonds of
us
silence
sleep
a
asunder.
envious 8. Chase
tongues.
7.
fears
all
thy
Let
take
b.
10. 12.
o'er
the done.
ome.
be
11. sigh
Thy
kingdom
the
winds
eaven
Long 489.
Simple
Sentences
may,
A of
simple
the
sentence
or
through
having
subject,
sentences
of
the
analyzing mention
1
long
it would
predicate, be tiresome
as
be
to
separately
all the
enlargements,1
and is done
useles
in th
more
In
diagramming,
to
however,
it is best precisely
(since it is scarcely
where they
any
trouble)
place
all elements
belong.
See
pars
547-551.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
el
given
structure
in par.
of
488.
the
^t is
sentence
sufficient
and
show
if
we
mark
out
the
relations
chief
modifiers,
objects
of
and
complements.
Analysis
Note.
In
must
Long
the
Simple
Sentences
elements,
the
"
analyzing,
be
following
bein
ential,
subject
substantive,
verb
object
No
(if any),
more,
complement
an
(if any).
impartial
surveying
long
with
the
eye
The
line
of
coast,
Shall
Be
the
seen
gaunt
figure
of the
post.
old
Field-Marshal
upon
his
mple
declarative
sentence.
bject:
The
gaunt
figure
of
the
old
Field-
Marshal,
surveying
with
an
[participle
eye
modifying
"figure"]
phrase,
impartial
[adverbial
coast
manner].
The
long
line
of the
[object of surveying].
edicate:
.
Shall
upon
no
Be
seen
his
more
post
[place/
[time]
night, harness
man, unseen, a
[For] in
In Dreaded
The
the
single
warrior,
sombre
of
rampart
mailed,
and
surnamed
has
the
Destroyer,
wall
sentence.
scaled.
mple
declarative
bject:
a
single
mailed
warrior,
In
sombre of
man,
harness,
Dreaded
and
Destroyer after
surnamed
the verb
the
["Destroyer"
participle
of
being copulative
complement
"surnamed"].
LONG
SIMPLE
SENTENCES
255
icate:
has
unseen
scaled
The
rampart
wall
as
[object]
adverb,
modifying
[participle
used
"has
scaled"].
Slowly
From*
and
the
sadly
we
laid
fame
him
down
field
of
his
fresh
and
gory.
le
declarative
we
sentence.
ect:
icate:
laid
him fresh
and
gory
From
the
the
field
of
his
fame
[modifiers
Slowly
of
object]
and of sadly
the
[manner]
[manner]
down
[place] [modifiers
Exercise
1.
verb].
sentences.
204.
"
Analyze
to
the
following
eyes
[But]
Rich
knowledge
with shall
the
no
their
of
her
ample
ne'er
page,
time, from
the the
did
the
unroll.
of
azure,
2.
Him
No No
fields
drum-beat
wall,
fort's
morning's Awaken
from
black
embrasure,
with
3.
Up
In
and
down
dreary
of
camp
great
boots
with
a
Spanish
leather,
tramp,
Striding
These
measured dull
Hidalgos,
the
and
damp,
Cursed 4.
.
Frenchmen.
Hearing
the
Imperial
with these half in
name
Coupled
Half
Forth
words shame,
of
malice,
in
anger,
the
great
campaigner
came
Slowly
from
his
canvas
palace. the
5.
From
the
alehouse
on
and
narrow
inn,
street,
Opening Came
the
the
loud and
convivial applause
din,
of feet.
Singing,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
6.
In
study Descending
Alice
my
see
in the
broad
laughing
lamplight
hall-stair Allegra
hair.
the
Grave
And
and
with
Edith of the
golden
of the
7.
bosom
the
air, of
her
garments
of
the
cloud-fold
shaken,
woodlands
the harvest and
brown
and
forsaken,
bare,
Over
fields
soft and
Silent
slow
Descends
the
snow.
Miscellaneous
[Analyze
1.
Evil
Simple
to
Sentences
the
for
Analysis
489.]
2. soothe
according
models
given
in par.
manners.
communications
little 4.
corrupt
good
May
never
Man
nts
a
but
sigh. thy
here My 6.
harvest
below.
day
or
3. night
earth their
pity
the
th
myself
to
I make.
her
5.
Prove
ou
words. the
The
to
thee
incense
yields
Oft
did 8.
sickle
we
yield.
press
Onward,
Through
onward,
the My
may
path
of
duty.
being
pains
a
9.
She
gave
me
story
done,
for
sat
my at
world
of sighs.
10.
fair
her
bower-door
Wringing
lily
hands. launch
11.
Your
To
again
match
another
from floods
up
12.
With
thunders
quells
the
native
oak
She
13.
Weigh
below.
the
vessel
Once
dreaded
she
charged
may
by
the
foes.
again
14.
[And]
Full
float
with
England's
thunder.
MISCELLANEOUS
SIMPLE
SENTENCES
257
15.
[And]
Shall
he
and
the
his eight
wave no
hundred
more.
plow
stores
16.
No
beneath
a
its humble
care.
thatch
Required
master's
17.
The
wicket,
the
opening
with
latch,
Received
harmless
the
care
pair. hermit
18.
His With
rising
cares
spied,
anpwering
win
me
oppressed.
19.
To
from
his
tender
came.
arms
Unnumbered 20.
Her
suitors
shall
the eagle
flap
O'er
21. To
false-hearted.
thee
did
I often
rove
Through
woods Vainly
and
on
the
green.
eye
22.
the
fowler's flight
sea
Might 23.
There
A
spot
mark is in
thy the
distant
wide
but of lone
to
do
thee
wrong.
unmarked oft
the sight
holy.
means
24.
How
Makes
to
do
ill deeds
ill deeds
his
done. guilty
own.
25.
He
finds
fellow
like his
of
skin
colored
one
by
the
one
in the
infinite the
meadows
of
heaven
lovely
stars,
forget-me-nots
of
the
In
the
courtyard
of the
castle,
bound
with
many
an
iron
band,
Stands
hand.
the
mighty
linden
planted
by
Queen
Kunigunde's
28.
In
He
that
hour
of with
deep
contrition
vision,
beheld,
clearer
Through
all outward
the
avenger
show rise.
and
fashion
Justice
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
29.
The
The
blossom
dews
nought
opening
of
heaven
of
to
the
day,
refined,
display
Could
To
purity
emulate
his
mind.
in
silence
and
in
sorrow,
toiling
still
with
bus
emigrant
he
wandered,
seeking
for
the
Bette
Land.
Additional
sentences:
"
Exercise
185,
a.
COMPLEX
SENTENCES
Clauses
'
490.
Compare
I desire
the anearly
to
sentences:
(1)
departure. early.
depart
depart
we
that
early.
sentence
that
in the
second
the
work
of the
noun
parture
and
its modifiers
phrase
to
infinitive
whose work
depart
and
as
that
that
in of
that
the the
we
thir
ntence,
meaning
is the
is done
othe
o,
the
of
noun
a
by
we,
the
words
a
depar
rly,
which
early"
contain would,
subject,
one
and
alone,
verb, be
a
depart.
complete
"We
part
if standing
sen
nce,
but
here
it is only
element
of the
whole the
sentence,
mely,
the
object, and
taken
altogether
does
work
of
n.
491.
Elements
a
(or members
predicate
may
are
of called
work,
sentence) containing
clauses.
not
ubject and
that
We of
shall
nouns,
ter
clauses
or
do
the
only
adjectives
492.
of adverbs.
sentence1
complex
is
one
which, being
besides
either
one
prin cipa
subject
1
and
much
of
predicate
confusion
forming
a
(both
if the
a
simple
It will obviate
term
"sentence"
be restricte "clause"
combination member
words
containing
complete
"
whole,
to
bordinate
finite verb.
Mason.
NOUN
CLAUSES
259
pound),
and
A
A
-contains
predicates
subordinate
subordinating relative
one
or
more own.
subordinate
clauses
with
bjects
498.
of their
clause
is introduced
by
conjunction.
adverb. adverb,
A A
An
pronoun.
conjunctive
interrogative
(4)
adjective,
or
pronoun.
Noun
494.
Clauses
a
In the
simple
sentence
noun
may
be the
of
a
subject,
in
a
th
ect,
an
predicate
to
complement,
some
the
noun.
object
preposition, complex
appositive
a noun
other
may
Similarly the
ence
clause
be
subject,
of
-a
the
predicate
or
lement,
to
the
a
object,
Simple
the
object
Sentences
The
preposition,
an
sitive
noun;
thus,
as
subject
predicate
truth
are
is clear.
as
as as
complement
These
facts.
James.
object object of
apposition
a
I believe
I believe Tom,
in
exercise.
son,
in
the
piper's
stole
Pig.
in
apposition
with
They object
son.
caught
Tom,
the
piper's
Complex
clause
as
Sentences
That
you
subject
predicate
com-
have
been
deceived
clear. clause
as
The
fact
is he
is ignorant.
jrtement n clause
clause
as
object
as
I believe
James
wrong
is honest.
object
of
He
was
in
that
he
go
preposition
clause
angry.
in
apposition
The
fact
not
a
that
he
was
beaten
with
subject
clause
could
be
hope
denied.
that
you
in
apposition
We
be
had
might
with
object
safe.
LONGMANS'
KNGUSH
GRAMMAR
495.
Noun
clauses,
clauses
are
called,
according
to
their
uses
ubject
object
clauses
a
clauses,
predicate
to
a
clauses,
clauses
position,
496.
and
In
objective
complex
preposition.
first find
the
you
analyzing
Then
sentence
as
the
cip pri
predicate. Afterwards
by
497.
proceed
analyze
though
sentence
were
mple.
the
clauses:
will recognize
em
their A
noun
containing
clause
the
joined
as,
to
the
rest
sentence
by
conjunction
That
Noun
in
clause
this. clause
are
as
subject.
have
wronged
me
dot
pear
Noun
as
object.
men.
He
hath
heard
that
men
of
rds
the
clause
best
as
Noun
am
predicate
complement.
The
truth
is
th
apposition.
(See examples
that
in par.
494).
a noun
498.
The
conjunction
as
(when
it introduces
ause
used
as,
object
or
predicate
complement)
is
ofte
itted;
He
hath
truth
heard
is I
men am
of few
words
are
the
best.
The
tired.
499. whether
Other
and
introduce
noun
clause
I doubt
I wonder
S
whether
he
can
can
come.
come.
if he
at
500.
on
If you
page
look
221,
you
the
will
table
see
of subordinating
these
three
tions conjun
that
conjunction
introduced
that, whether,
In
and
if)
are
called
introductory
are
conjunction
questions
(direct or
adverbs,
indirect) clauses
terrogative
pronouns.
interrogative
adjectives, or
tive interroga-
NOUN
CLAUSES
,
26
Exercise
1.
That be
never
205.
the is
"
a.
Pick
was
out lost
the
noun
clauses
2.
used
That
as
subject
brother
ship
our
is certain.
our
was
saved
hope.
4.
groom
3. Why
was
Where
the the
the
money
went
hidden
was
found
5.
That
I out
can
out.
clerk thief
away
no
wn. Whether
the
come
is firmly
believed.
is doubtful.
b. Pick
7.
His
was
the
noun
clauses
that
father
go. you
used
might
as
predicate
die
complements.
battle.
The
wish
that
was
our
he might 10.
in
8.
Ou
ire
return.
9.
was
question the
ther
My
I ought
to
Her
hope
he
told
truth.
belief
is that
will
prosper.
c.
Pick
out
the
noun
clauses
used
as
objects,
know he
was
a can
or
as
objec
prepositions.
12.
I
asked
14.
what
The
you
man
said. believed
that
Mr.
13.
We
that
that
was
you
ar
ing.
right rich
say you
man.
Everybody
We
hear
that
thought
he
Robins
is much
Tell
me
liked.
17.
Who
where
garden
sum.
is? 19.
18.
I will he
22.
[indirect
how
you
object]
should
21.
were
how
work
20.
explain
was
do
He
it.
right
I
in
that
obeying
orders.
if you
asked
me
wanted. of
He
you
inquired
can
ill.
23.
It
question
whether
par.
afford
it.
Read
501.
again
216.
We
often
find
noun
clause
coining
expletive
after
or as,
the
cate, predi
and
used
in apposition
with the
the
preparatory
noun
we
it coming
before rain
soon"
predicate;
"It
is likel
shall
have
at
Looking
the
the
grammar
of
such
sentence
the
subjec
looking
noun
it, and
noun
or
clause logic of
is in the
apposition
the
with
it, but
the
sense
sentence
subject
the
is the
use;
it
is the
therefore
noun
called
grammatical
par.
bject and
The
clause
to
216).
it is used with
bring
logical
ompare
the
expletive
use
of there}
subject 407-409.]
LONGMANS1
ENGLISH
GBAMMAR
pletive
It
with
the
noun
clause
Noun
clause
as
grammatical
no
after
It
verb
subject (with
he
was
It)
is said.
is
said
that
That
he
was
guilty
guilty.
It is
prince
It you
reported is dead.
doubtful
be
that
the
That
the
prince
is dead
is r p
is
whether
Whether
you
will
be
in
time
will
in
"
time.
is doubtful.
out
as
Exercise
206.
or
Pick used
the
noun
clauses
in
apposition
ee par.
1.
It
494),
logical
he
subjects.
will
come.
is doubtful
of
Egypt
can
whether that
cope.
2.
It
was
tol
King
the 4.
people
It
fled.
3.
little
'Tis
to
said
him the
with
what
news.
ow
time
mattered
you
pened.
The fact
can on
5.
It
is strange
we
that
did
him
not
hear
that
believed
the
fact
you
in
that
made
sun
him spots?
work.
Who
explain this,
noun or
the
has
to
8.
ended
502.
a noun or
that
a
had
promised
may may
come.
phrase
a noun
element
clause
;
often
be
expanded
clause,
a
and
be
shortened
int
noun
phrase
element
element
thus,
Noun
The
or
phrase place
expanded
Where
not
into
Moses
noun
clause
burial is not
of Moses
was
buried
known.
for
peace
are
known. why
peace
was
The
reasons
It is uncertain
uncertain.
They
made.
the the
punishment They
demanded
of
demanded
should
prove
that be
th
thief
can
punished.
that
he
He
can
prove
innocent. The
result
was
the
result
was
that
lead
was
of lead.
To
discovered.
study being
is
our
reason
for
That
reason
we
should
for
study
here.
is
our
here.
us
being that
we
He
desires
to
go.
He
desires
that
should
go
I trust
in his honesty,
I trust
he
is honest.
NOUN
CLAUSES
26
Noun
That
clawe
exercise be
man
shortened
into
noun
or
phrase
element
of
is healthful
The
healthfulness
be
exercise
cannot
denied.
returned
be
cannot
denied.
of the
to
man's
How
the
remains
The
manner
r t
to
learned.
was
remains We in,
to
saw
or,
be
learned.
of
We
to
saw
that
it
wise
the
wisdom
saw
giving
give
in.
We
in.
it to
be
wis
give
Everybody
wrote
a
knows "Robinson
who
Everybody
"
knows
the
author
soe. Cru-
of
Robinson
Crusoe."
We
believe
that work.
John
can
We
to
believe do
the
in
John's
abilit
do
The
you
the
work!
is
The
to
your
punishment
is
that
The
punishment
or,
mi di
be
dismissed.
is for
l
punishment
be
you
dismissed.
Exercise
in
He
207. italics.
remembers the
"
a.
Change
into
noun
clauses
the
words
nted
I.
our
coming
kind. Tell
me
into
3.
I
the
cannot
age.
town.
2.
Every*
thinks
man
very
understand 5.
the
me.
t
never
of
his
failure. fate
7.
there His
4.
your
They date
rned
the
of their
to-morrow.
friends.
was
6.
Decide
to
of
meeting.
success
owing He
8.
to
John's
is to 10.
be
9.
honesty.
wishes
you
call
upon
I believe
in
noun
his
or
b. Change
in
How
into
phrase
elements
the
noun
clause
nted
II.
We
italics.
the
prisoner
that
escaped
was
was
never
found
cannot
are.
out
believe
why
not
he
innocent.
13. old
I
you
he hear
failed.
what
14.
became
Tell
me
our
how
understand 15. We
ld
of
It
was
friends.
to
me
16.
that
Decide
when
shall That
1
meet
again.
we
17.
owing
he succeeded.
is why
in such
a
failed.
as
For,
sentence
this, is not
to
erely
an
introductory
expletive.
word
the
LONGMANS1
ENGLISH
GRAMTAR
503.
Models
for
analyzing
sentences
containing
noun
uses.1
(a)
Lives
of great
can
men
our
us
We
declarative
all Lives
:
make
sublime.
mplex
sentence.
bject:
of
great
men
edicate
remind
[to]
We
can
us
(indirect object)
make
our
lives
[to be]
sublime
(objec
clause)
(6) That
you
have
not
succeeded
is your
own
fault.
mplex
declarative
sentence.
bject
(clause)
:
That is your
you
own
have
not
succeeded
"m
dicate
fav}t
i
(c) It is
fact
that
he
saw
you.
plex
declarative
sentence.
bject
(clause):
that It is
a,
he
saw
you
(expletive")
fact.
the
was
dicate:
Exercise
1.
208.
the clerk
"
Analyze
groom
went
following
the
sentences.
That
thief
known.
Bacon
is
firmly
believed.
can
Why
the the
away
is not how
he
you
3.
Who
say
re
garden
is?
how
4.
Think
much
lage
all declared
6.
7.
don't
Do
birds
what
say?
know.
was
told
her
they
d.
10.
'Twas
true
he
monarch.
at spurn
11.
Then
'Twas
thou
not
wouldst
last
me
discover,
so.
well
to
12.
Our
To
merchants
will
employ
we
us
fetch
them
of complex
wealth,
sentences
know.
arc
Models
of diagrams,
given
in par.
550.
ADJECTIVE
CLAUSES
26
13.
That
not
you
have
wronged
the
say
me one
doth
appear
in this.
runs.
14,
doubt
through
ages
increasing
purpose
15,
They
the
tongues
Enforce
attention
Adjective
504. The
as,
Clauses
often
place
of
an
adjective may
Sentence
be taken
by
clause;
Sentence
with
with
adjective
clause
in
'place
of
adjective
That The is
a
1.
tall boy.
That
is
boy
who
was
is tall.
youngest
2.
youngest
girl
lost
her
The
doll.
lo
3.
The
best
child
will
be
re-
The
that
is best
will
J
/505.
warded.
rewarded.
The
clause
an
which
thus
takes
the
place
of
an
tive adje
adjective clause.
"
"
209.
a.
Change
in italics.
is
into
adjectiveclauses
better.
2.
the
tive adje
a
printed
sick
The
child
getting
people
That
to
is
get
fal
report.
3.
Hard-working
deserve 5.
His broad,
on
4.
Everybody
liked
their
offer.
clear
brow
sunlight
glowed.
b. Change
inted
6.
ig.
into
adjectiveword
elements
the
adjectiveclause
in italics.
Most
of the
novels which
which
you
Scott
have
to
wrote
are
very
interest-
7.
The
task
the
a
do
is easy.
8.
lbng
remember
that
are
wears
fright
crown.
which
I Let
too
had.
me
9.
have
Uneasy
men
shal lies th
head
10.
who
about accomplish
me
that
fat.
things. worth
11. 12.
Men
talk
much
seldom
can
great hardly
606.
Persons
whom
others
flatter easily
be
ar
flattering. clauses
cannot
Adjective
always
changed
int
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
jective
word
elements.
for
was
The
adjective
cannot
clauses
in
the
lo fo
sentences,
example,
yet
be.
never
philosopher
patiently.
of
men
on
could is
a
endure
the toothache
the affairs
tide
at
in
taken
the
flood, leads
may
to
fortune.
recognized
507#
An
that
adjective
clause
be
easily
some noun
from
fact
it is always
used
the
with
person
(or pronoun)
named.
is
a
d
A
tells something
noun
about
in
or
thing
clause element,
apposition
it
(see
or
par.
494)
really
jective
508.
since
explains
modifies
to
noun.
As
relative
clause
relates
the
antecedent,
an
llows
that
every
or
relative
pronoun
introduce^ the
adjecti
carefully
ause
describing
"
determining
pronoun
antecedent.
what
pronoun
must
Note.
The
from
what.
as
relative the
be
what,
stinguished
interrogative
and
from
adjective
509.
(See
pars.
239
and
450.)
describe,
clauses
or
Just
adjectives may
describing,
and
so
either
point
are
ou
r limit)
without
adjective
For
of two
ts,
descriptive
determinative.
example,
/
He
Descriptive
is
a
Adjective Clauses
faithfully.
together.
boy
are
who
works
Birds
that
alike
flock
Determinative
j
Adjective Clauses
bought.
This
is the
books
ring
that
/Those
which
you
have
been
sold.
Clauses
of
of
the
former
latter
do
the
the work
work
of
of
descriptive
jectives;
Exercise
the
demonstrative
jectives.
210.
"
In
say
Exercises
what each work
118
and
119
pick
out
jective clauses
Read
again
and
par.
clause
again
modifies.
Exercise
120.
234
and
ADJECTIVE
CLAUSES
26
Exercise
say
211.
what
"
Pick each
out
the
adjective clauses
in
Exercise
yand
510. the
1.
modifies.
may
Adjective
conjunctive
This is the
clauses
also
be
416,
introduced
by
as,
most
adverbs
factory
(see pars.
where
my
417);*
works
brother
(where
it.
whence
=in
ch).
2. 3. It shall
The
prosper
was
in
the
sent
thing back
whereto
to
I sent
prisoner
the
place
4. 5.
This
That
was
was
the
the
reason
why when
out
I
I
came.
day
first saw
you.
Exercise
212.
"
Pick
the
adjective clauses
born.
3.
The
and
say
what
modifies.
1. I remember
whereon
the
not
the
house
thyme
where
was
2.
reason
know
bank
wild
known.
blows.
The
to
why
you ye
did
it
is
4.
place
whither whence
are
are
veling
is far
away.
5.
cause
Look
the
rock
ye
ar
wn.
6. 511.
Know
Are
What
is the
wherefore
come?
Analysis
the
of sentences
land
of
containing
the that
are
adjective clauses.1
and
ye
where
cypress
myrtle
their
emblems
deeds
done
in
clime?
mplex
interrogative
ye
sentence.
bject:
edicate:
Know
the
land
(object noun)
modifying following
myrtle
where
(conj. adv.,
the
"Are"
and
ducin intro
clause)
Are of emblems of
the
cypress
and
deeds
(complex2
that
are
"deeds")
1
1
Models Complex
of diagrams
of complex
sentences
are
given
in par.
550.
own.
because
it has
subordinate
clause
(following) of its
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(6) The
Whose
long-remembered
beard descending
beggar
swept
was
his
his
guest
aged
breast.
plex
declarative
sentence.
bject:
The
long-remembered
Whose beard
beggar descending
of
swept
his
aged
breast
(clause
was
modifier
"beggar") noun).
sentences.
dicate:
his
guest
(predicate
the
that
Exercise
1. He The
213.
is rich flame
"
Analyze
enough
that
following
wants
nothing. wreck
2.
lit the
o'er
battle's the
Shone 3.
He
The Doth
round
him
dead. the
truth
freeman
that
a
whom
makes
free.-
4.
from
the
soul
doth
rise
drink
divine.
that
5.
6.
Thrice
The
By
roses
is he
armed
hath
that
his
hung
quarrel
o'er
just.
the
wave.
soon
withered
action the
7.
8.
ceaseless
is subsists.
crown
Within
That
rounds death
the
mortal
court.
never
temples
of
king
Keeps
his
9.
The The
Is
"
Nature
did
her.
was
betray
heart
moon,
that
that
loved
once
10*
round
and
full,
now
silver hour
11:
It
is the
the
boughs
The
nightingale's
spirits Turkey
I have
carpet
is heard.
12.
The A
raised
was
abandon
lawn
.
me.
13.
the
Whereon
he
loved
to
bound.
ADVERBIAL
CLAUSES
269
14. Where
Its
Bright
first the
be
the
flowery
glad
sod
loves
child's
spirit
country
and
The
its God.
old times
are
a
15.
When 16.
true
dead noble
chance.
every
morning the
a
brought whereon
cause
Infected
be
air
they
ride.
17.
Why
I had
mighty him
came
I should
wish
There
dead.
18.
Two
blighting half
a
seasons
when
the
fields
werei
left
With
harvest.
19.
[But
Of The
sounds
of
morn
is the
voice
of love
That
welcomes
ever
his base
return.
20.
[And]
In
like
cowards
the
who rush
leave of
their
ranks
danger's
away,
hour
before
steel,
Drifted
From
disorderly,
the
planks
underneath
her,8
keel.
Adverbial
512.
Clauses
may
The thus,
work
of
an
adverb
be
done
by
an
adverbial
use;
Omit.
The
wrecked
ship
Birkenhead,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Other
adverbial
clauses
express
ideas,
and
such
as
those
that
e,
purpose,
result,
condition
concession,
cannot
be
513.
an
expressed
An
by
mere
adverbs.
clause,
adverbial
an
like
an
adverb,
modifies
rb,
In
adjective, or
examples
the
adverb.
given
the
just
will
the the
adverbial adverbial
go;
clause clause
of of
time
difies
that
manner
verb
come;
place
of purpose
modify
the
the
verb
came;
the
adverbial
clause
modifies
verb
the
gree
so
modifies
tired
the
the I
adjective
can so.
stronger.
"
that
go
no
farther,"
the
adverbial
clause
difies
adverb
par.
"
Read
again
440.
Pick
out
Exercise
214.
the
adverbial
clauses
of time
an
what
1.
each
modifies.
called
3.
We
4.
saw
My
cousin
while
some
was
out.
2.
She
stayed
when he
was
came
back.
in
beautiful
pictures
since
you
London. 5.
We The
The
Jim be had
has
worked
to
hard
see
pro mot
shall
train little
hay
was
pleased
gone
was
whenever
you
rive.
6. 7.
8.
when
on
before tired
the
sun
the after
shines.
was
boy
she
reached had
9. the
He
corn
th
ation. mile.
girl
while
walked
Make
had
as
er
he
way.
in
Spain.
10.
Green
de
my
11.
Before In the
the
bright
sun
rises
Mary
over
the
seen.
hill
cornfield himself
poor
is
12.
The
king she
has walked
Life
followed
before.
has since
hung
o'er,
her
When
has
13.
With
me
passed
I
saw
but
roughly
thee
last.
14.
[And]
The
the
heavy
night
waters
dark
hills
a
and
of
When
On
band
wild
exiles
moored
their
shore.
bark
the
New
England
ADVERBIAL
CLAUSES
27
15.
Could
Till
you
make
eyes
it whole and
nose
by
are
crying
your
near
red?
16.
Daily
my
my
table
steal
While
I pick wives
sat
scanty
meal. lighthouse
the
sun
17.
Three
up
in
the
as
tower went
And
trimmed
the
lamps
down.
Exercise
what
I.
The
215.
"
Pick
out
the adverbial
clauses
of
place
and
each
man
modifies.
has
you. go
returned
whence
he waits
came.
2. 4.
runs
ther
I sent
must
3.
wherever
Go
where
glory
thee.
The
ant
he is
is
told.
6.
5.
Fools
Smooth
rush
th
where
where
fear
to
the
brook
deep.
in will
els
tread.
carcass
7.
Where
thou will
dwellest
the eagles 'tis folly
Tray.
I be
dwell.
Where
the
gathered
ether.
9.
Where
is bliss
poor
to
be
wise
Wherever
II. There,
The
I went
where
a
my torn
dog
few
shrubs
modest
the
place
disclose,
rose.
village
preacher's
mansion
Exercise
say
216.
"
Pick
out
the
adverbial
clauses
of
manner
what
As
each
modifies.
so
1.
heroes after
think,
the honest
thought
the
so
as
Bruce. panteth he
2.
my
As
the
har
teth
waterbrooks,
man
soul
4. As
afte
e.
3.
An
so
speaks
thinks.
th
falls,
must
it lie.
sun
5.
As
the
breaks
peereth
through
in
the
meanest
darkest
clouds,
So
honor
the
go
habit.
6.
the
as
world
the the
how
it will.
comes
7.
conqueror
true-hearted, doth
not
came.
8.
My
Me My As
muse as
delight
she
did
pen
before;
are
hand
they
and
have
not
in
plight
been
of
yore.
2.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
514.
All but
last
one
of the
are
the
Exercise
adverbial introduced
clauses
by
the
of
manner
as.
give
rd use
also
introduces
so
adverbial
as
clauses
word of degree;
Thi
as,
"The
is not
"as
big
I
I expected"
is
an
Here,
expected"
so.
adverbial
clause
of
degree
difying
the
adverb
515.
Adverbial
clauses than
of degree
the
are
also
introduced
the
conjunction
416, 417,
Half
The
and
conjunctive
as,
adverb
(s
rs.
and
a
footnote);
loaf is better
you
than
the
no
bread.
you
higher
aim
higher is
an
"Than
no
bread
better.
[is good]"
"
adverbial
you
gr de
modifying
of
The
higher
the
aim"
the.
is
It
an means,
ause
degree higher
modifying
as
second
you
adverbial "You
ll
reach
(or while)
clauses thus,
aim
higher."1
516.
Adverbial
"understood";
"
of degree
generally
have
severa
rds
tence
with
words
understood"
Sentence
in
full
the
The
boy
girl.
is
as
old
as
the
The
boy
is
as
old
as
gi
is old.
Wisdom
is better
thanriches.
Wisdom
are
is better
good.
more we
than
riche
The
more
the
merrier.
The
are
the
merrier
(we
Exercise
shall
be).
clauses
217.
"
Pick
out
of
and
degree,
following
sentences,
say
modifies,
fillin
rds
understood.
that
or
[Remember
adverbial
clauses
of
degree
always
dify
1
adjectives
more
adverbs.]
"You higher."
Or,
accurately,
you
will reach
higher
in
the
proportion
ree
in which
aim
ADVERBIAL
CLAUSES
273
1.
The
child's
than the
a
hands
lion?
are
as
cold
is
than
as
ice.
2.
than
on
What
honey?
a
nger
3.
goes
What
faster
sweeter
a man
A I
man am a
on man as
bicycle
more
horse.
6.
The
you
sinned
as
against
was
than
sinning.
ral
was
lucky
you
more
he
clever.
7.
The
harder
is lazier
the 9.
more
will
some
learn.
men
8. have
The the
fellow
more
than
The
they
want.
Exercise
what
1.
218.
"
Pick
out
the adverbial
clauses
of
cause
and
each
came
me.
modifies.
because
you
as
called
you
me.
2.
came,
for
I will
you
ted
you
was
3.
wish
too
came,
sent
for
not
was
me.
4.
stay,
it. small.
5.
The
6.
could Corruption
were
dog
enter,
because
to
the
necessary
the
ors,
not
you
for
go
may
their
to
sea,
feeble.
rotten.
7.
8. he
The As
sailors
you
ld
was
are
ed,
rest. my
we
9.
country
We
love
calls
him
me,
because I
obey.
first loved
11.
10.
serve,
Since because
Freely
freely
love.
Exercise
say
219.
"
Pick
out
the
adverbial
clauses
of
purpose
what
each
modifies.
man
1.
A that
on
temperate
eats
that
he
may
live.
you
2.
glutton 4.
es
he
may
eat.
3.
Beware wake
lest
the
fall. 5.
She
tiptoe,
ye
lest
not
that
may
me. more
be
the
should 6. judged.
she
"
baby.
is studying
go,
Judge
so
The
my
boy
people
in
may
that
may
win
prize.
I
went to
7.
Let
that that
they I
8.
the
window,
so
order
hear.
might
Have
clearly.
to
9. honor,
you
Be
silent,
that
you may
10.
11.
pect
mine that
you
believe.
Awake
senses,
may
the
better
judge.
clauses
Exercise what
1.
220.
"
Pick
out
the adverbial
of
result
and
each
modifies.
is
is
so
so
The
mountain
That
man
high
that
you
cannot
no
see
the
top
it.
2.
dishonest
that
one
trusts
him.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
The
king
4.
was
such
was
tyrant
a
that
his
subjects
that
at
la
belled.
Tom
such
kind
fellow
were so
all his
of
compani
loved
that that that they I
him.
5.
The
people
tired
6.
My
James's
le
would
do
not
not
fight the
for
him.
coat
is
ick
fear
cold.
7.
Your
letter
is such
rawl
I cannot
read
it.
Exercise
221.
"
Pick
out
clauses what
it.
of condition
of
1.
concession
I
{see par.
with
you you
440)
each
2.
ye
me,
modifies.
You
will
come
will
nished
unless
do
Except
repent yet
all
all likewise
him.
him. them.
perish. Had
your
he
slay
will
ust
5. 6.
brother
obey the
been laws
here
however whoever
should
you
have
ld
You
must
may
li di
7.
had
you.
Help
known
will
you
be
were
welcome
in
took
town,
brings
If
we
on
we
should him
shall
to
have
as
lled
9.
Though
Though
you
his
life, bury
the
ince.
10.
hand
11.
join
you
in
hand
wicked
prepare
no
unpunished.
now.
If
have
eye
tears,
she
it
em
12.
If
thy
right
offend
he
thee,
may
pluck
out
However
full
of
book-knowledge
be,
he
is
no
se.
14.
Had
She
she had
lived
twelvemonth
more,
would
have]
the
not
died
to-day,
15.
Above
crowd
I but
On
upward
wings
could
yon
fly,
I'd 16.
Sharks
bathe
in
bright
cloud.
though
hovered
the
coast
seemed
that
near,
thick
along
white
sea-brink.
517.
Analysis
of sentences
I
^
containing
am
adverbial
clauses
(a)
Stepp'd
Returning in
so
in should
blood
I wade
as
no
far
that,
as
more,
were
tedious
go
o'er.
ADVERBIAL
CLAUSES
275
lex
declarative
7
sentence.
ject:
icate:
am
Stepp'd
in
blood
so
far
{that
Returning showing
'
(connective)
were
as
tedious
(adverbial
of
clause
result,
as
modifier
adverb
so)
(adverbial
modifier
clause of
degree,
ve ad
preceding
tedious)
[though]
I
(connective
wade
showing verb
no
should
clause of
were)
(b) Teach
That
me
half
thy
the
gladness
must
brain
know,
Such
From
harmonious
my
madness
would
as
lips
flow,
I
am
The
world
should
listen
then
listening
now.
lex
declarative
sentence.1
ject:
Such harmonious
madness
[that] (connective
the
world should result,
understood)
listen
then
(adverbial
of
clause
showing
as
modifier
adj. such)
(conj. adv.)
am
listening
manner,
now
(clause
should
modifier,
showing
of
of this
verb
listen.)
551.
1J3ee the
diagram
sentence
in par.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
edicate:
would
flow From
my
lips
[if](connective
[thou]
Teach
ness glad
(adverbial
modifier
That
showing
condition,
of
verb
flow)
thy
(pronoun,
must
noun
know
brai
modifier
gladness)
the
Exercise
222.
"
Analyze
following
as
sentences.
1.
They
trimmed
is stronger
the
than sinning.
lamps
the lion? 4.
the 3.
more serve,
sun
went
a man men
down.
more
What
am some
nned
more
against
they
than
want.
my
The
we me
have
5.
country
Freely
calls
because
we
freel
ve.
6.
not
ye
Since
go not to
I obey.
rotten.
senses,
7.
8.
The
sailor
uld
sea,
for
the 9.
The
ship Awake
was
Judge
you
not
may
at
be
judged.
10.
11.
your
was
that
a so
better
judge.
rebelled.
soon
king
such
tyrant
that
bjects
Except slay he
Laziness
travels
12. I will
come
slowly if you
14.
man
tha
verty
overtakes
ye
him.
ye
wish Though
repent,
yet
shall
likewise
him. 15.
perish.
me,
will
I trust
As
lives,
st
die.
16.
Could
you
make
eyes
it whole
nose are
by
crying
red?
Till your
and
17.
There,
The
where village
few
torn
the
place
disclose,
rose.
preacher's
mansion darkest
18.
As
the honor
sun
breaks
peereth
through
in the
clouds,
So
habit.
19.
The
teardrop
wh^
the
can
blame,
Though
it dim
warrior's
aim?
ADVERBIAL
CLAUSES
27
20.
One
May
impulse
teach evil
from
you
a more
vernal
of
wood
man,
Of
moral Than
and
of
good,
can.
all the
sages
21.
Next I found
morning
her
as
passed.
lying
dead.
for
22.
Shut
And
your
eyes,
now
the
away.
day
the
light
are
gone
23.
Could
I but
see
traitor, fight.
How
bravely
I
am,
I should
24.
So
No
faint
more
these
tottering
frame
can
feet bear.
my
palsied
25.
In
the Hung
blue
over
air
no
smoky and
cloud
lea,
the
wood church
When
Had
the
a
old
hamlet
with
fretted
tower
.
round drifting
sleeping
its knee.
26.
As The
through
the
was
snow on
she her
babe
pressed, breast.
27.
We Up
walked
rose
along, the
a
while
sun.
bright
and
red
morning phantom
she
28.
She When
was
of
delight,
upon my
first
gleamed
sight.
518.
your
clause
The
well
same
before
clause
making
may
ferent
in different
I know
I know I
was
thus,
when the
out
arrived.
when
he
arrived.
he
arrived. first
"When
he
arrived"
a
is in
noun
the
sentence
the
object
sentence
w,
and
therefore
clause;
in
the
second
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
modifies
the
the
noun
hour,
and
is therefore
the verb
an was,
adjective
clause
third
sentence
it modifies
antf is therefore
adverbial
clause.
Exercise
1.
Do
223.
"
Say
of what
he
kind
lives?
he
each
2.
subordinate
I live where
clause
he
you
know
where
lives
I live 4.
in
the
I cannot
lives.
write.
can
5.
He
writes
how
6.
As
the
as
bell tinkleth
bells
were
so
the
fool
thinketh.
7.
bells
I reached
were
door
the
the
ringing.
not
8.
As
the
ing, ring
children
the
saw
could day
you.
sleep.
I first
saw
7.
I bless
I
when
11.
you.
was
10.
I remember when
en rst
first
you.
My
sister
abroad
saw
12.
I
you
see are
whom
"you
are
expecting.
13.
see
the
person
om
expecting.
14.
We
he
asked
came.
whence 16. He
he
must
came.
15.
Oxford
he
is the
came.
cit
ence
return
whence
17.
This
when
is the
hour
when
all
are
asleep.
you
18.
when
The
thie
all
ajl
are
asleep.
19.
Do
know
ar
leep? 20. I
roses
know
grow,
where
roses
grow.
21.
This
roses
is
the
garden
ere
22.
Bees
hum
where
grow.
Classification
We begun
op
Elements
519.
are
able
in par.
now
to
complete
the
classification
ements
455.
I.
Word
elements
the the the the
may
be
/{a)
subject.
J$)
Ac)
/
object.
predicate
complement.
as a
(d)
/
verb
(always regarded
or
word
of
element).
a
(e) the
subject, object,
complement
verbal.
CLASSIFICATION
OF
ELEMENTS
279
including
pronouns
pronouns
case.
adverbial
modifier.
tions). interjec-
Phrase
elements
may
(a) subject (an infinitive). (6) object (an infinitive). (c) object of (d) predicate (e) object or (/)
an a
preposition
complement
phrase).
complement
adjective
adverbial
may
modifier
or
prepo-
an ("/)
modifier
sitional
phrase).
Clause
elements
be
(a) subject. (6) object. (c) predicate (d) object (e) object
a a
a or
complement. complement
a
of
verbal.
of
preposition.
being
either
introduced
by
conjunctive adverb,
by
in apposition.
(g) adverbial
modifier by or adverb
an
(introduced
a
subordinating
of this table,
conjunctive conjunction).
it is
seen
520.
From
examination
that
the predicate an complement, object subject, the object, an of a verbal, complement adjective modifier, and an
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
verbial
modifier
element,
or
may
a
each
be
either
word
element,
rase
clause
element. in original
in
sentences
Exercise
224.
"
Bring elements
illustratin
ch
of the kinds
Miscellaneous
1. He
of
mentioned
519
Complex
loseth
'
Sentences
has
for
Analysis
left
that
his
conscience
nothing
that
rth
2.
keeping.
My
advice
is that
you
endeavor
to
be
honestly
ric
contentedly
poor.
3.
The
your
most
convenient
sit loose
sort
habit
upon
you
you.
can
acquire
is that
tting
4.
habits is
Satire
of
glass
wherein
their the
own.
beholders
generally
scover 5.
6.
He
everybody's
face
but
that
is giddy
is he
thinks
world
nothing,
turns
round.
he
Blessed
that
expecteth
for
shall
never
disappointed.
7.
This
is the
cat
that that
caught Jack
the built.
like
man a
rat
that
ate
the
malt
at
lay
in the 8.
house
It
In
is not bulk
growing doth
make
to
tree
better
be.
9.
When
times.
the
infant
begins
walk,
it thinks
it
lives
range
10.
This
That
morning,
means
like
to
the of
reasons
spirit
note,
of
youth
be
begins why
betimes.
other folks
11.
It's
easy
finding
should
tient.
12.
I knew
'twas
many
do
call
me
fool.
gentleness,
13.
The
truth time
you
doth it in.
lack
some
And
to
ANALYSIS
OF
COMPLEX
SENTENCES
281
14.
Soon
The
as
moon
the
evening
takes
up
shades
the
wondrous
15.
Lowliness
is young
the
ambition's
upwards flower
often
Whereto
To
.
climber
his
face.
16.
me
tjhe meanest
that
that
blows deep
can
give
tears.
Thoughts
do
lie too
to
for
17.
Truth
as
is
as
impossible
be
soiled
by
any
outward
the
sunbeam.
18.
Laziness
travels
so
slowly
that
Poverty
soon
overtakes
. 19. I stood
As The Whence A
the
on
the
bridge
were
at
midnight,
the
clocks
stood
striking
the
hour.
20.
boy
on
burning had
fle.d.
deck
all but
there
every
was,
him
21.
time
ere
England's
ground
griefs
began,
its
man.
When
That
for
rood
is
a
of
maintained
for
one
22.
which
another.
competency
man
is
no
ugh
23.
24.
that
govern
to
most
make
least
noise. shall
ascends
peaks
mountain-tops
most
find and
snow.
loftiest
I but
wrapped
in clouds
25.
Had
I had
died
a
an
hour
before
this
chance
lived 26.
blessed
my
time.
pretty
I. love
My
home,
gay,
little
garden
Where
This
all things
look first
so
so
bright May.
a man
gladsome
nothing and
of
27.
In
As
peace
there's
becomes
modest
to
one
stillness
humility.
spot
was
28.
I feared Where
view
who
my
native
it
now
loved
not.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
29.
Clouds
Ere
that
the
love
storm
through
its fury
air
to
hasten,
stills, will
fasten
Helmet-like
themselves
On
the
strange
heads
the
of
towering should
he
we
can
hills.
30.
'Tis
To
miser riches
his
ne'er
cares
employ
gain
those Half
By
enjoy.
31.
the Mr.
ill
do
was
done
Nobody.
32.
Regions
Thy
Caesar
never
knew
sway.
posterity
shall patience
can
33.
A loss
as
With
I
ne'er
can
bear
know.
star,
34.
They
Not
set,
sets
the the
morning
which
goes
down
behind
darkened
west.
35.
Now
To
'tis little
know
when I'm I
joy
further
was a
off from
heaven
Than
boy.
to
36.
Go
Of
search
rich and
it there
poor
where
make
be
born
and
die
all the
thou
no men
history.
37.
In
Hadst
deserts
must
sprung
where
abide
Thou
have
you
uncommended
have
earnest to
died.
do
will.
38.
Do
whate'er
a
With
true
and
COMPOUND
521.
SENTENCES
up
Sentences
made
of two
or
more
simple
or
complex
sentences
connected
sentences.
by
coordinating
conjunctions
lled
522.
compound
The
one
members
another
of
compound
sentence
sometimes
llow
without
was
expressed
the
infirm
conjunctions;
was
The The
way
long,
was
wind
and
cold,
minstrel
old.
COMPOUND
SENTENCES
283
In
the
:
preceding
sentence
we
have
three
coordinate
uses
1. 2.
The
The
way
was was
long. cold.
was
wind
3.
The
minstrel
infirm
and
old.
are
523.
The
clauses
of
compound
as,
sentence
usually
ned
by
expressed
They But
conjunctions;
had been
tongues
friends
can
in
youth, truth,
whispering
constancy
poison
lives and
in realms
youth
above,
is vain.
cofirdinate
clauses
joined
by
tions. conjunc-
A
a
subordinate
complex
clause
sentence;
is dependent
coordinate
upon
some are
other quite
part
clauses
pende inde-
of
each
other.
524.
In
analyzing
as
compound it stood
a
nor,
sentences
treat
each
nate coordi-
clause
525.
or
though
alone.
sentence
In
analyzing and
compound
it
may
which
to
contains
put
neither
be
necessary
in
erb
.The good"
of
negation.
sentence
compound
may
"The
into
was
boy
was
not
clever,
nor
was
be
separated
1. 2.
The
boy
was
not
clever.
He
[not] good.
the
Exercise
1. 2.
225.
shall
stream
"
Analyze
eat
following
shall
the
away
sentences.
ye
Ye
not
of
riot
touch
not
it.
rise
eyes.
The And
will colors
hill will
from oak,
the
have
all passed
a
her
3.
We
lay
beneath
a
spreading
seat,
a our
Beside And
And
from
mossy
the
turf
at
fountain
feet.
broke
gurgled
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
4.
The
waves
beside
the
them
danced,
waves
but glee.
goes,
they
.
Outdid
5.
sparkling
rainbow
in
The
comes
and
rose,
And 6.
The But
lovely
is the
good
no
south
sweet
wind bird
still blew
behind
did
or
follow, play
Nor
any
day
to
for the
food
Came
mariner's
hollo.
526.
compound simple
"I
sentence
may
be
of
made
coordinate he
a
up
not
onl
coordinate
as,
clauses,
my
but
complex
auses;
love
brother
is clever;" what
because
or
is kind, and
a
and
mire
him clause;
because
as,
he
speak
of
know,
simple and
may
we
complex
"I
I do
I lie not."
be
627.
Note
as,
that
subordinate
saw
clauses
sister when
also
were
compoun
"We
your
going
an
en We
we
were
coming
here
two
back." subordinate
may
have
clauses
as
a
which
ate
coordina
together clause.
they
The
be
regarded
sentence
we
compound
ord sub
sentence
whole
is
complex
ving
but
one
principal
assertion,
saw.
Exercise
1.
226.
"
Analyze
the
following
of
the
sentences.
Charity
not
creates
much
misery
it
relieves,
bu
es
relieve
all the he
misery
it creates.
he
2.
He
says
what
means
and
means
what
he
says.
3.
You
cannot
have
what
you
like,
but
you
can
like
what
have.
4.
The
laugher
for
those
will
be
for
have
those
most
that
reason.
have
most
wit,
an
serious
that
5.
He
that
observeth
the
the
wind
not
shall
reap.
not
sow,
and
at
regardeth
clouds
shall
REVIEW
OF
ANALYSIS
285
6.
If
thou
be
wise,
thou
as
thou
shalt
shalt
be
thou
scornest,
alone
we
bear his
wise it.
narrow
for
thyself;
but
7.
We
thought
hollowed
down
the
bed
And
How
smoothed
the
his
lonely would
pillow,
foe
and
stranger
tread
you
are
o'er
his head.
8.
I do
not
know
you
how
can
old
Or
whether
reigns
speak.
9.
When
Let
the
rose
and
locks lines
with
of
ointment
shine
rigid
Cato
read
these
mine.
Review
,
op
Analysis
again
Learn
528.
Separating
analyzing Every predicate.
sentence sentence.
into
its unit-parts
or
elements
called
529.
the
sentence
must
have
two
parts,
the
subjec
the The
ng
The
words
denoting
the
person
to).
about
or
predicate
is what
the
is said
to
the
person
ng
denoted
The
by
subject.
substantive
may
530.
subject
(1) A (2) A (3) An
noun.
be
pronoun.
adjective
infinitive gerund.
noun
used
as as
a
a
noun.1
An A A
used
noun.
clause.
substantive
may
be
pronoun,
adverb used
etc.
as a
[like the
noun
Sometimes
an
(see
459)
may
be
bject
substantive.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
532.
The
predicate
A
noun,
complement
etc.
base
may
be
(1-6)
[like the
Also,
(7) An (8) An
(9)
533.
A A
adjective.
infinitive
phrase
used
adjectively.
prepositional
phrase.
noun
or
pronoun,
whether the of
a
used
as
the
subjec
ment complemay
stantive,
the
object
or
substantive,
predicate
substantive, by dified
the
object
preposition,
(1) An
(2)
A A
adjective.
noun noun or or
pronoun
in the
possessive
case.
(3)
pronoun
or
in apposition.
(4) A (5) A
participle prepositional
participial
phrase.
phrase.
(6)
An
infinitive
phrase. clause.
(7) An
An the the
adjective
or a
534.
or or
infinitive
gerund,
whether the
used
as
the
sub jec
object
substantive,
predicate
may
complement
se,
object
(1) (2) (3)
An A An
of
preposition,
be
enlarged
by
object.
complement.
adverbial
element
(word,
phrase,
clause).
535.
The
predicate
base
consists
verb. verb active in
of
An A A A
intransitive transitive
the
passive
with
the
voice.
transitive
copulative
verb with
its
object.
verb
predicate
complem
REVIEW
OF
ANALYSIS
287
536.
The
predicate
base
of
or
may
have
(1) Modifiers
phrase,
the clause
verb
(adverbial
word,
elements).
(2)
Enlargements
pars.
of the and of
pars.
object
substantive
(s
533
534).
the
(3) Enlargements
base
predicate
When
complement
the
(see
532-534).
is gerund, be
an
cate predi
complement
adjective,
a
infinitive,
phrase, elements
or
prepositional
by
it may
modified
or
adverbial
(word,
or
phrase,
clause).
modifier,
expressing
537.
as a
An
adjective
verb,
may
modifier
have
an
adverbial
modifiers,
result,
adverbial
cause,
e,
place,
or
degree,
manner,
purpose,
condi tion,
concession. Any
538.
modifier
of
noun or
or
pronoun
is
an
tive adje
element
(word,
phrase,
clause).
complex,
or
539.
Sentences
are
simple, is either
compound.
one
540.
one
simple
sentence
one
which
has
only
or
subje
predicate;
may
but compound.
the
subject
the
predicate,
both,
be
541.
complex
sentence
is
one
which,
or
besides
only
one
ncipal
one
subject
or more
and
predicate
(simple
clauses
compound),
with
contai
subordinate
own.
subjects
an
dicates
542.
of their Subordinate
clauses
are
divided
into
(1)
Noun
clauses.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
543.
noun
clause
may
be
in
complex
sentence
subject.
predicate
complement.
(4)
(5) (6)
544.
of
or
preposition.
complement
of
verbal.
An
noun.
modifies
either
some
noun or
descriptive
te de
545.
An
may
modify
verb,
or
verbal,
may
adjective
of the
546.
more
adverbial
537.
element,
and
sorts
in par.
sentence
compound
is
one
which
consists
of two
sentences,
simple
or
complex,
joined
by
coordinating
njunctions.
SUPPLEMENT
TO
PART
HI
I. Analysis
547,
to
by
Diagrams1
To
diagram
the
sentence
is to
write
it in such
way
show "I
relations
of its parts.
may
Thus
th
tence
wrote
to-day"
be
diagrammed:
wrote
I letter
the
to-day
548.
In making
above base, this
diagram,
write
the
always
draw
first
horizontal
and
e,
and
subject
by
a
substantive vertical
th
dicate
separating
line. The
an a
them
line
crossing
horizontal
may
predicate
intransitive
(read
or,
again
as
par
5)
be above
or
in
th
mple
transitive
verb the
its
object
complement
sub sta
verb
and
predicate
e. The
object
verb A by
a
substantive light
is to
be
separated
crossing
from
the
the
tran siti
vertical
line, not
horizontal from
e.
predicate
verb
complement
base
thus,
American
is
flag
is separated
th
ulative
by
dash;
is the
That
That
flag.
"
American
the
1
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
289
p.
325,
Note
33.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
549.
(a) Modifiers
and
either
two
are
always
the
to 'be
or
placed
below
what
ey
modify,
to
right given.
the
left, at
pleasure,
in the
diagrams supplied
must
already
are
(6)
Words
to
be
put
in brackets.
their position
(c) Connectives
what
they
show,
by
in the
gr di
join.
are
(d)
Since
phrases the
never
simple
of
an
elements,
the
or
two
or
more
rds
forming
must
base be
infinitive
in
a
prepositional
ase
separated
the
diagram.
Exercise
they
1.
227.
show.
"
Examine
following diagrams
and
Slowly
From
we
and
the
sadly
field of
we
laid
fame
him
down
and
gory.
his
fresh
laid
him
down
|
and
fresh sadly
gory
Slowly
From
the
field
of fame
his
2.
My from
sister Ohio.
and
received
box
yesterday,
sent
ress
sister
My
3.
am
sorry
to
find
you
here.
am
"
sorry
to
find
1 you
here
DIAGRAMS
OF
COMPLEX
SENTENCES
291
4.
The
cool
breath
of
morning
was
in
our
nostrils.
breath
cool The of
was
in morning
nostrils
our
5.
To
seek
thiee did
woods
I often
rove
Through
and
on
the
green.
did
often
rove
|To
Through
seek
|thee
woods
,
on
green
the
Exercise
228.
"
Diagram
the
sentences
found
on
pages
-258.
550.
In
element
the
diagrams
of complex
we
sentences,
we
or
place
phrase
use
just
the
where
same
should
use
or
place office
word
the
ment
having
in
sentence.1
s,
1.
Subject
you
clause. have
That
not
succeeded
is your
own
fault.
That*
you
have
succeeded
not
is
"
fault
own
your
Note
that
in the
separate sentence
diagrams
the
of
complex
verb
sentences
we
use
doubl
tical
1
line to in
principal
1,
from
its
That,
No.
is
an
introductory
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAK
2.
Object
tell
clause.
me
They
you
have
been
somewhat
ill to-day.
[that]
3.
Object
you
clause.
who
you
Do
know
he
Do
is?
know
Ihe
is
"
who
4.
Subject
a
clause. that
he
It* that
he
saw
It is
fact
saw
you.
you
is
"
fact
a
5.
Predicate
main
clause.
The
question
is whether
whether
such
plan
is wise,
question
mam
1 18-
'
"
plan
a
is
"
wise
The
such
6.
Clause
had
a
in
apposition.2 that
had you
We
hope
We
would
come
in time.
| hope
that
you
would
in
come
time
or
It, in such
sentence
as
No.
4, is
an
expletive
attendant
element.
Such
is
an
element.
(See
par.
507).
DIAGRAMS
OF
COMPLEX
SENTENCES
293
7. Adjective clause.
The
man
that
hath
no
music
in himself
is fit for
treasons,
tagems,
man
and
is
"
spoils.
fit
he
that in
for hath
treasons
r
land]
"
stratagems
2
spoils
and
| music
himself
no
8.
Adjective
is the
clause.1
Here
ink
which
prefer.
ink
is
the
prefer
Here
| which
9.
Adjective
what
clause.
you
Is this
want?
this Is"
[that]
you
want
I what
10.
Adjective
was
clause. position
position
Such
the
in
was
which
"
I found
myself.
Such
the found
| myself
in which2
1
Note
that
yet
which,
like
next
in this
all relative
the
diagram,
pronouns,
stem
must
be
it
serves
placed
as
as
a
the
object
fer, and
be
2
connective
an
placed
that
joining
in
from
ink.
Note
the
phrase
is
an
adverbial
clause
In
modifier modifies
the
same an
of
the
foun
noun
found
myself
whereT),
these
page,
and
facts
whole
tion.
Both
11,
next
the
diagram
shows.
way
ence
the
a
conjunctive
adverb
while
is
adverbial
ifier
of
was,
and
also
connective.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
11.
Adverbial
cousin Jot^
clause.
My
called while
was
out.
out
12.
Adverbial
clause.
can
I
walk
can
walk
as
far
as
you.
far
as
you
[can walk]
as
Exercise
268,
551.
229.
269,
"
Diagram
277,
the
sentences
found
on
page
4,
276,
the
and
280-282.
Study
and
following
diagrams
sentence.
of
(a)
long
complex
tence,
(6)
compound
me
(a) Teach
That
half
thy
the
brain
Such
From
harmonious
my
lips
then
would
as
flow,
am
The
world madness
should
listen
listening
now.
would
flow
From
harmonious
lips
my
Such
[if]
See
pars.
419
and
514.
SENTENCES
FOR
ANALYSIS
295
(6) Thrice
And he
is he
armed
naked
that though
hath
his
quarrel
up
just,
steel
but
locked
in
Whose he
is armed
conscience
he
with
injustice is corrupted.
naked
[is]
"
[he]
[be] locked
up
in
steel
conscience
is corrupted
Whose
with that
injustice
hath
| quarrel
his
[to be]
"
just
Miscellaneous
Simple,
for
Complex,
and
and
Compound
Sentences
1.
2.
Analysis
is but
to
Diagramming
in
the
Opinion
Give
me
in
good
men
knowledge
to
making.
to
argue
the
to
know, above
utter,
and
ely
3.
according
all liberties.
good
book
precious
up
life-blood
on
of
master-
rit,
ond
embalmed life.
4. Absence
treasured
purpose
to
li
makes think
the
heart
grow
fonder. themselves.
5. 6.
All
men
all
the
men
mortal
the
but king
Soothed
with
sound long
grew
vain.
7.
Through
May
the
Thine
night
watches
angels
spread
above
my
a
me,
Their
white
wings
Watching
round
a
bed.
8. Our
birth
is but
sleep
and
forgetting.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAB
9.
E'en
from
the
tomb
the
voice
that
of
nature
cries.
that
not
10.
I knew
very
wise
man
believed he need
if
care
man
to
make laws
of
all the
a
ballads
who
ould
nation.
the
"
I know
Where
bank
whereon
wild
thyme
blows,
grows.
ox-lips
and
the
nodding
violet
those
12.
Learning have
hath
lost.
gained
most
by
books
by
which
printers
13.
The
street
was
wet
with feet
were
the
falling
weary
snow,
And
the The
woman's
and high
coast,
slow.
14.
breaking On
a
waves
dashed
stern
and
rock-bound
a
And
the
woods
giant
the
against
stormy
sky
Their
branches
tossed.
Many
none,
flocks
were
on
hill, but
thou
wert
owned
And
thy
mother
from thelow
thy
side
of
may
for
evermore
was
gone.
16.
He
was
loved
all, yet
weep.
none
O'er
his
bed
17.
The
The For To
well-springs
streams
are
that,
supply
spent,
seldom
come
clouds
pay
was
of
rain
by
they
them
what
to
lent.
18.
She
Lest Far
afraid
speak,
one
she
might
waken than
she
loved
better
her he
life. from
him.
19.
Tell
father
when
comes
work
I said
"Good
night"
was was a
to
20.
They
say
it
shocking
won.
sight
After
the
field
21.
What
How
peaceful
sweet1
hours
their
left
can an
once
enjoyed!
still!
memory
But
No
they
have
aching
fill.
void
world
ever
22.
Stay Or
fly
then
at
home
to
and
seek
do
for
not
woe.
go
abroad
the
23.
If thou
dislik'st
that,
of
piece
that
I
thou have
light'st
on
first,
worst*
Think The
all
writ,
prove
the
24.
more
I look still
one
more
the
cause
more
I why
care
There's
should
we
love*
25.
When
Thus
is past
succeeds
you
another
a
have;
a
woe
woe
as
wave
wave.
26.
Think Of
That
mid forever
of
all the
mighty
sum
things
speaking,
itself
nothing
we
will
come
But
must
Still be
school
to
seeking?
I
run
27.
When
He And
in
from
toddles
screams
the
door,
and
shouts
on
with
fun
Till
He
For
he
tumbles
by his the
the
floor.
stood
alone
window
was
within,
stained him
sob with
he
his
felt
that
soul
sin,
cry
And
Because
mother
could told
that she
hear
and lie.
he
had
her died
that
was
wicked
little
29.
The
In
first
Jane;
bed God
moaning
her
went
lay
Till And
relieved
then
of
her
pain,
she
him
his
the
come
away.
=
The
And
spider
went
turned
into knew
[
den,
himself]
round
about,
For
well
he
soon
silly
fly
Would
back
again.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
31.
And
parted
Beneath
thus
the
they
same
rest
green
as
who
tree,
played
Whose
Around
Books
potency progeny
voices
one
mingled
parent
they
prayed
knee.
32.
a
are
not
absolutely them
to
dead
things,
active
as
but
the
do
soul
contai
of
life in
are.
be
as
was
ose
33.
Who but We
man
kills
a
reasonable
creature,
God's
age;
destroys
light,
us
good
if
we
book
look
kills
reason
itsel
34.
but
not
wisely
on
th
itself,
into
darkness.
35.
sun
above
mountain's
mellow
green
head,
freshening
Through
His
first
all the
sweet
fields
has
spread,
evening from
you
more
yellow.
36.
One
May
impulse
teach
vernal of
man,
wood
Of
Than
moral
evil
and
sages
of
can.
good
all the
live,
37.
Live
And
while
seize
you
the
epicure
of
would
present
say,
the
pleasures
the
day.
38.
He
lives but
long
that
lives
well,
and
the
time
misspent
lived
lost.
39.
And Thou
it must
To
thine
as
own
self be
night
to any
true,
follow
then
the
the
man.
day
canst
not
the
be
false
40.
Sound Jehovah
loud
has
timbrel
o'er
Egypt's
dark
are
triumphed,
His
people
sea! free.
41.
He
The is to
best the
notion creation
we
can
conceive
the
soul
of
is to
God
body.
may
what
the
RULES
OF
SYNTAX
29
42.
Waking
Thou
or
of
more
deem
Things Than
we
mortals
43.
no
Whether
matter
measure
of government
a
right
or
on
wrong
of
as
fact,
but
mere
affair and
wrangle be
true
opinion
without
which
may,
they
do,
dispute
they show
end.
treat
44.
Trust
men
and
will
will
to
you;
them
atly
and
To
they
speak
to
themselves
to
great.
45.
than
him
or
with
whom order.
move,
we
deal
words, Lord
in good
46.
From
whom
of
His
thy
flowed,
love
portion On
that
boundless
worm
poor
bestowed. traitors
we
47.
And
By
Our
make fearing
"
doubts
lose
are
us
the
good
oft
might
win
to
attempt.
a
48.
Glory
is like
never
circle
in
to
the
water
Which
Till,
ceaseth
enlarge
itself
to
by
broad
do
spreading,
all that
may
it disperse
naught.
49.
I dare
become
man;
Who
dares
do
more
is
none.
50.
Providence riches
upon
seems
impartial
one
in the
a
dispensation
of
which
upon
tows
and
contempt
riches
ther.
Rules
552.
of
Syntax
treats
and
Exercises
the rules,
for
Correction.1
of
the
sentences
use
Syntax
to
of
construction
ording
based
speakers.
p.
upon
of
the
guage
by
1
and
See
"Notes
for Teachers,"
325,
Note
34.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
553.
The
rules
of syntax
the
relate
of
to
(l)the
the
case
of
of
use
nouns
pronouns;
(2)
in the
agreement
certain
kinds
words of
th
others
sentence;
and
(3)
correct
cer ta
kinds
of words.1
554.
1.
Rules
governing
noun
case
or
(of
pronoun
nouns
and is in
pronouns).
the
The
nominative
2.
subject
complement
of
an
infinitive
is in
the
objective
case
324, 325).
3.
The
same
of
as
copulative of it
verb
verb
(pr infinitiv
306).
is in
in the
4.
case
the
subject
transitive
326, 330,
(148,
or
169,
The
verbal
th
342).
is in
the
The
object
indirect
of
preposition
objective
case
61, 162).
6. The
a
object
of
verb
is in the
objective
are
or
case
thout
7.
preposition of
time,
expressed.
space, any
Nouns
and
measurement
used
without
governing
verb
preposition
(Adverbial
a
objective.)
in apposition
with another
150,
a
pronoun
same
noun
pronoun
is in
noun
or a
the
case
with
it
(149,
167,
noun
179
or
9.
pronoun
directly
person
or
limiting
rund
denoting
different
thing
is in the
possessive
(171).
10.
Nouns
or
pronouns
used
exclamatorily
are
in
th
minative
1
of exclamation.2
grammarians
sentences
(153).
also rules
the
Some in
include
of
order
or
arrangement
ds
(as, for
of
to
example,
caution
given
in this
to
par.
43
pecting rather
as
the
to
placing belong
mere
correlative
composition
conjunctions),
and
rhetoric See
but
than
subjec
grammar,
ept
2
regards
correctness
of order.
"order"
is thus
in the
Index.
Sometimes
"What,
the
him!"
objective
case
of pronouns
used;
as,
"Ah
"
RULES
OF
SYNTAX
30
11.
the
12.
Nouns
nominative
or
pronouns
used
in addressing
person
are
of address
or
(151).
used
with
the
a
Nouns
pronouns
participle,
rules,
are
but
in
no
erned
according
absolute
to
case
any
of
above
th
inative
555. 13.
(152).
Rules The
of Agreement.
form in
of
respect
verb
to
should
person
agree
with
stantive
or
and
number
its
wo
the
or
more
singular
subjects
or more
connected
singular
by
and
verb
plural; take
a
and verb
two
in the
singular
connected
14.
Verbs
as or
in subordinate
tense
or
clauses,
verbals,
conflicting
must
be
form,
respects
mood,
with
th
se
the
A
mood
of the
agrees
principal
with
219,
verb.
its
15.
pronoun
antecedent
in
gender,
son,
and
The
number
(218,
this
245).
that
agree
16.
number
556. 17.
adjectives (253).
of Use.
and
with'
their
nouns
Rules
An
may
case
be
used
as
noun,
^
except
as
in the
18.
an
(321).
be used
as an
An
may
adjective
as
modifier
adverbial
modifier
elements
(323).
may
19.
Adjective
or
as
be
nouns,
used
predicate
or
complem
modifiers
of
pronouns,
gerunds
4,
142,
302).
elements
or
20.
Adverbial
phrases,
A
modify
statements may
verbs,
verbals,
adjective
a
erbs,
21.
whole
(414).
be
used
or
as
as
prepositional
as
an
phrase
predicate
plement,
ifier
22.
(464,
465,
adjective 472).
modifier,
an
adverbial
Coordinating
conjunctions
join
similar
elements
36).
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
23.
Subordinating
words
they
conjunctions join
modify
subordinate
clause
the
24.
(87,
437,
440).
as nouns,
Subordinate
clauses may
be used
adjective
adverbs
(542).
*
Exercises
on
the
Rules
in
op
Syntax
and
on
Correctness
Exercise 230.
Inflections
"
Correct
the
case-forms
to Rules
of the
1 to 12
2.
pronouns
following
1.
Who
was
sentences,
according
buy that did
5.
you
(par. 554).
you
did
me?
you
from? take
me
Did be?
for
as
think Whom,
and who
person
hn
3.
to
Who be? 6. We
for I
you
to
4.
you
uld
you at
like
once.
This depend
is
matter
decide able
me,
upon
father,
suppose
he
one
to
provide should do
us.
7.
done?
he
Now
that
what
have think
8.
was?
Who
10.
was
do With
proper
you
think
saw?
9. and
he,
Whom
I think
like
respect
Mr.
to
Flint's
who
was
behavior is
at
enough.
or
should
Dr.
you
know he who
the
our
taller,
neighbor's
you
me.
Call
Let
Jacobs, and is I
last
week.
report
go
before
for
near
the
others.*
14. 15.
will
I
msoever
persons person
never
responsible
this
Mr.
was
delay.
Patterson,
spoke
not
came.
eral
A
standing
whom I
but
he
think
Mr.
Thompson
as
I
me
saw
such
another
to
untidy blame
You for
girl it.
never
her. I
18.
believe
It
who
you
ought
as me.
19. be
my
sin
is
as
tall who
20.
could
21.
22.
thought
him
meet
anyone
knows
came
him.
from. book? 24.
should Whom
do
like
you
to
ever the
this
author
to
letter of that
suppose
23.
John
me
proved
me were
it to
be
she
who
ought
the
sure
blame. 25.
I should
pony
"
and
given
was.
me
tickets 26.
show.
He
ask
ever was
asked
for.
seen
"
whom To
it
am
who
27.
give
the
pony,
th
t
a
beautiful
thing
I who
had
never
thought
They who
that
my
uncle's
plan. 29.
28.
There
are
ustrious between
time
will
poor
duly
reward.
is small
ness like
the
Chinaman
in
laundry
and
Prince
EXERCISES
IN
SYNTAX
30
ng,
he
who
to
rules"
whole
province.
30.
Who
are
you
ermined
send?
Exercise
case
231. in
"
Correct
the
the
writing
sentences.
of the
nouns
in
ssessive
following
172,
173
[Read
1. We
again
have
house 4.
pars.
and
and
Is
177.]
Martin's this
hats.
Brown
one
of afire.
HalFs
safes.
or
2. Murray's
Mr
kins'
is
These
3.
mmar?
or
are
girl's
6. Mr.
5.
I
store
want
either
William's
book.
Twist
Williams'
one
is the
bes
town.
7.
Oliver
is
of
law
Dickens' office.
works.
Where
find
is Harrington's
Mr.
at at
and and
Mr.
cottage.
White's Rugg's
11.
summer.
9. 10.
I wish
Stafford
the the
We daughter
they
ar
iting living
this I I
Here
or
se
ldren's'
clothing.
would
said called
we
either
at
Coffin Boardman's
the
Wood's
on
riage
home.
do. 15.
It
the
th
is time
heard
from
Robinsons's
tor.
Exercise
232.
"
In and
the
following
sentences
use
possessives
tell from
the meaning
why
the sentences
incorrect. again
par. of left in
you
on
[Read
1. I
324,
and
compare
met
par.
342.]
accident.
there. 2.
heard
they
having
account
with
him
an
ieve
of
coming
is necessary.
3. 4.
confidence
of
the
them
doing
so
all that
cau Be-
wind
blowing
at
hard
two
we
could sisters
having
not not
go
sailing.
We
were
disappointed
I
your
having
as
been
re.
6.
do
not
not
like afraid
the
not
sea
Miss of
Carter
me
spoken
sh
. On
7.
Do
be
of
saying
rough
more
anything
we
about
account
being
been They Mrs.
postponed
prompt
was
so
our
rting.
9. all the is
You
having
what
sed
trouble.
reason
10.
for
having
been
cordially
so
eived
the
Weatherby
being
good-
pered.
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
Exercise
given
233.
in
"
In
the
following
and
sentences
select
reason
from
for
ds
parentheses,
give
the
your
ection.
[Read
a.
again
pars.
348
and
373.]
have
to
go
now.
(Assertions.)
as
1.
I
(will, shall)
about
about it.
2.
He
please
see
this
matter.
3.
tol
would)
it." 5.
another.
4.
He
said,
not
"I
one
(shal
ll)
it
about
upon
There 6. few
(shall, will)
William minutes."
soon.
be
stone
left
to
said,
7.
"I
(shall, wil
said
me
dinner
in
come
William
He
ould,
should)
would) would)
I
hope
to
dinner
the
8.
asked and
if
hould,
do
not
you
him
be
favor
he
mentioned,
you
I said
hould,
able.
9.
If win
(would,
the prize.
upon
as
should)
10. They
re,
(shall, will)
say,
you
may
depend
it.
wish,
go
1.
(Shall,
2.
tonight?
you
be
you
with I
me?
(Will,
shall)
ever
see
place
again,
for
or
wonder?
you
now,
hand
the
ball-game?
you
desire,
you
(shall, will)
I
go
bring
him? now?
6.
ing-water
as
7.
them
you
and
Helen he
you
for
th
not
and
Maud
you
asked
do? do it?
8.
Since 9.
Do
wishes
ould,
should)
pay
not
insist
hall, will)
the
money?
Exercise in
234.
"
In
the
their
following
sentences
make
the
verb
ee
number again
with
pars.
[Read
1. Each
one
or
subjects. 385-390.]
this is no
finer
of them
of
say
time
for
it.
3.
ich
the
girls
were
do
this
work.
I wonder Whether th
are
2.
the
4. the
you
cat
domesticated
of these
stores
son
by
this
have
a
people
any
no
own.
Both Either
Neither
man
or
hammocks.
by
not
and
I
are
his
to
earns
living
fishing
know
go.
7.
Mr.
Marvin
does
EXERCISES
IN
SYNTAX
30
ether
you
or
he
one
have
to
been
make
chosen.
8.
Do
you
one
think of
the
Mary
I is the covered
while
best
with
it?
9.
Every
rocks
everybody,
sea-weed. that
are a
10.
book,
It is said
are
that
almost
to
reading
There
unable
keep
from
ing.
are
11.
kind
of
purple
12.
Each
shell of
found
these
here
ch
are
considered made by
the of
sea
beautiful.
cherry
are
boxes 13.
wood
all
men.
we
contain
want.
rose-leaves.
I
am
days
14.
informed
that
"
In
the
and
his 3.
following
the past
brother.
The
man
sentences
correct
the
form
for
1.
to
the past
has
tense
participle.
2.
Jack
learn
beat
The broke
had
4.
be
French.
had
My
her
its
has
just
came
back
The
from
France.
on
dog
Mary
ha
dinner. and 9.
6.
was
dog
laid down.
the
mat.
7.
has
had
headache
songs.
laying
rung
8.
10.
She
The
my
already
has
sang
Who
11.
the
bell? and
13.
14.
some
child
leg.
drank
medicine. begun
the
at
had
o'clock.
fell
hurt
12.
set
The
ht
nine
come
had
scarcely
down
across
ore
rector
They
have
swam
river.
the
15. milk.
They
lemonade
saw
after I
run
they
as
had
nk
I
16. They
him
away
fas
could.
lion
17.
has
said
he
had
corner
stole
it
and
eat
The
laid
down
in the
of his cage.
Exercise
sentences.
236.
"
Correct
the
tense-forms used
in
the
ing follo
[Note
to
(1) that
denote between
hope
to
have
forms
perfect
tense,
lps
completed
"I hope read
action.
to
There
the book
is
aning "I
read
this
have
the
book
this
morning."
(Pa
7).
(2) Statements
"He told
me
of permanent
where
facts
are
put
in the
is."
present,
the
Yosemite
Valley
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(3)
The
tenses
to
in subordinate
tenses
to
clauses
must
bear
reasonable
relation
1.
He
the
me
of the
have
gone
principal
with
verbs.]
her.
2.
wished
seen
not
his have
brother
for
years.
3.
4.
were
The'
Mr.
He
eared
to
to
improved
with
I I time,
wrote
in him,
health. but I
we
Davis
have
dined 5.
When 6.
one
obliged
that he
have
clined. before.
at
got
there
found
that
now
th
to
ink
was
supposed yellowish.
ck
but
7.
urneyed
sold
was
distance before. 9.
to
have
found
professor that
that
the
horse
week
8.
We
The
ium
metal.
tree.
the
proved fir-tree
tha
was
e-bearing
superior
the
the the
10.
He
that I have
Shakspere's
always
works
to
was
Milton's.
supposed
the
to
horizon
sky
seem
defined
meet.
was
the I
was a
line
in
which
earth
seen
to
12.
so
surprised
river. 13. is
were
have
On
gone.
reaching
villa
the
found
see
Hartleigh herds
14.
end
He
and
a
that
ago
moving
same
south.
told
year
that
is of the
opinion
sti
Exercise
the
237.
"
In
the
following
313,
sentences
use
according 312,
to the
meanings
317.]
I
it
what
(rain,
higher
And
(shall,
3.
4.
will)
He
not
it?
break.
same
If the
water
(ri
ses) much
I
dam
may
wondered
to-morrow.
ther
opinion
change,
he
we
to
might
have
to-day.
6. If
I
I do
not
doubt
you,
that
I
very
7.
go
(was,
were)
8.
If
now.
(should,
no
to not
there
again.
the
(was,
9.
were)
If that
a
ever
man
there,
remember
place
(be, i
Edmunds
Though
he
has
certainly
he
he
(be,
is) ill,
me,
he
yet
changed is in
great
deal
no
great
danger.
trust
Though
(slay, slays)
(will, shall) I
him
EXERCISES
IN
SYNTAX
30
Lest
you
you
had
I
better
remain
wit
soldiers. patient.
whether rock
to
(was, should
were,
have
been
(was,
make
had
been)
and
axes.
softer
could
not
have
been
used
hammers
t
Exercise
agree
238.
with
person
"
Make
the
pronouns
in
the
following
sen ten
their antecedents.
should
us
1.
Each
No
one men
leave
their
much
their
at
own
money ten
in
o'clock.
their 3.
4.
want
now.
room.
of
takes
too
exercise
Both
those these
of
think
of
his
interest.
Either
tables
these has
will
trunks,
do
you
by
themselves.
5.
take
If them
may
you
any
had
better
6.
one
lost
of
to
their
handkerchief
they
find
the and
it
her
the
close
the
meeting.
off their
7.
shoes,
Whichever
wade
the
drew ashore,
members
longest
tow
int
had
to
take
th
the
bridge.
must
8.
Each
pay
of their
her
still
or
owing
their
No
one
materials
bills
to-day
so
to-morrow.
should
houses 11. Any
may
lose
his
or
temper
easily.1
10.
for
Any
those
will
be
large
enough of
our
of themselves
all
our
ds.
purchaser
return
goods
a
who
week.
are
not
satisfied
th
them
them
within
*
Exercise
239.
"
Correct
as
the
following
425.]
2.
The
very
sentences
so
as
to
us
and jectives.
adverbs
pars.
they
should
be used..
[Read
1.
Don't
again
303,
424,
night.
very
cane.
strike so 3. He did
nicely. 6.
the
hardly.
that
moon
looks
4.
very
on
beautifully
This
trick Booth
good.
dinner leaning
tes
5. The
Mr.
walked
highly
slow,
his At
waves
dash
a
that
rocky
coast.
length
flags,
at
sudden
signal,
all fluttered
wild
In
this
sentence
no
the
antecedent
pronoun
no
one common
is of
common
gender,
third
to say
bu
English
has
personal
hisf
of the
gender,
necessary
person,
or
masculine
he,
usage.
him,
is used.
It is not
he
is it good
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
breeze. 9.
was
8. I
never
She
is
considered
saw
handsomely
the
sun
by
so
her
m a
before
shining
boat
mild,
that
day.
10.
See
how
swift
that
is sailing.
Exercise
the improper
240.
"
In
the
following
or
sentences
correct
the choic
omission
pars.
insertion 276,
[Read
1/
again
275,
of 279.]
the articles.
Bulgaria and
4.
barn
is
an
European
together.
country.
2.
is
a
There
gentleman
were
se
close
come
3.
He
an
olar.
Here
the
President
water
are
and
bad.
Secretary 6.
He
te.
or
5.
Both
the
milk
of
any
a
and
of
is th
At
al
superior
they
us a
his
companions.
7. 8.
The
th
ht-house
have
fog-bell
croquet
and
fog-horn.
set.
Father
ght
are
hammock
and The
9.
table gliding
and
ar
air
new.
are
10.
movement
of
you
waves
and
the
kes
rug
very
similar. 12*
The
11.
Do
like
red
troops
better? side.
French
and
English
fought
de
by
Exercise
241.
"
Correct
to what
the
following
or
sentences
so
as
to make
e arrangement
or
show
nouns
pronouns
the participles
unds,
[Read
1.
belong.
On
had
was we
to
the Turning
city,
it
was
corner
found
that
the
a
whole
strange
ily
2.
us.
the of
suddenly
it
was
before
return
3.
the
country,
decided
home.
pronoun
is used
to
when
go
an
ing speak-
of
more
than
that
one.
5.
us
accident
curred in
delayed
the
After
set
on
washing fire.
anythi
flamine
the
article in
hot
cannot water
7.
After
thing
foot
the
we
pain
to
diminished.
send
the
Blotted
and
waiting horse
smeared
to
was
with
ink, 9.
once,
had
lette
thout
copy
it.
at
Approving
of resumed
this
the
idea
th
unded
killed
and
we
march.
EXERCISES
IN
SYNTAX
309
Exercise
242.
"
Correct
the
use
lo of conjunctions in the fo
sentences.
par.
556,
the
use
of and
two
before
relative clauses
is incorrect
the
same
unless
it connects
tive rela
having
a
antecedent.
so
(c) Alter
1. Do
negative
I do. 2.
man
prefer
He
to
as.]
he
like
He
talks
some
like
knew
how
who
to
sail
t.
3.
is in
of
country.
veral he e thinks
No
offices
this
has
his
as
held
of
oration
well
as
had he
studied
is.
it thoroughly.
is not
6.
to
He
can
do
work
cannot
just
so
well
man
unable be
read
to
and
ght well
to
as
allowed 9. usual.
vote.
a
8.
The
child
of solid
I bought
on
chair
mahogany
and
ich
had
inlaid
work
it.
APPENDIX
FOR SPELLING,
AND
ULES
CAPITALIZATION,
PUNCTUATION
Read
557.
a
again
paragraphs A word
on
118,
285,
and
329.
or
(a)
the
of
word
accented final
a
run)
compel'
bles
consonant
as,
before
put,
an
added
syllable befit',
ning begin-
with
vowel;
putt-ing;
befitt-ing;
fer',
conferr-ing.
the
last
But
contains syllable is accented word
two
on some
(6) If
or
vowels
other
consonant
(as
than
eat
tain'),
if the
th
st
syllable
(as trav'el,
boat'ed,
differ), the
complain'ing,
final
is no
wor'-
ubled.
Thus, rap'idest.
e a
conceal'ing,
iper,
(c) Final
when
(not sounded,
syllable
write, in ge
or
as
in
slice, with
a
plate) is usually
vowel is added;
contrivance.
ropped
change,
beginning
writing; keep
changing;
contrive,
e
But words
with
ending
a, o,
or
ce
the
if the
added
syllable
egins
u;
as
chargeable,
advantageous,
serviceable.)
(d) If
e
the
added
is
syllable
begins retained;
with
as,
consonant,
th
inal
silent
generally
rude,
rudeness;
are,
careful.
(Exceptions
word
a
are
a
(e) If
ends
in
sually
adds
syllable
will,
without
tall,
tallnfcss
bb,
ebbing;
willful.
(Exceptions:
311
welfare,
fulfil
ltogether,
almost.)
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(/) The
a
added
syllable
consonant;
may
as
precede
in
the
word
that
th
double
re-tell,
fare-well, ending
end downfall.
(Exceptions:
care-ful.) (g) Final
i
until,
and
adjectives
a
in
-fu
y,
if preceded
by
consonant,
usually beginning
changes
before
as,
added
rely,
syllables reliable;
(except
comply,
-ing)
wit
vowel;
compliance;
pretty,
ettiest.
(h) Final
is kept;
y,
as
if preceded
donkey,
by
vowel, volley,
or
followed
ng,
donkeys;
volleying;
cr
ying.
558.
capital
should
begin
sentence.
first word
first word
proper
of every in every
noun
line of
or
verse.
(c)
(d)
the
Every
proper
adjective
week
(as
English
Latin).
The
year.
names
of the
days
of the
and
the
months
(e)
Titles
of honor
or
(as His
in
the
Excellency,
the
Governor).
the
(/)
(g)
Names
The
(as Providence,
heading,
Iron
or
Lord).
title
of
main
in
ok
(as, "The
(h) Words
the
The
with
to
Mask").
as
meant
be
regarded
important
(a
uring
Civil
War,"
etc.).
of
a
(i)
first word
formal
quotation is
(as, Pope
says
he
proper
study
pronoun
of mankind
(k) The
559.
I, and
used
the
to
man"). interjection 0.
the
The
points
mark
end
of the
the
sentence
the
period
(.),the
question
mark
(?) and
exclamation
(!).
(a) The
exclamation
and
mark
after
is
used
after
exclamatory
names
tences,
as
frequently
interjections, or
oken
exclamations.
APPENDIX.
313
(b) The
or
question
after direct
mark
is
used
after
interrogative
ences,
questions. at
the
a
(c)
The
period
sentences.
is used But
mark
end
of
declarative
emphatic
and
erative
the
after
may
short
command
exclamation
be
to
used mark
(as, "Go
away!").
(d)
The
period
J. E.
is used
also
abbreviations;
as
Mr.
Brown,
D.D.
560. the
The
marks
used
within
colon
sentence
are
the
comma
),
semicolon
(;), the
"
(:), the
quotation
marks
"),
the
dash
The
(
comma
a
), and
the
parentheses,
( ).
561.
is used
nominative
(a) After
of
"
address;
'
as,
"John,
come
re."
quotation;
He
said,
or
I wish
pairs
to speak.'
in
pen,
series,
of words
series;
"I
ink,
paper^and
ana
blotters;"
well, all
oung
and
gladly."
old,
poor,
sick
heard
(d)
To
separate
explanatory
rest
or
thrown-in
as,
words
or
expr
from
the
of the
in
sentence;
apposition
Word
""
The
old
blacksmith,
Inserted
Perkins,
has
moved.
statements
phrases
were
and
I think, The I
saw,
in fact, you
man, now
mistaken.
to poverty,
was
old
when
the
ready
advantage
to die.
over,
that
no
had
een
won.
Mr.
562.
Fish,
The
or
who
painted
this picture, is
parts
is here
to-day.
semicolon
used
of
to
separate
coordinate
embers,
the
main
sentences
when
each
part
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAE
as,
"After
under
the
the
spring
rains
of
swell the
the
sun,
grass
warmth
buds
now-
and
other
more
noticeable,
the
and
open."
Find
illustrations
in this
book.)
to
563.
The
colon
is used
chiefly
an
indicate
that
list
is
statement
as,
(sometimes
"I bought
of have
emphatic
quotation)
articles:
a
llow;
a
the
following
etc.
pound
a,
quantity
sugar,"
gone
Or,
' "
"He
then
spoke
thes
rds:
564.
'You
The
quotation
otations,
and and
sometimes
used indicate
to
inclose
direc
nicknames,
slan
pressions, If
a
titles of books.
occurs
quotation
are
within
well
as
quotation,
single
ones;
as
quotation
marks
used
as
the
double
"John
id,
'I heard
father
dash
"As
cry,
"Don't
to
enter
again.,,,,
off
565.
The
as,
ntence;
ever
is used I was
If, after another
mark
in
"
th
were
going such
an
along
Street
the
there?"
interruption,
sentence
resumed
566.
again,
dash
must
be
used.
The
and
inclose complete
words
that
itted
sentence;
reached tired
home
(it had
been
raining
all
the
evening)
and
miserable."
567.
Other The
as
marks
used
in writing
to
are
as
follows.
the
(a)
apostrophe in
can't,
(') is used
ne'er, case
mark and
omission
a
letter,
o'clock;
it is
part
of
ns
in the
possessive hyphen
at
(see paragraphs
to separate
a
172,
the
part
173).
syllables
(6) The
word,
go
(-) is used
the
next
chiefly
on
end
of
line when
as,
of the
word
st
the
line;
sepa-rate,
pronun-ciation,
APPENDIX
315
tter-ing.
a
The
hyphen
as, a
is also used
piece
to
separate
the
parts
compound
word;
marks
of rose-quartz,
etc.,
are
capitol-dome. used
to
(c) Such
(d)
The
as*tt"abl2,
at the
ca
ention
to notes
caret
foot
calls
of the
page,
to
or a
elsewhere. word
or
(a )
attention
or
words
tted,
and
supplied
a
above
word read
in the
means
margin.
that
(e) Underscoring
in italics
or
once
it should twice,
three
inted
with
emphasis;
letters;
that
ould
be
printed
be
in
small in
capital
large
times,
at
it is to title of
a
printed
or
capitals,
as
in
heading
chapter
of
book.
EDITOR'S
I.
1.
NOTES
FOR
TEACHERS
Grammar
are
On
may
noun
Some
be is the will
say
Points
found
name
op
Teachers
that
a
who
of
a
careful
to not
a
tell the
thei
ils
thing
and
thing
elf, and
very
who
yet
that show
verb
tells what
a
noun
does.
little
thought
tells
will
the
some
that
of
some
verb
person
(if it speaks
or
of
doing)
the
of of
action
noun.
thing,
and
of
2.
action
the
Only
11;
third first
person
of the
verb
be is given will
in given
pars.
the
and
second
persons
be
afte
nouns.
3.
The do,
auxiliary
will
can,
could, Part
the II.
common
may,
might,
t,
be
in
4.
Young
that the
teachers
should
be tells what
avoid
a
error
ing
verb
thing
not
is.
say
In
the
sentence
ugar logic,
is
sweet,"
is
certainly
does and
what
sugar
sweet
is the
predicate
use
is the
copula. is dealt
5.
The
emphatic
of these
words
with
in
pars
3,
224.
6.
The
a
definition logician,
would
not
of
but
a
a
pronoun
given
in par.
43
would
satisfy
no
tisfy gician
definition
a
which
of
young
would
satisfy
to
teacher
children,
them. the
is
from
Latin
articulus,
small
int.
Dr.
name
Abbott
["How
to
Parse,"
p.
xix.] defines
to
article
(a) Correctly
because
given it
by
the
as
Greeks
a
their
article
served
joint
uniting
several
words
together.
317
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
(6)
Then
loosely
they
applied
had
no
by
the
Latins
to
or
(as
any pronoun.
was
natural,
seeing whether
article)
into
a."
short
word,
verb,
conjunction,
and
(c)
8.
"The
to
Foolishly
to
introduced
the
yes,
English
and
once
use
denote
words
an
yea,
ay,
no,
are
as
called
Mr.
adverbs C.
P.
an
Mason
have they
adverbial
never
force,
used
to
but,
arks,
are
qualify
appear
to
as
verbs,
scarcely
adjectives
other
the
adverbs,
appellation.
too,
seems
and He
therefore
proposes
entitled
call
they
them
are
interjections
not
this,
emotion,
a
or
objectionable^
Alas! of
to
outbursts
like
species
Hurrah!
and which
statement, to
the
like.
a
They
ar
her
relative
a
words
express
not
as
speaker's
ent
denial
particular
by
repeating
statement,
but
Many
by
referring
it
may
just
be
having
been in
unced.
way
[other
the
sentence
adverbs]
that The
detached
for
th
from
surely,
they
qualify;
then
example,
tainly,
an
indeed,
etc.
"
adverb
A Higher
obvious
ellipsis.,,
Bain:
73. 9.
Mr. Mason
defines
a
a or
preposition
pronoun
as
"a
word
some
which
placed which
to
a
before thing,
something
than
noun
denotes
or
relation of
a
or
some
action As
a
attribute
thing,
nds
else."
the
one
logical in
the
definition
text,
this
I do
haps
better
that
given
understand their
but
no
must
nk
could
what
a
it.
Teachers
learn.
ide
Dr.
for
pupils
as
should
"a
Morell
preposition
pronoun
word
other
which word
shows in
relation
noun
or
to
some
th
tence,*'
and
many
other
writers is and
on
give
open
substantially
to very
th
definition.
That,
however,
names
serious
sentence
jection;
see
it confounds
things.
In
the
the the
book
noun
on
the table
table,"
and the
does
noun
not
show but
the
relation
ween
book,
between
th
classification
of
nouns
given
abstract,
in
the
is
a
text,
int
per,
collective,
and
practical
EDITOR'S
NOTES
FOR
TEACHERS
31
her
than
proper
logical
common,
nouns,
division.
and collective,
All
the
nouns
are
to
be
divided
therefore
and
latter
should
lude
class
noun
and
noun,
abstract because
when
nouns.
lective
of
the
is
sort
of
common
it is t
we
of
its kind.
nouns,
as
This
as
is plain
armies,
consid
of collective
are
flocks.
arts,
nouns.
When
tract
assume,
pluralized,
extent,
fears,
nature
pleasures,
etc
to
some
the
of
class
complete
nouns,
classification viz.,
as, are
would
nouns
"
add
the
another
names
class
on
material
iron,
metal,
as
of
kinds When
material;
nouns
gold,
liquid,
dirt,
glass.
pluralized,
become class
oils, calicoes,
clays,
soils,
etc
obviously
11. The
nouns.
Report
of
of
the
the
Committee Educational
on
Grammatical Association
enclature,
National
uly,
1913),
substituting
possessive
the Two
for
terms
the
familiar
accusative
names
objective
genitive.
case
arguments not
ar
possessive
does
always
are
show
session, will
if
the
case-names
used,
to
case-name
il
easily
reason
grammar
to
any
Latin
mmar.
The
first
not
case
reason,
genitive
always the
ever
does
the
always
of the the
the
nominative
etc.
name-word
proportion small;
subject;
American
for
and those
second study
of and,
children
who
Latin from
is very
the
transition
Latin
of
English
possessive
objective
ablative,
is
genitive,
very
dative,
accusative,
and
ter
slight
difficulty.
12.
The
Report
mentioned
of
in
Note
11
my,
recommends
mine,
our,
ally
different According
handling
to
words
my, pronouns
like
our,
ours,
this
Report
'
etc., at
should
be
mine,
'
calle
ssessive
adjectives/
be
as
not
all;
and
ours,
.,
should
called
"possessive
pronouns.
pronouns/
There
are
and
very
no
ssified
personal
sound
ons
for
rejecting
are,
these
views.
seen
In
the
first
place,
pronouns;
se
words
as
is clearly
in
pars.
38-40,
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
thermore,
par.
they
There
are
personal
no more an
pronouns
reason
for the
for
reason
stated
an
206. for
is
calling
when
her
we
tive adjec
calling
or
ship's
than
noun
adjective
the
pronoun
are
speak
keel;"
Both
a
for
calling
cujus and
in
ejus adjectives
the
the
noun,
and
be
sure,
possessive
elements,
to
put
and
adjective
case
may
a
be
noun,
in the
so
possessive
without
pronoun.
ceasing
be
As
called
for
and
mine,
may
calling
ours,
not
to
personal be
bu
for and
ssessive"
that
we
pronouns,
there
a
is
nothing of
said
ept
it
adds
refinement
to
classification; than
to
eral
need
rather
simplify
extend
are
grammatica
classifications.
for
the
These
reason
words,
given
besides,
personal
nouns
plain
in
the
in par. given in
or
206.
.
13.
Should,
of its
see
a
sentences
par.
316,
has
ce
primary
me,"
mere
meaning
means
of
merely
oughtness.
were were
"I
me";
should
expresses
he
to
see
supposition.
more mean me"
me"
if could
used,
seeing
th
would
sentence
contain would
see see
than
supposition
were
of his
to
see
me;
"If
"
he
able
were
me."
Also
see
If he
would
means
"
If he If he he
me."
willing
to to
me";
me"
"
If he
"If
might
means
"
were
allowed
see me"
see
it
now
were
possible"; for
If
see
may
means
be
possible is
the only
him
to
or
Thus
it is clear
of
of
tha
ould
pure
colorless
express expresses
auxiliary
shades
a
the
sub jun
mood.
to
The
others
meanings
longing
the
act
themselves; by
the the
should
main
mere
supposition
indicated used in
verb.
When
other
indicative
retains its
mood,
primary
however,
should,
li
auxiliaries,
signification.
(S
s.
317,
14.
373.)
a
As and
matter
of
grammar
the
study
of
the
ten sub
of the
a
forms
to
of the
verb
is not it is very
specially useful,
important,
because
may
with
view
composition
the shades
lls
attention by
to
of
meaning
which
nveyed
auxiliaries.
Teachers
who
look
upon
the
sub-tenses
as
needless
EDITOR'S
NOTES
FOR
TEACHERS
32
inement
that
or
one
beyond
perfect
their
pupils
must
take
not
pains
the The
present
is present
for the
are
and
past.
present
as,
15. and
(a)
the
forms
given
subjunctive
of
"
other
have
me."
conjugations
less
But than
course
used;
go
now,
"He
s,
lest he
as
he
his
due;"
be
I will
for forms
as
a
fea
call
it should
past
are
noted
that
the also
pu
subjunctive
present;
as,
used
of
my
a
".Had
"
dove"
had
wings
now])
So
par.
wish
past
"
had
microscope made
read
eaning
iliaries
now}. (see
read,"
with
subjunctives
she
these mother he
past
wit
316),
wished
could
it
"
ght
or
"would
read
"
");
If
my
also
may
be
but it
used
sent
could
take
know
have
may
this,
any
might
now."
subjunctive
any
form
b
as
as
present
subjunctive;
of
a
but
may
form
as a
used
future
sent
subjunctive
as,
verb,
we
be
good
"
used
weather
I
you
"
sub jun
"I
hope
you
have
to-morrow;'
I doubt
whether
me
may
succeed;"
'
am
afraid
would
she
bring
might
find
here
we
to-morrow;'
"
If
your
njo
up
to-night
the
"
could unless
have
you
singing;"
could
year
We
to
shall
get
a
have
plan, the
manage
away
next
k;"
If, at
end
of
from
now,
I had
thousand
lars,
I should
travel."
(c) It might
form
may
similarly be used
be
as
shown
a
that
past
perfect
sub jun
present
perfect
subjunctive;
If I had I wish
finished this
I could
a
work
my
[now]
boat
I could here
go
with time.
you.
have
had
by
this form
(d) that
a
present
perfect
subjunctive
as,
may
be
used
future
I doubt
perfect whether
subjunctive;
I could have
had it.
the
work
done
by
next
rsday,
if I had
the
undertaken
forms
Since
subjunctive
the
are
thus
largely
cannot
interchangeable be
(though
distinctly
present
forms
used
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
tense), the
of of
conjugations
Older
by
are
given
may
as
in the
taught
meaning
text
to
for
find
th
simplicity.
any
pupils
be
the
th
se
verb
of
thinking
writer in
or
of
of
it
"
th
thought 16.
It
must
by be
the borne
speaker. that
mind
ee
pars.
416,
417)
limit.
and
or
relative modifying
do
adverbs
par.
230
join subordinate
modify
or
the of
word
They
the
work,
are
therefore,
ord sub
conjunctions,
because of
may
but
seem
they
to
called
rather
adverbs
under
and
nouns1
they
belong
those
ts
speech
than
statement
under
to
conjunctions.
a
noun or
Conjunctive
a
erbs
join* a
A
to
or
verb;
relative
nouns
always
join
statements pronoun,
to
nouns
pronouns,
thei
ecedents.
an
relative
clause,
or
"
therefore,
a
always
introduces
may
adjective
an
"
while
an
conjunctive
clause
adverb
roduce 17.
adjective
used,
in
adverbial
is
a
(see
par.
510)
Indirect
object
but
perfectly
legitimate
term
legitimately words
some
it is often in
the
strangely
misapplied.
sentences
printed
grammarians
The
italics
called
following
ar
indirect
objects:
king.
people
saw
made
ship
to
Edward
sink in
We
I
am
the
the
waves.
ready
to
see
start.
is difficult
any
how
it has
some
the
no cases
last
sentence
can
have
an
objec
kind
But
when
transitive
a
verb.
18.
is in
as
very
difficult
not agree
some
h,
especially
Some,
for
an
good
writers
"
do
example,
say
"
but
I,"
and
all
but had
me."
such
must
expression regarded
"
as
as an
but
he
fled,
be being,
conjunction;
but
the he
use
th
ning
Whence
rather
all had
had
not
fled.
as
s,
however,
is
absurd,
and
of
but
position
is to
be
preferred.
EDITOR'S
NOTES
FOR
TEACHERS
32
II.
19.
Nothing
On
the
Teaching
here
or
of
Grammar
to
is said
are
elsewhere orally
or
indicate
writing;
Now
exercises
to
every
be
worked
case
in
sion deci
is
left
an
in
to
so
the
teacher.
then,
ever, expected
exercise
to
is
the
are
long of
that
it in
children
could
hardly
work
nouns
whole
taken
writing.
young
20.
Proper
first, because
children,
wing
for
that 21.
are
nothing
example, boy
of
is
a
grammar,
a name,
will while
recognize
they
instantly
fail to
see
tha
k,
might
is also
name.
The used
teacher
will,
of
course,
note
may
that guided
of
several
kinds
in
this
book,
or
and
be
by
the
ing follow-
explanation.
Terms
statements
great
type,
importance
the
as
printed
is used essentials
contain
in
black-face
such
type.
Of
the
plain
larger contain
ze
for
of
the
numbered Paragraphs
or
paragraphs
of
grammar.
printed
matter
as are
in of
smaller
explanations
other
secondary
portance.
Such
of
these
at
paragraphs
preceded
teacher,
asterisk
(*)
may,
the
discretion
of
the
22
sentences
should
occur
be
worked
in
out
again
and
lesson
again, the
an
en
the
reading
verbs.
dre chi
be
will
asked
to
pick
in
the
Some
sentences
kind
These
be
found
Exercise
prove
60.
rather clear
one
23.
sentences
may
cpnfusing
teacher Mr.
ildren,
two
but
they
will
become
out
quite
if the
wi
ke
pupils other
Mr.
stand
Brown. of
and
let
personate
Wells
the
24.
taken
The
method
a
elementary
parsing
from "How
as
shown
to
in
the
tex
(with
slight
alteration)
strongly
tell the
Part
Speech.,,
that and
Dr.
a
Abbott child
(and,
be
it is.
grammar
answer
I think,
to
see
rightly
what
to
intains
does
should infer
what
first
taught The is
is
rd
thence
keynote
an
ofitable
"
system
of
reasons
teaching
therefore,
not
no
cause.
Giving
as
ntal
process
giving
the
same
and
then
deducing
th
LONGMANS'
ENGLISH
GRAMMAR
er
from
generally
reason.
the
facts.
little
if you has
to
boy
that
has in
given
supporting
bad
it
on
answer
find But
difficulty
fix
with
his
attention
first
to
what
error,
th
does,
before he
is open
an
committed
himself
the truth,
way;
an
and
le
reason
his
mind in
receive
he
is
more
likel
unbiased
to
and
that
not
honest
and,
besides,
important
l
mean
attach
the
to
"
importance
which
the
name
is really of
function
How
to
and
tell the
the
word."
eface
25.
for
Parts
of
of
text
Speech."
to
Children
es
be
part
taught
trust
a
to
mechanical
is, but
speech
are
word
th
uliarities
26.
If
mentioned the
par.
in
are
the
worth
noting.
children
studying
are
languages, be
or
they
take
127;
if they
are
not,
omitted. German
is
now
27.
If
the
children
nch, of
teachers
grammatical
should
English
oid
gender.
of
was
28.
The
in
method
the Parts
text
dealing
suggested
with by
relative
Dr.
pronouns
"
pted
tell the
Abbott's
How
of
Speech."
are
29.
If the
come
pupils
to
young,
they analysis
need
of
not
study
gerunds
l they
the
sentences.
30.
This
list
and
following
Dr.
it
have
been
are
taken,
very
Morris.
to
They
given It for
er
that
referred
should
when
necessary.
intended
being
they
be
know
learned the
past
by
rote,
th
ils
English-speaking
common
and
begin
on
the
to
ples particistudy
of
most
verbs should
to
before ask
they
mmar.
Teachers
set
questions
the
lists
and
those
quite
verbs familiar.
be
learned
with
which
the
children
not
31.
rote.
Children
They
should
know
grammar.
not
be
to
set
use
to
a
learn
the
conjugations
they have
tenses,
how
verb
before
they
have
un
to
study
therefore, voices,
to
oughl thor-
mastered and
to
the
moods, able,
sons per-
numbers,
be
with
littl
dance,
make
up
conjugation.
They
would
thus
EDITOR'S
NOTES
FOR
TEACHERS
328
aged rning
in
by
an
interesting
rote
exercise
be only
a
of the
tedious
intelligence,
exercise
while
of
would
the
ory.
32.
Analysis and
for
is
valuable
nking
much
pars.
since
use
clear
gramm Dia-
(see
as
a
547-551)
for
oral
of
a
be
employed
or
substitute
a
(as
33.
The
drawing)
system
or
for
tratio illus-
of
diagramming
and of the clearness. relations
given
has
the is
antages
of
accuracy
diagram
parts
phic
representation and
it should
the
the
of
sentence use
show
unmistakably
graphic
nature
and
every
element.
Such and
means
representation pupils
time
an
and
space,
for
advanced
of
excellent
a
showing
to
use,
sp
of
sentence.
It
to
conduces better
and 34.
therefore
"
the
of written
a
The
author
is utterly
at
loss
to
conceive for
what
nciple be
the
introduction
of
faulty
sentences
Specimens for of bad spelling objected to. in English, is not injurious, because, spelling
rules,
.correction correction
fixed
but
is for
the
most gets
part
matter
ollection, words,
and
it
if the is
them.
eye
-spelt
of
often
of
spelling kind.
of
totally
ferent
They
as
being
corrected
sure
on
fixed with
nciples;
and examples
the
is pretty
sentences,
to
meet
rous
of faulty
seems
both
in
ctice
reading, in the
frequent
it
desirable
of
that
he
in
correction
occurrence.
those
mistakes who
of
Those
to
object
exclude
for
exercises books
this
logic
kind
all
should,
be
from
the
purpose
rrection.
aware
of
who
fallacies have
are
of
and
taught
"
logic
that
exercises
beneficial."
Mason:
glish
Grammar,
ed.
1861,
p,
173,
INDEX
The
numbers
refer to the
pages.
and lute
an,
uses
of, 36,
130, 86,
131
244
of, 217
nominative,
nouns, case,
adjectives,
phrases,
statements,
46
ract
4, 68-70
211
sative
91,
319
46,
211
ve
voice,
138
ective
clauses,
elements,
pronouns,
265-268
241 122
Agreement, Analysis
230-299
30
ective
of
sentences,
88
ective
ectives,
comparison
40
of, 132-135
by
diagrams,
289-295,
sentences,
sentences,
325 258-278
efinition,
of complex
of compound
38
inds,
126-128
pronouns,
282-284
236-258
imiting
of simple review
sentences,
arsing
of, 136
43, 126,
132
of, 285-288 of
a
articipial,
164
Antecedent
agreement
pronoun,
107,
119,
US 307
osition
with,
85
nouns
108,
eview
135
Apposition, 135
case
me
not
as
compared,
nouns,
of
in, 85,
93,
97
sed
129
pronouns
in, 107
36,
sed
fdr
adverbs,
217,
307
Articles, origin
127,
name,
130-132
es
of, 32-40
"
of
317
308
uncts,
see
Modifiers
269-275
244, 93
"
repetition
of, 131,
rbial
clauses,
As,
269-275
as
relative
uses,
pronoun, 214,
118
272
rbial
elements,
other
Assertion,
229,
rbial
objective,
comparison
adverbs
239
of, 211
rbs,
of, 216,
267,
217 322
onjunctive,
48
212-215,
verbs,
have,
14 10-14
efinition,
istinguished
from
143,
predicate
307
in
the
153,
subjunctive
187
mood,
152
adjectives,
217,
212
nterrogative,
48,
shall
and
wiU,
158,
15,
173, 197
199,
304
inds
others,
186,
INDEX
cases
after, 84, 93
of, 188-191
Complete
Complete Complete
conjugation
of 9, 32
of, 9-14,
as
243-249
parts
uses
subject,
sentences,
23^240\
19,
144,
174-176
119
*-
Complex
analysis
258
t,
relative
uses,
pronoun,
other
230,
322
diagramming Compound
226,
250,
28
lj
conjugation
conjugation
rules
128 fee, 84,
81
of, 191-197
282-284
n,
and
use
of, 200
pitals,
for, 312
rdinals,
after
without
if, 154
185-201
se,
93
Conjugation
Conjunctions,
definition,
86
of verbs,
definition,
nominative,
correlative,
56
.
57,
81-86
absolute, of address,
of
introducing 85,
86
214,
adverbial
clauses
272
of, 220,
exclamation,
160
86
kinds
221 221
objective, 87-93,
of appositives,
possessive, rules
85,
position
of, 58,
93,
97,
107
uses
309
94-97
Conjunctive
267, 322
adverbs,
212-215,
of, 300
use,
adverbs
258
of, 210
clauses,
283
auses,
conjunctions,
verbs,
142-145 144
220
adjective, 265-268
adverbial,
26^-275 283 coordinate, in apposition, 261, 259-264 how 267 67 203
after,
participles 266
passive,
of, 165,
145,
242
249
noun,
subordinate,
259,
260,
nouns,
introduced,
Dare,
Dative
200
case,
91,
319 24
lective
number
314
Declarative
Defective Definite
Degree, 126
sentence,
of, 74,
verbs,
article,
198-200
130
lon,
mma,
313
adverbs
of, 210
132
mmon
adjectives,
gender,
nouns,
mmon
77 67
adjectives,
pronouns,
127
mmon
122 126
mparative
degree, of
132,
216
adjectives,
adjective
mparison
adjectives, 132-135
216,
clauses,*
mparison
of adverbs,
217
adjective
clauses
mplement,
239,
241
INDEX
32
ramming
295,
of
325
91
sentences,
289-
Imperative
Imperative Indefinite
mood,
148,
178
26,
128
sentences,
253
ct
uses
object,
adjectives,
article,
pronouns,
of, 200,
201
Indefinite Indefinite
130 123
ents
of sentences,
236
Independent Indicative
elements,
mood,
147, 91,
236
153 322 127,
lassification
of, 278
226, 250,
284
"
compound,
"
Indirect Indirect
260
object,
92,
121,
psis,
see
Words
understood
110
questions,
212
atic
pronoun,
rgements,
242
sentences,
Infinitive
26 261,
phrase,
17,
160
156-160
amatory
Infinitives,
263
etives,
a
107,
209,
modifiers
omission
of, 160
of to, 18,
of, 160
syntax,
correction
of,
302-
subjects
160
tense
uses
in
objective
case,
309,325
nine
gender,
77
of, 172
of, 157,
159
ormation
person, perfect
tense,
of, 78-81
103
tense,
Inflection,
175
of verbs,
pronouns,
re
of personal -Ing,
re
172,
173
words
ending
in, 170
61
Interjections, definition,
76-81 77
77 77
77
case,
der,
uses
of, 60
ommon,
adjectives, 127
adverbs,
pronouns, sentences,
eminine,
48,
212
asculine,
euter,
tive
verbs,
98
140
nds,
167-170
241
subject,
from
comparison,
134
of
tive adje
istinguished
and
169
participles,
168,
of adverbs, 169,
receded
303
by
possessives,
Irregular
It,
uses
ense
of, 172
Like,
uses
of, 230
e,
conjugation
of, 11, of, 11-14,
32
of, 185-188
Limiting
adjectives, 127,
128
arts
Logical
subject,
adverbs
gender,
107,
261
ses
174-176
Manner, of, 210 77
se
Masculine
INDEX
y,
conjugation
nouns
and
use
of, 199
case
case
of, 90
88,
asurement,
time,
etc.,
of
complete, how
246
89
denoting,
48,
93
found,
91,
87, 92,
difiers,
243
82, 83,
88,
122,
217,
indirect,
position
322
of, 91
229
ods
of verbs,
147-155,
306
st,
200
238 inflection
16, 36, 58,
pronoun,
of, 1
98,
uter
gender,
case,
77 81-86
Order
of words, 225
21
minative absolute,
after
86
Ordinals,
Ought,
200
128
be, 84
by
apposition,
86
85
Ourself,
111
of address,
of exclamation,
86
v
/Parsing, 84,
207, 217,
101,
220,
108,
232,
125,
323
un
259-264
"'
uns,
case
of
adjectives,
200
84,
nouns,
136
of adverbs, of
definition,
gender
kinds, number
person
101
of, 76-81
of personal 319
pronouns,
108
66-70,
318,
of prepositions,
220
of
relative
pronouns,
and
125
interrogative
used review
adjectives, 38
of, 99-101 71-76
of verbs,
207,
208
Participial
164
adjectives,
nouns,
43,
12
mber,
of
a
verb,
184,
202-204
Participial Participial
Participles,
are
169 242,
plural, singular,
72-76
72
phrases,
42,
244
161-167
meral
adjectives, 128
case,
may
42 verbals, be used as
adjectives,
adverbs,
166
jective
after
87-93
may
126,
164
be, 93
an
be
used
as
before by
infinitive,
93
160
modifiers
apposition,
modifying
time,
subject,
verbs,
or
166
of measurement, complement,
a
etc,,,Q3
249
of
copulative
nouns
take
ica pre
jective
of
adjectiv
167
ject
case
preposition,
165,
242
.
of, 91
of, 91
a
of intransitive
verbs,
modifiers
of
i
87,
of transitive
past,
verbs,
163,
166
ject
verb,
138,
144
163
INDEX
331
resent,
of,
161
172
Prepositions,
verbs,
40
composition
140,
52,
219
of, with
ime
of speech,
definition, 61-63
distinguished
list of, 218
318 from
everally
defined,
9, 202
adverbs,
14
of verbs,
207
rincipal,
object
verbs,
14,
91
ive
145,
177
249
parsing
position
ive
13,
138,
219
perfect
tenses,
172,
repetition
uses
of, 131
140,
176
of, 50,
218
156, 161,
infinitive,
participle,
tenses,
156
infinitive, participle,
perfect
tense,
172
172
163 175
fect
tense,
175
on,
a
103
172,
of
verb,
184,
202
Principal
102-111
parts
of verbs,
sonal
pronouns,
27-32,
29, 109
Progressive
Pronouns,
tense-forms,
used
reflexively,
elements,
adjective,
of,
ase
236
antecedents
307
107,
113,
119
ases,
infinitive, 242 91
160
participial,
classification
of, 125 30
prepositional,
definition,
ce,
adverbs
number degree,
case, a
of, 209
of
nouns,
demonstrative
72-76
and
indefinite
ral
J22, 123
emphatic
or
itive
132
intensive,
120-122 125
110
sessive
94-97 97,
103
interrogative,
parsing
personal, of, 108,
after
preposition,
97
pronouns,
by
apposition,
27-32,
109
102-111,
319
of personal
95,
116 303
319
reflexive,
relative, repetition review
of
relative
pronouns,
112-119
of, 131
writing
of, 94r-97,
22
dicate,
238
of, 124
base,
usefulness
or
of, 27-29
complete
containing
243-249
ments, enlarge-
Proper Proper
adjectives,
nouns,
127
83,
1, 66
dicate
adjective,
clause, 260 complement, nominative,
noun,
143,
160,
165
Punctuation,
rules
of, 313-315
dicate
dicate
239,
247
dicate
84
144,
Questioning
160,
sentences,
24, 121,
252
dicate
143,
165
Questions,
260
indirect,
127,
212
dicate
pronoun,
143
positional
phrases,
91
Quotation
marks,
314
INDEX
lexive
pronouns,
109
Spelling, Strong
128
322
312
ular
verbs,
178
179
83
ative
adjective which,
pronouns,
Subject,
case
ative
112-119,
of, 81
antecedents
of, 114,
of, 113
modifiers
119 of
an
cases
117,
infinitive,
of, 98
compound,
118
position
omission
of,
115 125
substantive,
237
parsing
of, 119,
Subjunctive
auxiliaries
tenses
mood,
of, 152, 321
149-154,
306
used
indefinitely,
118
1^3, 187
259,
ained
object,
61,
99,
250
124,
in, 177,
iews,
135,
204,
285
Subordinate
283, 306,
clauses, 322
27
es
for
of syntax,
300-302 312
capitals,
Subordinating
300
conjunctions,
237^238^
degree,
133 134
221
governing
of agreement,
case,
Substantive,
301
Superlative
of
of punctuation,
313-315
312
adjectives, 133,
216 of, 135
299
of spelling,
of
use,
311,
of adverbs,
uses
301
"
Syntax, 84,
false,
325
cond
person,
103
correction
of,
302-309,
micolon,
313
ntence,
complex,
analysis
258-278,
of, 23,
251-257
rules
of, 300-302
291 Tenses,
178
282-284
24
in the
imperative
mood,
in the
of, 289-295
26 26,
passive
voice,
177
in
the 321
subjunctive
and
can,
mood,
17
253
252
of may
199,
200
interrogative,
parts
24,
of verbals, of verbs,
172
171-178,
272
of, 116, 132
305
simple,
as
Than, 173,
222,
uses as
all,
auxiliary,
15,
199,
That,
122,
231,
260
304
adverb,
36
conjugation
as
article,
ould,
chief
of
the
320
as
conjunctive
as
adverb,
209
213,
subjunctive
sentences,
mood,
153,
There,
expletive,
mple
236-258
They, Third
used
person,
uses
indefinitely,
103
106
diagrams
of, 289-291
ngular
number,
72
Thou,
of, 29,
105,
186
INDEX
333
e,
measurement,
etc.,
adverbs
regular,
required
178
in predicate, of, 204r-206 of, 171-178 139
of, 209
23
case
of
nouns
denoting,
18,
158 139
93
review
tenses
omitted,
nsitive
verbs, be
made
140,
transitive,
use
may
by
219
sitions, of prepo-
voices
of, 138
Voice
166
of verbs,
138
participles
-scheme
book,
323
Weak
What,
verbs,
as
182 128
124
adjective, 127,
pronoun,
Understood
"
"
words,
"
see
as as
indefinite
Words
understood
of, 301
interjection,
interrogative relative
124
pronoun,
rules
as as
120
pronoun,
116-118
bals,
42,
156-170
of, 165,
167-170 17, 241,
summary
of
as
uses,
227
221,
complements
242
Whether,
as
conjunction,
pronoun,
260
122
gerunds,
interrogative
as
infinitives,
156-160
242
Which,
as
adjective,
of, 116
127
objects
interrogative
pronoun,
120
parsing
inflection
participles
of, 42,
161-167
Who,
as
interrogative
pronoun,
tenses
120
bs,
inflection
138 Will,
as
active,
7, 19,
auxiliary,
199,
30
agreement
of,
with
subjects,
conjugation
Word
elements, ending
"
of, 198
202-204
236
in
-ing,
conjugation
8
of, 185-201
Words
170
25,
copulative,
142-145
Words
understood,"
128,
154, 201,
95,
11
definition,
223,
as
260,
272
in questions,
17
140
Words
used verbs,
both
21
nouns
and
intransitive,
179
irregular,
as as
nouns,
38
39
moods
of, 146-155
verbs,
parsing
of, 207
of, 9, 202
as
and
prepositions,
"
parts
person
and
number
of,
184, Yes,
no,
202-204
parts
etc., ye,
48,
uses
318
principal
of, 207
You
and
of, 29,
106
Longmans'
By GEORGE Board
English
J.
SMITH,
Lessons
Ph.D.
of Education
H.A., Department
City,
40
Member
of the
of Examiners,
New 225
A
York
pages
for
cents
preparatory
entire work
book
Longmans'
from the 4th
English
to
Grammar.
7th
It
covers
in English
ned,
from study
the
grades, and offer the of solving problem The has comschool. author
the
of
composition
with
pro
ssive
of
Practical
On
the
Exercises
in
the The
Sentence
plunge
for
Work.
is made
at
once
int
in
rases
and
ifications lead up
on
use
an affords unusual Various building. sentence variety of ways of com* fundamental are the sentences studied, conception o is insisted in due a as time unit clauses and upon, into view, come the sentence participles and various to the necessary of clearness effective* command and to the Incidental to all this, there close of the book.
good
sentences.
young book
children,
th
ried
gulars
of
of prepositions,
marks
of punctuation,
sessives,
synonyms,
etc.
Concerning
side composition exposition. and in are taken up
of
some
Composition.
narrative Various
a
On the cription
forms
is
useful order.
as
introduced,
usual
use
then
types
se
natural
and
proper1
struction
paragraphs notion
to
are
ntually
soon
planning
matters to related
practicable, of entire
of grammar the correct
the
terms
and
composit
is reached.
note most
those
are
or
the
lligent
down
of language.
a
this
work,
therefore, technical
author
has
to
minimum
number
of
employed.
New
and
Revised
Edition
ngmans'
English
Lessons,
Lessons,
Fifth Sixth
Year. Year.
124
pp.
pp.
$0.30
ngmans'
English
126
$0.30
ALEXANDER'S
By
Supervising
SPELLING
ALEXANDER
Schools,
and
BOOK
Indiana
GEORGIA
of Public
Principal
Indianapolis,
Two
Editions:
Syllabicated
Completx.
Part Part I. For For For
Not
1 to 1 to 5 to
Syllabicated
.
years yean
8
4
II.
years
This speller teaches There interest. is constant spelling through variet in the presentation insure est, inte in drill, and to further of new words and lesson been the lessons have the words purposely and short and made Tne deadening the spellin very effect of approaching carefully graded. lesson each introducing day by sometimes in the same is avoided t way be learned from to in connection the quotations words standard with letters from men women; sometimes authors and and model celebrated from in connection elliptical exercises classic fables and proverbs with an through the study of a picture. not infrequently
VOCABULARY
The
common
AND
ARRANGEMENT
These taught. are ar usage of everyday alone invites fresh to that purposely each word attack and individual. in t They as an are therefore not remembered arranged lace fashion. brought Homonyms mace, are together gin, ace, sin, win, learned Column lists, or after they have been separately. review words brought together an that the are so present associated words arranged lends itself to the formation or of eas which readily relation meaning
words distributed
so
analysis,
and
is also given the child to increase of the dictionary, study, word etymology.
use
his word
own
CONTENT
is There is developed in a word
a
BEFORE
FORM
basis for each lesson, so that the meaning thought of a word before After inte est to learn the child is required the letters. is concentrated has been the child's mind t upon aroused, its spelling to through avenues-*of appealed peculiarity and all possible image is thus formed The the ear, the hand. the eye, tha so strong and individual, it becomes As a final test, the child is required even personal. his spelling words in original work. to use
METHOD
in this book The method used illustrated lessons) (with model and the text.
is carefully and in the Suggestions
MEASURING
SCALE
IN
SPELLING
feature in this Speller is a Measuring A valuable Scale for Ability P. Ayres by Spelling Dr. Leonard Division of the of t of Education Sage Foundation. Russell This the per cen consists of lists of words with to be expected the children among of different grades of correct spellings The thus locate a child's spelling ability in terms can teacher of grades.
LONGMANS,
FOUBTH
GREEN
AVENUE
AND
"
30th
CO.,
STREET,
PUBLISHERS
NEW YORK
oodburn
Professor
JAMES
ALBERT
History
and
AND
WOODBURN
Politics, Indiana University
of American
FRANCIS
and Economics,
MORAN
Purdue University
INTRODUCTION
For
There
List in
at
are
TO
the
AMERICAN
Sixth Tear
HISTORY
Pronouncing
4
maps
the
color;
numerous
and
Questions, chapters; Chapter; of each close in black 20 and white; in black others and
26
Suggestions, Suggestions
6
and
to
full-page
315
Teachers. illustrations
pp.
in
color
white.
72
cents.
This
ht
follows Committee the text-book out of the recommendations Historical Association. The first seventeen American chapters of the far back how history have bee the roots of our" and extend what New Ancient World. to The la the the World of contributions down to the cover t chapters of discovery and exploration period
lement of Jamestown. in the main been has The treatment any chronological, without attempt, history The ver, to a am any of nation. principal connected give history to in suc been the to adapt the of sixth-grade material child he may sense the historical so that that ay and perspective, acquire history interest have the feel something an may and of spirit of
progress
and
development.
ELEMENTARY
AMERICAN
For
the Seventh
BISTORT
and Eighth
AND
Tears
GOVERNMENT
Old World 33 chapters New; dealing with and arranged Appendices: Declaration ence, of Independof history: periods Proclamation Constitution, Topical U. 8. of Emancipation, Table for the Blackboard, Important Dates, Outline by Chapters of Sets Tables; Full Statistical Various Questions, references of and 9 in color; for at of chapter. close eaoh maps reading additional illustrations. half-tone New in black 42 numerous and white;
Introduction
9
great
in
Edition.
535
pp.
$1.00.
"
its of To-day civilisatio through the pupil various to history States an and understanding appreciation As a result the pupil gets an con uninterrupted and tin problems. ent-day in which history developing the significant of American narrative balance treated, are proper adequately of each period ts characters and to each. g given history is in every United a While this book respect complete of the in addition the national or it provides es, necessary all civics advisable by inserting is done This a certain not merely amount grammar grades. from b two the their or apart connection, combining subjects civics history both In this way the two. are more government and correlating better impressed, taught more cibly remembered. and easily The
"
LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE
GREEN
AND
"
30th
CO.,
STREET,
PUBLISHERS
NEW
YORE
FEATUEES
OF
HE
The
HORACE
Horace
MANN
Readers
into
are
READERS
highly
yet
to
Mann
organized
mutually other the
"
words
ing
developed
different
of
one
independent
being being
the
relate
ts;
stories lesson
stories;
th
cabulary
lessons
to
vocabulary
a
preceding
and
following;
system
nics
complete
matter.
in itself and
organically
related
to
th
ading
The
principle
action
to
of self-activity
rhymes
reading
is carefully
the since
developed.
children
reading
The
given
impress
But
and
isn't
giv
riety
the
lesson.
ar of teaching phases methods of sound all other is called to Especial the system attention ployed. It is rational developed. nics wonderfully effective and
try,
The
Theory
avenue
of Multiple of
Sense
has
Appeal been
to
is carefully
taken
"
applied
eye,
ery
approach
all
are
the
th
nd,
more
the
ear
"
used
No
make
the
appeal
broader
interesting.
sound
psychological
precept
ha
en
The
omitted.
Horace
Mann
Readers
have
successfully
reading.
combined
approved
methods
new
of teaching
The
and
varied.
situations
The
and afford
books
self
contain
activity, teacher
to
cle
whole
which
eals
the
child.
They
also
the
every
ssible
Daily
suggestion
Lesson
years'
and
convenience the
teacher's minute
in respect
manual
method.
Plans,
first an
ond
work,
gives
directions
each
day'
son.
LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE
GREEN
AND
AND
THIRTIETH
CO.,
ST.,
Ptjbushebs
NEW
YORK
Walter
of Examiners,
L.
Hervey,
Ph.D.,
Member
formerly
Hex,
of
Board
New
College;
80,
York
City;
Melvin Island
President
B.S., York
Principal
of Teachers
and
of P. S. No.
A
new
Long
City,
by
New
these
City.
series personal
of
of basal
readers
on
shaped
part
controlling
eas:
interest their
own
the
age;
of children
in the
for
doings
children
personal
hunger variety;
stories the
ving
continuity,
of
a
development
personal stories,
power
and of
and
the
ve de
satisfying and
literary
petite.
are
dialogues,
of
new
poems,
other
tions, selec-
material.
was
This
and
selected
because
The but
of
it
trinsic
not
appeal
to self-activity.
lessons
have
collections
thought.
of
and
sentences,
ntinuity
of
are
The
teaching
being
to
adapted
to tlr\e text
distinct
aids
in
read.
The
The
helps
achers
varied,
time-saving,
practical.
method
mple, Each
effective, book
original.
is fully
illustrated
with
black
and
white
tur pic
and
several
colored
.
illustrations.
$
36
40
mer
Reader
Reader
Teacher's
Manual,
Manual,
Teacher's
$.8
.8
ond
ADDITIONAL
Practice
Primer
BOOKS
Reader Reader Reader
*%*?*? Reader th
Reader Reader
52
56 65
IntroductorySecond
Inttfoductory Third
...
.4
...
th
65
Introductory
the
Readers,
Fourth
.5
...
.5
The
manual Horace
covers
first and
second
step
years'
rk
Mann
Every
of
each
y's
is planned
and
explained.
LONGMANS,
FOURTH
GREEN
AVENUE
AND
AND
THIRTIETH
CQ",
STt,
Publishers
NEW
YORK
-4
lb. If
ipso!
fl
QkRDS
IN
PASTEBOARD
CASE
LONGMANS,
FOURTH AVENUE
GREEN
AND
AND
THIRTIETH
CO.,
ST.,
Pubushebs
NEW TORE